Minnesota

8th Cir. Limits Tipped Employees’ Prep Work, Maintenance Duties

Waiters, bartenders and other tipped employees may spend no more than 20 percent of their time on “general preparation work or maintenance” duties, such as setting tables, making coffee or washing dishes, a federal appeals court has ruled.

Chapter 5221. Fees for Medical Services (PART 5221.4005 thru PART 5221.8900)

PART 5221.4005. INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPLICATION OF FEE SCHEDULE.

Subpart 1. Workers' compensation medical fee schedule; incorporation of Medicare National Physician Relative Value Files.

The workers' compensation medical fee schedule consists of items A and B:

A. the tables in the Medicare National Physician Fee Schedule Relative Value File and the Geographic Practice Cost Indices File most recently incorporated by reference by the commissioner by publishing in the State Register pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1a, paragraph (h); and

B. parts 5221.4005 to 5221.4061, which contain instructions for applying the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule tables described in item A to determine the maximum fees for treatment of injured workers under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136.

Subpart 2. Effective date.

The medical fee schedule applies to treatment provided on or after the effective date of:

A. the most recent fee schedule tables adopted pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1a, paragraph (h), as described in subpart 1; and

B. corresponding rules in parts 5221.4005 to 5221.4061 to implement the fee schedule tables.

Subpart 3. Applicability.

The medical fee schedule applies to a charge for a particular health care service if:

A. the medical service is compensable under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135;

B. the service conforms to a CPT, HCPCS, or revenue billing code in effect on the date the service was rendered; and

C. the billing code for the service is listed under the appropriate provider group designation for the health care provider that rendered the service.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388

History: 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4010. EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY FOR SERVICES UNDER MEDICAL FEE SCHEDULE.

Unless the maximum fee is adjusted under part 5221.4035, 5221.4051, or 5221.4061, the employer's liability for services included in parts 5221.4030 to 5221.4061 is limited to 100 percent of the fee schedule amount calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020 or the provider's usual and customary fee for the service, whichever is lower. The employer's liability for pharmacy services is as provided in part 5221.4070.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4020. DETERMINING FEE SCHEDULE PAYMENT LIMITS.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 1a. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 1b. Conversion factors and maximum fee formulas.

A. Except as provided in parts 5221.4035, 5221.4050, 5221.4051, 5221.4060, 5221.4061, and 5221.4070, the maximum fee in dollars for a health care service subject to the medical fee schedule is calculated according to subitems (1) to (4).

(1) The maximum fee for services, articles, and supplies that are provided in the provider's office or clinic = [(Work RVU * Work GPCI) + (Transitioned Non-facility PE RVU * PE GPCI) + (MP RVU * MP GPCI)] * Conversion Factor (CF).

(2) The maximum fee for services, articles, and supplies that are provided at a facility such as a hospital or ambulatory surgical center = [(Work RVU * Work GPCI) + (Transitioned Facility PE RVU * PE GPCI) + (MP RVU * MP GPCI)] * Conversion Factor (CF).

(3) For purposes of the formulas in subitems (1) and (2):

(a) the Work GPCI, PE GPCI, and MP GPCIs are the Minnesota GPCIs specified in the Geographic Practice Cost Indices file referenced in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, item A;

(b) the Transitioned Nonfacility Practice Expense (PE) RVUs, Transitioned Facility Practice Expense (PE) RVUs, Work RVUs, and Malpractice (MP) RVUs, as further described in subpart 2a, are specified in the following columns of the Medicare National Physician Fee Schedule Relative Value File referenced in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, item A:

i. the Work RVU is as shown in column F;

ii. the Transitioned Non-facility PE RVU is as shown in column G;

iii. the Transitioned Facility PE RVU is as shown in column K; and

iv. the Malpractice RVU is as shown in column O.

(4) The maximum fees calculated according to the formulas in subitems (1) and (2) must be rounded to the nearest cent, according to standard mathematical principles.

B. The conversion factors for services, articles, and supplies included in parts 5221.4030 to 5221.4061 are as provided in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1a, as adjusted by paragraph (g) of that subdivision, as follows:

(1) for dates of service from October 1, 2010, to September 30, 2011, the conversion factors are:

(a) for medical/surgical services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4030, subpart 3: $67.23;

(b) for pathology and laboratory services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4040, subpart 3: $39.60;

(c) for physical medicine and rehabilitation services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4050, subpart 2d: $52.35; and

(d) for chiropractic services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4060, subpart 2d: $53.48; and

(2) for dates of service from October 1, 2011, to September 30, 2012, the conversion factors are:

(a) for medical/surgical services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4030, subpart 3: $68.84;

(b) for pathology and laboratory services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4040, subpart 3: $40.55;

(c) for physical medicine and rehabilitation services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4050, subpart 2d: $53.61; and

(d) for chiropractic services identified by procedure codes described in part 5221.4060, subpart 2d: $54.76.

Subpart 1c. Sample calculation.

The following is a sample calculation for determining the maximum fee, excluding any applicable adjustments in parts 5221.4030 to 5221.4061, for a new patient office examination (procedure code 99201) in a clinic:

.44640 [Work RVU (.45) * Work Geographic PCI (.992)]

+ .53082 [Transitioned Nonfacility PE RVU (.54) * PE GPCI (.983)]

+ .00735 [MP RVU (.03) * MP GPCI (.245)]

= .98457 [Total RVU]

* $60.00 [Conversion factor for example only]

= $59.0742 [Maximum fee]

= $59.07 [Maximum fee, rounded]

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 2a. Key to abbreviations and terms and payment instructions.

Columns A to AK are found in the tables in the Medicare National Physician Fee Schedule Relative Value File most recently incorporated by reference by the commissioner by publishing in the State Register pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1a, paragraph (h). These columns list indicators necessary to determine the maximum fee for the service. Further payment adjustments may apply as specified in this subpart.

A. Column A is the "HCPCS code." This column identifies the CPT/HCPCS code. This code identifies the health care service described in column 4.

B. Column B is the "modifier." This column identifies when there is a technical/professional modifier. Column B contains a modifier if there is a technical component (TC) and a professional component (26) for the service. Column T governs the use of the modifiers. Column B also contains a modifier "53" to identify codes that have a separate RVU for a procedure that has been terminated by the physician before completion.

(1) Indicator "26" indicates professional component only codes. This indicator identifies codes that describe the physician work portion of selected services for which there is an associated code that describes the technical component of the service only.

(2) Indicator "TC" indicates technical component only codes. This indicator identifies codes that describe the technical component, such as staff and equipment costs, of selected services for which there is an associated code that describes the professional component of the service only.

(3) A blank in this field denotes the global service, which includes both the professional and the technical component of providing the service.

C. Column C is the "Description." This column is an abbreviated CPT/HCPCS narrative description of the procedure code. A detailed description of the service appears in the CPT or HCPCS manual incorporated by reference in the applicable medical fee schedule.

D. Column D is the "Status Code."

(1) "A" status indicates an active code. These services are separately paid under the medical fee schedule. The maximum fee for this service is calculated according to the formula in subpart 1b and as adjusted by other instructions in this subpart.

(2) "B" status indicates a bundled code. Payment for covered services are always bundled into payment for other services. There is no separate payment for these services even if an RVU is listed. When these services are covered, payment for them is subsumed by the payment for the services to which they are incident. An example is a telephone call from a hospital nurse regarding care of a patient.

(3) "C" status indicates a coverage status that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

(4) "D" status indicates an invalid or deleted CPT or HCPCS code. Another CPT or HCPCS code must be used to describe the service. No payment is allowed for codes with a "D" status even if positive RVUs are listed.

(5) "E" status indicates a coverage status that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, if the code has no positive RVUs. If positive RVUs are listed, the maximum fee for the service is the amount established according to the formula in subpart 1b.

(6) "F" status indicates an invalid or deleted CPT or HCPCS code. Another CPT or HCPCS code must be used to describe the service. No payment is allowed for codes with an "F" status even if positive RVUs are listed.

(7) "G," "H," and "I" status. "G" and "I" status indicate an invalid CPT or HCPCS code and "H" status indicates an invalid modifier code. Another code must be used to describe these service. No payment is allowed for codes with a "G," "H," or "I" status even if positive RVUs are listed.

(8) "J" status indicates Anesthesia Services. There are no RVU amounts for these codes. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

(9) "M" status indicates a coverage status that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule for measurement codes used for reporting purposes only. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

(10) "N" status indicates a code that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the liability for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, if the code has no positive RVUs. If positive RVUs are listed, the maximum fee for the service is the amount established according to the formula in subpart 1b.

(11) "P" status indicates a bundled or excluded code.

(a) If the item or service is covered as incident to a physician service and is provided on the same day as a physician service, payment for it is bundled into the payment for the physician service to which it is incident. An example is an elastic bandage furnished by a physician incident to physician service.

(b) If the item or service is covered as other than incident to a physician service, such as colostomy supplies, it may be paid for separately. If the item or service is not provided incident to the services of a licensed provider, the liability for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, if the code has no positive RVUs. If positive RVUs are listed, the maximum fee for the service is the amount established according to the formula in subpart 1b.

(12) "R" status indicates a coverage status that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, if the code has no positive RVUs. If positive RVUs are listed, the maximum fee for the service is the amount established according to the formula in subpart 1b.

(13) "T" status indicates injections. There are RVUs listed for these services, but they are only paid if there are no other services payable under the fee schedule billed on the same date by the same provider. If any other services payable under the fee schedule are billed on the same date by the same provider, these services are bundled into the physician services for which payment is made. Payment for the injected material is separate from the injection services and is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F.

(14) "X" status indicates a code that is unique to the federal Medicare fee schedule. If the service is compensable for workers' compensation under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, the maximum fee for the service is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, if the code has no positive RVUs. If positive RVUs are listed, the maximum fee for the service is the amount established according to the formula in subpart 1b.

E. Column E is "Not Used for Medicare Payment." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

F. Column F is the "Work RVU." This column lists the RVU for the physician work component of the formulas in subpart 1b, item A.

G. Column G is the "Transitioned Nonfacility Practice Expense RVU." This column lists the RVU for the transitioned resource-based practice expense component of the formulas in subpart 1b, item A, for the nonfacility setting.

H. Column H is the "Transitioned Nonfacility NA Indicator." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

I. Column I is the "Fully Implemented Nonfacility Practice Expense RVU." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

J. Column J is the Fully Implemented Nonfacility NA Indicator." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

K. Column K is the "Transitioned Facility Practice Expense RVU." This column lists the RVU for the transitioned resource-based practice expense component of the formulas in subpart 1b, item A, for services provided by a health care provider in a facility setting, such as a hospital or ambulatory surgical center.

L. Column L is the "Transitioned Facility NA Indicator." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

M. Column M is the "Fully Implemented Facility Practice Expense RVU." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

N. Column N is the "Fully Implemented Facility NA Indicator." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

O. Column O is the "Malpractice RVU." This column lists the RVU for the malpractice expense component of the formulas in subpart 1b, item A, for services provided by a health care provider in both nonfacility and facility settings.

P. Column P is the "Transitioned Nonfacility Total." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

Q. Column Q is the "Total Fully Implemented Nonfacility RVU." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

R. Column R is the "Total Transitioned Facility RVU." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

S. Column S is the "Total Fully Implemented Facility RVU." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

T. Column T is the "PC/TC Indicator."

Indicator "0" indicates physician service codes. This indicator identifies codes that describe physician services such as office visits, consultations, and surgical procedures. The concept of PC/TC does not apply to codes with this indicator since physician services cannot be split into professional and technical components. Modifiers 26 and TC cannot be used with these codes. The RVUs include values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense. There are some codes with no work RVUs.

Indicator "1" identifies codes for diagnostic tests. Codes with this indicator have both a professional and technical component. Modifiers 26 and TC can be used with these codes. The total RVUs for codes reported with a 26 modifier include values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense. The total RVUs for codes reported with a TC modifier include values for practice expense and malpractice expense only. The total RVUs for codes reported without a modifier include values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense.

Indicator "2" indicates professional component only codes. This indicator identifies stand-alone codes that describe the physician work portion of selected diagnostic tests for which there is an associated code that describes the technical component of the diagnostic test only, and another associated code that describes the global test. An example of a professional component only code is CPT code 93010, electrocardiogram; interpretation and report. Modifiers 26 and TC cannot be used with these codes. The total RVUs for professional component only codes include values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense.

Indicator "3" indicates technical component only codes. This indicator identifies stand-alone codes that describe the technical component, such as staff and equipment costs, of selected diagnostic tests for which there is an associated code that describes the professional component of the diagnostic test only. An example of a technical component only code is CPT code 93005, electrocardiogram; tracing only, without interpretation and report. A "3" indicator also identifies codes that are covered only as diagnostic tests and therefore do not have a related professional code. Modifiers 26 and TC cannot be used with these codes. The total RVU for technical component only codes includes values for practice expense and malpractice expense only.

Indicator "4" indicates global test only codes. This indicator identifies stand-alone codes that describe selected diagnostic tests for which there are associated codes that describe (a) the professional component of the test only; and (b) the technical component of the test only. Modifiers 26 and TC cannot be used with these codes. The total RVUs for global procedure only codes include values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense. The total RVUs for global procedure only codes equals the sum of the total RVU for the professional component only and technical component only codes combined.

Indicator "5" indicates incident to codes. Indicator 5 is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

Indicator "6" indicates laboratory physician interpretation codes. This indicator identifies clinical laboratory codes for which separate payment for interpretations by laboratory physicians may be made. Modifier TC cannot be used with these codes. The total RVU for laboratory physician interpretation codes includes values for physician work, practice expense, and malpractice expense.

Indicator "7" indicates physical therapy services, for which payment may not be made. This indicator is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

Indicator "8" indicates physician interpretation codes. This indicator is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

Indicator "9" indicates "not applicable." The concept of a professional/technical component does not apply.

U. Column U is "Global Surgery." This column indicates the application of the global surgery package. It provides time frames and other circumstances that apply to each surgical procedure. Part 5221.4035 provides additional factors affecting payment.

Indicator "000" indicates endoscopic or minor procedure with related preoperative and postoperative relative values on the day of the procedure only included in the RVU amount.

Indicator "010" indicates a procedure with preoperative relative values on the day of the procedure and postoperative relative values during a ten-day postoperative period included in the RVU amount.

Indicator "090" indicates major surgery with a one-day preoperative period and a 90-day postoperative period included in the RVU amount.

Indicator "MMM" indicates maternity codes. The usual global period does not apply.

Indicator "XXX" indicates the global surgery package concept does not apply to the code.

Indicator "YYY" indicates the global surgery package concept may apply. If the provider and payor cannot agree to a specified global period, the global period shall be determined by the commissioner or compensation judge. For purposes of indicator YYY, the global period shall include normal, uncomplicated follow-up care for the procedure.

Indicator "ZZZ" indicates the code is related to a primary service and has the same global period as the primary service. However, it is considered an add-on code and is paid separately.

V. Column V is the "Preoperative Percentage." This column indicates the percentage of the total maximum fee calculated under subpart 1b that applies to the preoperative portion of the global surgical package. This percentage is paid when a separate physician performs the preoperative portion of a surgical procedure.

W. Column W is the "Intraoperative Percentage." This column indicates the percentage of the total maximum fee calculated under subpart 1b that applies to the intraoperative portion of the global surgical package, including postoperative work in the hospital. This percentage is paid when a physician performs the intraoperative portion of a surgical package.

X. Column X is the "Postoperative Percentage." This column indicates the percentage of the total maximum fee calculated under subpart 1b that applies to the postoperative portion of the global surgical package that is provided in the office after discharge from the hospital. This is the percentage amount of the global surgical package that is paid when a physician performs the postoperative portion of a surgical package.

Y. Column Y governs payment for "Multiple Procedures." The numerical indicators in column Y indicate applicable payment adjustment rules for multiple procedures.

Indicator "0" indicates no payment adjustment rules for multiple procedures apply.

Indicator "2" indicates standard payment adjustment rules for multiple procedures apply as provided in part 5221.4035, subpart 5.

Indicator "3" indicates special rules for multiple endoscopic/arthroscopic procedures apply as provided in part 5221.4035, subpart 5, item E.

Indicator "4" indicates special rules for multiple diagnostic procedures apply as provided in part 5221.4035, subpart 5, item F.

Indicator "9" indicates that the concept of multiple procedure does not apply.

Z. Column Z governs payment for a bilateral procedure. Symbols in column Z indicate services subject to payment adjustment according to part 5221.4035, subpart 6.

Indicator "0" indicates that no payment adjustments apply to bilateral procedures.

Indicator "1" indicates that bilateral payment adjustments apply.

Indicator "2" indicates no further bilateral payment adjustments apply.

Indicator "3" indicates that no bilateral payment adjustments apply.

Indicator "9" indicates that the concept of bilateral procedures does not apply.

AA. Column AA governs payment for assistant-at-surgery. Symbols in column AA indicate services when an assistant-at-surgery may be paid.

Indicator "0" indicates an assistant-at-surgery may not be paid unless supporting documentation is submitted to establish medical necessity, in which case payment is according to part 5221.4035, subpart 7.

Indicator "1" indicates an assistant-at-surgery may not be paid.

Indicator "2" indicates that an assistant-at-surgery may be paid according to part 5221.4035, subpart 7.

Indicator "9" indicates that the concept of assistant-at-surgery does not apply.

AB. Column AB governs payment for cosurgeons. Indicators in column AB indicate services for which two surgeons may be paid.

Indicator "0" indicates cosurgeons are not permitted for this procedure and no payment for a cosurgeon may be made.

Indicator "1" indicates cosurgeons may be paid, with supporting documentation establishing the medical necessity of two surgeons for the procedure. Where necessity is established, payment is according to part 5221.4035, subpart 8.

Indicator "2" indicates cosurgeons are paid according to part 5221.4035, subpart 8.

Indicator "9" indicates that the concept of cosurgeons does not apply.

AC. Column AC governs payment for team surgery. Indicators in column AC indicate services for which team surgeons may be paid. Part 5221.4035, subpart 9, defines team surgery.

Indicator "0" indicates team surgeons are not permitted for this procedure and no payment may be made for team surgeons.

Indicator "1" indicates team surgeons may be paid, if supporting documentation establishes medical necessity of a team. The maximum fee for the service is limited by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

Indicator "2" indicates team surgeons are permitted. The maximum fee for the service is limited by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

Indicator "9" indicates that the concept of team surgery does not apply.

AD. Column AD is the "Endoscopic Base Code." The code in this column identifies an endoscopic base code for each code with a multiple surgery indicator of 3 in column Y.

AE. Column AE is the "Conversion Factor." The conversion factor in this column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation. The conversion factors for Minnesota workers' compensation are specified in subpart 1b.

AF. Column AF is the "Physician Supervision of Diagnostic Procedures." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

AG. Column AG is the "Calculation Flag." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

AH. Column AH is the "Diagnostic Imaging Family Indicator." This field identifies the applicable diagnostic service family for the HCPCS codes with a multiple procedure indicator of "4" in column Y. The values are:

Indicator "01" indicates ultrasound (chest/abdomen/pelvis-nonobstetrical).

Indicator "02" indicates CT and CTA (chest/thorax/abdomen/pelvis).

Indicator "03" indicates CT and CTA (head/brain/orbit/maxillofacial/neck).

Indicator "04" indicates MRI and MRA (chest/abdomen/pelvis).

Indicator "05" indicates MRI and MRA (head/brain/neck).

Indicator "06" indicates MRI and MRA (spine).

Indicator "07" indicates CT (spine).

Indicator "08" indicates MRI and MRA (lower extremities).

Indicator "09" indicates CT and CTA (lower extremities).

Indicator "10" indicates MR and MRI (upper extremities and joints).

Indicator "11" indicates CT and CTA (upper extremities).

Indicator "99" indicates the concept does not apply.

AI. Column AI is the "Nonfacility Practice Expense Used for OPPS Payment Amount." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

AJ. Column AJ is the "Facility Practice Expense Used for OPPS Payment Amount." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

AK. Column AK is the "Malpractice Used for OPPS Payment Amount." This column is not used in Minnesota workers' compensation.

Subpart 3. Supplies, separate billing allowed.

Except as otherwise provided in subpart 2a, charges for the following supplies provided during an evaluation and management service in the office may be billed separately and paid according to the maximum fee established by the formula in subpart 1b if positive RVUs are assigned or, if no positive RVUs are assigned, the charges are limited by part 5221.0500, subpart 2:

A. injectable drugs and antigens;

B. splints, casts, and other devices used in the treatment of fractures and dislocations;

C. all take-home supplies provided by the health care provider or hospital, regardless of type;

D. orthotic device used for the purpose of supporting a weak or deformed body member or restricting or eliminating motion in a diseased or injured part of the body. Braces meet this definition. Elastic stockings and bandages applied in the office do not meet this definition; and

E. prosthetic devices which replace all or part of an internal body organ, or replace all or part of the function of a permanently inoperative or malfunctioning internal body organ. A foley catheter for a permanently incontinent patient meets this definition. A catheter used to obtain a urine specimen does not meet this definition.

Subpart 4. Codes 99455 and 99456.

The CPT manual describes two codes for "Work Related or Medical Disability Evaluation Services" (codes 99455 and 99456). These codes are used to report evaluations performed to establish baseline information prior to life or disability insurance certificates being issued. They are not to be used for reporting services for treatment or evaluation of a compensable work injury under parts 5221.0410 and 5221.0420 or Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 21 SR 420; 22 SR 500; 23 SR 595; 24 SR 302; 25 SR 730; 25 SR 1142; 26 SR 490; 27 SR 378; 28 SR 315; 29 SR 358; 30 SR 291; 31 SR 324; 32 SR 570; 33 SR 549; 34 SR 353; 35 SR 227; 35 SR 461; 36 SR 314

Posted: September 20, 2011

PART 5221.4030. MEDICAL/SURGICAL PROCEDURE CODES.

Subpart 1. Key to abbreviations and terms.

For descriptions of columns, abbreviations, and terms, see part 5221.4020, subpart 2a.

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 20 SR 530].

Subpart 2a. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Subpart 2b. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 3. List of medical/surgical procedure codes.

The medical/surgical conversion factor in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, item B, for the applicable date of service applies to the health care providers listed in part 5221.0700, subpart 3, item C, subitem (2), when they provide services, articles, or supplies identified by a procedure code in the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule tables described in part 5221.4005, except for:

A. Procedure codes described in part 5221.4040;

B. Procedure codes described in part 5221.4050;

C. Chiropractic procedure codes 98940, 98941, 98942, and 98943 in part 5221.4060.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 25 SR 1142; 28 SR 1209; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4032. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4033 OUTPATIENT LIMITATION FOR MEDICAL/SURGICAL FACILITY FEE.

Subpart 1. No facility fee.

Procedures whose codes are listed in subpart 2b are predominantly performed in office settings and, therefore, no additional facility fees are payable when the procedure is performed by the employee's treating health care provider, unless it is an emergency or medically necessary to perform the procedure in a nonoffice setting or after normal office hours. This part does not preclude payment of a facility fee where the employee is treated by emergency room or urgent care staff.

Subpart 1a. Payment of facility fee.

Except where the facility fee is precluded from payment in subpart 1, fees for ambulatory surgical center and hospital outpatient surgical center are paid in accordance with part 5221.0500, subpart 2.

A. Services and supplies included in facility fee. The services in subitems (1) to (8) are included in the facility fee. There may be no separate payment for these services and supplies:

(1) nursing, technician, and related services;

(2) use of the facilities where the surgical procedures are performed;

(3) drugs, biologicals, surgical dressings, supplies, splints, casts, appliances, and equipment directly related to the provision of surgical procedures;

(4) diagnostic or therapeutic services or items directly related to the provision of a surgical procedure;

(5) administrative, record keeping, and housekeeping items and services;

(6) materials for anesthesia;

(7) intraocular lenses (IOLs); and

(8) supervision of the services of an anesthetist by the operating surgeon.

B. Services and supplies in subitems (1) to (7) are paid separately from the facility fee:

(1) physician services;

(2) laboratory, X-ray, or diagnostic procedures, other than those directly related to performance of the surgical procedure;

(3) prosthetic devices, except IOLs;

(4) ambulance services;

(5) leg, arm, back, and neck braces and artificial limbs;

(6) durable medical equipment for use in the patient's home or take-home supplies; and

(7) anesthetist services.

Subpart 2a. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Subpart 2b. Procedure codes subject to limitation.

CPT/HCPCS Procedure Code | CPT/HCPCS Description

10040 | Acne surgery

10060 | Drainage of skin abscess

10061 | Drainage of skin abscess

10080 | Drainage of pilonidal cyst

10081 | Drainage of pilonidal cyst

10120 | Remove foreign body

10121 | Remove foreign body

10140 | Drainage of hematoma/fluid

10160 | Puncture drainage of lesion

11000 | Surgical cleansing of skin

11001 | Additional cleansing of skin

11040 | Surgical cleansing, abrasion

11041 | Surgical cleansing of skin

11050 | Trim skin lesion

11051 | Trim 2 to 4 skin lesions

11052 | Trim over 4 skin lesions

11100 | Biopsy of skin lesion

11101 | Biopsy, each added lesion

11200 | Removal of skin tags

11201 | Removal of added skin tags

11300 | Shave skin lesion

11301 | Shave skin lesion

11302 | Shave skin lesion

11303 | Shave skin lesion

11305 | Shave skin lesion

11306 | Shave skin lesion

11307 | Shave skin lesion

11308 | Shave skin lesion

11310 | Shave skin lesion

11311 | Shave skin lesion

11312 | Shave skin lesion

11313 | Shave skin lesion

11400 | Removal of skin lesion

11401 | Removal of skin lesion

11402 | Removal of skin lesion

11403 | Removal of skin lesion

11420 | Removal of skin lesion

11421 | Removal of skin lesion

11422 | Removal of skin lesion

11423 | Removal of skin lesion

11440 | Removal of skin lesion

11441 | Removal of skin lesion

11442 | Removal of skin lesion

11443 | Removal of skin lesion

11600 | Removal of skin lesion

11601 | Removal of skin lesion

11602 | Removal of skin lesion

11603 | Removal of skin lesion

11620 | Removal of skin lesion

11621 | Removal of skin lesion

11622 | Removal of skin lesion

11623 | Removal of skin lesion

11640 | Removal of skin lesion

11641 | Removal of skin lesion

11642 | Removal of skin lesion

11643 | Removal of skin lesion

11730 | Removal of nail plate

11731 | Removal of second nail plate

11732 | Remove additional nail plate

11740 | Drain blood from under nail

11750 | Removal of nail bed

11752 | Remove nail bed/finger tip

11760 | Reconstruction of nail bed

11762 | Reconstruction of nail bed

11765 | Excision of nail fold, toe

11900 | Injection into skin lesions

11901 | Added skin lesion injections

12031 | Layer closure of wound(s)

12032 | Layer closure of wound(s)

12041 | Layer closure of wound(s)

12042 | Layer closure of wound(s)

12051 | Layer closure of wound(s)

12052 | Layer closure of wound(s)

15780 | Abrasion treatment of skin

15781 | Abrasion treatment of skin

15782 | Abrasion treatment of skin

15783 | Abrasion treatment of skin

15786 | Abrasion treatment of lesion

15787 | Abrasion, added skin lesions

15851 | Removal of sutures

15852 | Dressing change, not for burn

16000 | Initial treatment of burn(s)

16010 | Treatment of burn(s)

16020 | Treatment of burn(s)

16025 | Treatment of burn(s)

17000 | Destroy benign/premal lesion

17001 | Destruction of additional lesions

17002 | Destruction of additional lesions

17010 | Destruction of skin lesion(s)

17100 | Destruction of skin lesion

17101 | Destruction of second lesion

17102 | Destruction of additional lesions

17104 | Destruction of skin lesions

17105 | Destruction of skin lesions

17106 | Destruction of skin lesions

17107 | Destruction of skin lesions

17110 | Destruction of skin lesions

17200 | Electrocautery of skin tags

17201 | Electrocautery added lesions

17250 | Chemical cautery, tissue

17260 | Destruction of skin lesions

17261 | Destruction of skin lesions

17262 | Destruction of skin lesions

17263 | Destruction of skin lesions

17264 | Destruction of skin lesions

17266 | Destruction of skin lesions

17270 | Destruction of skin lesions

17271 | Destruction of skin lesions

17272 | Destruction of skin lesions

17273 | Destruction of skin lesions

17274 | Destruction of skin lesions

17276 | Destruction of skin lesions

17280 | Destruction of skin lesions

17281 | Destruction of skin lesions

17282 | Destruction of skin lesions

17283 | Destruction of skin lesions

17284 | Destruction of skin lesions

17286 | Destruction of skin lesions

17304 | Chemosurgery of skin lesion

17305 | Second stage chemosurgery

17306 | Third stage chemosurgery

17307 | Follow-up skin lesion therapy

17310 | Extensive skin chemosurgery

17340 | Cryotherapy of skin

17360 | Skin peel therapy

19000 | Drainage of breast lesion

19001 | Drain added breast lesion

20000 | Incision of abscess

20500 | Injection of sinus tract

20520 | Removal of foreign body

20550 | Inject tendon/ligament/cyst

20600 | Drain/inject joint/bursa

20605 | Drain/inject joint/bursa

20610 | Drain/inject joint/bursa

20615 | Treatment of bone cyst

20974 | Electrical bone stimulation

21029 | Contour of face bone lesion

21030 | Removal of face bone lesion

21031 | Remove exostosis, mandible

21032 | Remove exostosis, maxilla

21079 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21080 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21081 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21082 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21083 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21084 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21085 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21086 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21087 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21088 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21089 | Prepare face/oral prosthesis

21110 | Interdental fixation

23031 | Drain shoulder bursa

24200 | Removal of arm foreign body

24650 | Treat radius fracture

25500 | Treat fracture of radius

25530 | Treat fracture of ulna

25600 | Treat fracture radius/ulna

25622 | Treat wrist bone fracture

25630 | Treat wrist bone fracture

25650 | Repair wrist bone fracture

26010 | Drainage of finger abscess

26600 | Treat metacarpal fracture

26720 | Treat finger fracture, each

26725 | Treat finger fracture, each

26740 | Treat finger fracture, each

28001 | Drainage of bursa of foot

28010 | Incision of toe tendon

28011 | Incision of toe tendons

28022 | Exploration of a foot joint

28024 | Exploration of a toe joint

28052 | Biopsy of foot joint lining

28108 | Removal of toe lesions

28124 | Partial removal of toe

28126 | Partial removal of toe

28153 | Partial removal of toe

28160 | Partial removal of toe

28190 | Removal of foot foreign body

28220 | Release of foot tendon

28230 | Incision of foot tendon(s)

28232 | Incision of toe tendon

28234 | Incision of foot tendon

28270 | Release of foot contracture

28272 | Release of toe joint, each

28430 | Treatment of ankle fracture

28450 | Treat midfoot fracture, each

28455 | Treat midfoot fracture, each

28470 | Treat metatarsal fracture

28475 | Treat metatarsal fracture

28490 | Treat big toe fracture

28495 | Treat big toe fracture

28510 | Treatment of toe fracture

28515 | Treatment of toe fracture

28530 | Treat sesamoid bone fracture

28540 | Treat foot dislocation

28570 | Treat foot dislocation

28600 | Treat foot dislocation

28630 | Treat toe dislocation

29015 | Application of body cast

29020 | Application of body cast

29025 | Application of body cast

29035 | Application of body cast

29049 | Application of shoulder cast

29065 | Application of long arm cast

29075 | Application of forearm cast

29085 | Apply hand/wrist cast

29105 | Apply long arm splint

29125 | Apply forearm splint

29126 | Apply forearm splint

29130 | Application of finger splint

29131 | Application of finger splint

29200 | Strapping of chest

29220 | Strapping of low back

29260 | Strapping of elbow or wrist

29280 | Strapping of hand or finger

29345 | Application of long leg cast

29355 | Application of long leg cast

29358 | Apply long leg cast brace

29365 | Application of long leg cast

29405 | Apply short leg cast

29425 | Apply short leg cast

29435 | Apply short leg cast

29440 | Addition of walker to cast

29450 | Application of leg cast

29515 | Application lower leg splint

29520 | Strapping of hip

29530 | Strapping of knee

29540 | Strapping of ankle

29550 | Strapping of toes

29580 | Application of paste boot

29590 | Application of foot splint

29700 | Removal/revision of cast

29705 | Removal/revision of cast

29710 | Removal/revision of cast

29715 | Removal/revision of cast

29720 | Repair of body cast

29730 | Windowing of cast

29740 | Wedging of cast

29750 | Wedging of clubfoot cast

29850 | Knee arthroscopy/surgery

30000 | Drainage of nose lesion

30020 | Drainage of nose lesion

30100 | Intranasal biopsy

30110 | Removal of nose polyp(s)

30200 | Injection treatment of nose

30210 | Nasal sinus therapy

30220 | Insert nasal septal button

30300 | Remove nasal foreign body

30901 | Control of nosebleed

31000 | Irrigation maxillary sinus

31002 | Irrigation sphenoid sinus

31505 | Diagnostic laryngoscopy

31575 | Diagnostic laryngoscopy

31579 | Diagnostic laryngoscopy

36000 | Place needle in vein

36400 | Drawing blood

36405 | Drawing blood

36406 | Drawing blood

36410 | Drawing blood

36430 | Blood transfusion service

36450 | Exchange transfusion service

36470 | Injection therapy of vein

36471 | Injection therapy of veins

36510 | Insertion of catheter, vein

40490 | Biopsy of lip

40800 | Drainage of mouth lesion

40804 | Removal foreign body, mouth

40808 | Biopsy of mouth lesion

40810 | Excision of mouth lesion

40812 | Excise/repair mouth lesion

41100 | Biopsy of tongue

41108 | Biopsy of floor of mouth

41825 | Excision of gum lesion

41826 | Excision of gum lesion

42100 | Biopsy roof of mouth

42330 | Removal of salivary stone

42400 | Biopsy of salivary gland

42650 | Dilation of salivary duct

42660 | Dilation of salivary duct

42800 | Biopsy of throat

45300 | Proctosigmoidoscopy

45303 | Proctosigmoidoscopy

45330 | Sigmoidoscopy, diagnostic

45520 | Treatment of rectal prolapse

46083 | Incise external hemorrhoid

46221 | Ligation of hemorrhoid(s)

46230 | Removal of anal tabs

46320 | Removal of hemorrhoid clot

46500 | Injection into hemorrhoids

46600 | Diagnostic anoscopy

46604 | Anoscopy and dilation

46606 | Anoscopy and biopsy

46614 | Anoscopy, control bleeding

46615 | Anoscopy

46900 | Destruction, anal lesion(s)

46910 | Destruction, anal lesion(s)

46916 | Cryosurgery, anal lesion(s)

46917 | Laser surgery, anal lesion(s)

46934 | Destruction of hemorrhoids

46935 | Destruction of hemorrhoids

46936 | Destruction of hemorrhoids

46940 | Treatment of anal fissure

46942 | Treatment of anal fissure

46945 | Ligation of hemorrhoids

46946 | Ligation of hemorrhoids

51700 | Irrigation of bladder

51705 | Change of bladder tube

51720 | Treatment of bladder lesion

52265 | Cystoscopy and treatment

53270 | Removal of urethra gland

53600 | Dilate urethra stricture

53601 | Dilate urethra stricture

53620 | Dilate urethra stricture

53621 | Dilate urethra stricture

53660 | Dilation of urethra

53661 | Dilation of urethra

53670 | Insert urinary catheter

54050 | Destruction, penis lesion(s)

54055 | Destruction, penis lesion(s)

54056 | Cryosurgery, penis lesion(s)

54200 | Treatment of penis lesion

54230 | Prepare penis study

54235 | Penile injection

55000 | Drainage of hydrocele

55250 | Removal of sperm duct(s)

56420 | Drainage of gland abscess

56501 | Destruction, vulva lesion(s)

56606 | Biopsy of vulva/perineum

57061 | Destruction, vagina lesion(s)

57100 | Biopsy of vagina

57150 | Treat vagina infection

57160 | Insertion of pessary

57170 | Fitting of diaphragm/cap

57452 | Examination of vagina

57454 | Vagina examination and biopsy

57460 | LEEP procedure

57500 | Biopsy of cervix

57505 | Endocervical curettage

57510 | Cauterization of cervix

57511 | Cryocautery of cervix

58100 | Biopsy of uterus lining

58301 | Remove intrauterine device

59200 | Insert cervical dilator

59300 | Episiotomy or vaginal repair

59425 | Antepartum care only

59426 | Antepartum care only

59430 | Care after delivery

60100 | Biopsy of thyroid

61001 | Remove cranial cavity fluid

63690 | Analysis of neuroreceiver

63691 | Analysis of neuroreceiver

64400 | Injection for nerve block

64405 | Injection for nerve block

64408 | Injection for nerve block

64412 | Injection for nerve block

64413 | Injection for nerve block

64418 | Injection for nerve block

64435 | Injection for nerve block

64440 | Injection for nerve block

64441 | Injection for nerve block

64445 | Injection for nerve block

64450 | Injection for nerve block

64505 | Injection for nerve block

64508 | Injection for nerve block

64550 | Apply neurostimulator

64553 | Implant neuroelectrodes

64555 | Implant neuroelectrodes

64560 | Implant neuroelectrodes

64565 | Implant neuroelectrodes

64612 | Destroy nerve, face muscle

64613 | Destroy nerve, spine muscle

65205 | Remove foreign body from eye

65210 | Remove foreign body from eye

65220 | Remove foreign body from eye

65222 | Remove foreign body from eye

65286 | Repair of eye wound

65430 | Corneal smear

65435 | Curette/treat cornea

65436 | Curette/treat cornea

65600 | Revision of cornea

65772 | Correction of astigmatism

65855 | Laser surgery of eye

65860 | Incise inner eye adhesions

66761 | Revision of iris

66770 | Removal of inner eye lesion

67145 | Treatment of retina

67210 | Treatment of retinal lesion

67228 | Treatment of retinal lesion

67345 | Destroy nerve of eye muscle

67505 | Inject/treat eye socket

67515 | Inject/treat eye socket

67700 | Drainage of eyelid abscess

67710 | Incision of eyelid

67800 | Remove eyelid lesion

67801 | Remove eyelid lesions

67805 | Remove eyelid lesions

67810 | Biopsy of eyelid

67820 | Revise eyelashes

67825 | Revise eyelashes

67840 | Remove eyelid lesion

67850 | Treat eyelid lesion

67915 | Repair eyelid defect

67922 | Repair eyelid defect

67930 | Repair eyelid wound

67938 | Remove eyelid foreign body

68020 | Incise/drain eyelid lining

68040 | Treatment of eyelid lesions

68100 | Biopsy of eyelid lining

68110 | Remove eyelid lining lesion

68135 | Remove eyelid lining lesion

68200 | Treat eyelid by injection

68400 | Incise/drain tear gland

68420 | Incise/drain tear sac

68440 | Incise tear duct opening

68530 | Clearance of tear duct

68705 | Revise tear duct opening

68760 | Close tear duct opening

68761 | Close tear duct opening

68770 | Close tear system fistula

68840 | Explore/irrigate tear ducts

69000 | Drain external ear lesion

69005 | Drain external ear lesion

69020 | Drain outer ear canal lesion

69100 | Biopsy of external ear

69105 | Biopsy of external ear canal

69200 | Clear outer ear canal

69210 | Remove impacted ear wax

69220 | Clean out mastoid cavity

69222 | Clean out mastoid cavity

69400 | Inflate middle ear canal

69401 | Inflate middle ear canal

69405 | Catheterize middle ear canal

69410 | Inset middle ear baffle

69420 | Incision of eardrum

69433 | Create eardrum opening

69540 | Remove ear lesion

69610 | Repair of eardrum

92002 | Eye exam, new patient

92004 | Eye exam, new patient

92012 | Eye exam, established patient

92014 | Eye exam and treatment

92019 | Eye exam and treatment

92020 | Special eye evaluation

92070 | Fitting of contact lens

92100 | Serial tonometry exam(s)

92120 | Tonography and eye evaluation

92130 | Water provocation tonography

92140 | Glaucoma provocative tests

92225 | Special eye exam, initial

92226 | Special eye exam, subsequent

92230 | Eye exam with photos

92260 | Ophthalmoscopy/dynamometry

92287 | Internal eye photography

92311 | Contact lens fitting

92312 | Contact lens fitting

92313 | Contact lens fitting

92315 | Prescription of contact lens

92316 | Prescription of contact lens

92317 | Prescription of contact lens

92330 | Fitting of artificial eye

92335 | Fitting of artificial eye

92352 | Special spectacles fitting

92353 | Special spectacles fitting

92354 | Special spectacles fitting

92371 | Repair and adjust spectacles

92504 | Ear microscopy examination

92506 | Speech and hearing evaluation

92507 | Speech/hearing therapy

92508 | Speech/hearing therapy

92511 | Nasopharyngoscopy

92512 | Nasal function studies

92516 | Facial nerve function test

92520 | Laryngeal function studies

92565 | Stenger test, pure tone

92571 | Filtered speech hearing test

92575 | Sensorineural acuity test

92576 | Synthetic sentence test

92577 | Stenger test, speech

92582 | Conditioning play audiometry

93721 | Plethysmography tracing

93797 | Cardiac rehab

93798 | Cardiac rehab/monitor

95010 | Sensitivity skin tests

95015 | Sensitivity skin tests

95056 | Photosensitivity tests

95065 | Nose allergy test

95075 | Ingestion challenge test

95144 | Antigen therapy services

95145 | Antigen therapy services

95146 | Antigen therapy services

95147 | Antigen therapy services

95148 | Antigen therapy services

95149 | Antigen therapy services

95165 | Antigen therapy services

95170 | Antigen therapy services

95180 | Rapid desensitization

95831 | Limb muscle testing, manual

95832 | Hand muscle testing, manual

95833 | Body muscle testing, manual

95834 | Body muscle testing, manual

95851 | Range of motion measurements

95852 | Range of motion measurements

95857 | Tensilon test

96405 | Intralesional chemotherapy administration

96406 | Intralesional chemotherapy administration

96445 | Chemotherapy, intracavitary

96450 | Chemotherapy, into central nervous system

96542 | Chemotherapy injection

98940 | Chiropractor manip of spine

98941 | Chiropractor manip of spine

98942 | Chiropractor manip of spine

98943 | Chiropractor manip extra spinal

99201 | Office/outpatient visit, new

99202 | Office/outpatient visit, new

99203 | Office/outpatient visit, new

99204 | Office/outpatient visit, new

99205 | Office/outpatient visit, new

99211 | Office/outpatient visit, established

99212 | Office/outpatient visit, established

99213 | Office/outpatient visit, established

99214 | Office/outpatient visit, established

99215 | Office/outpatient visit, established

99241 | Office consultation

99242 | Office consultation

99243 | Office consultation

99244 | Office consultation

99245 | Office consultation

99271 | Confirmatory consultation

99272 | Confirmatory consultation

99273 | Confirmatory consultation

99274 | Confirmatory consultation

99354 | Prolonged service, office

99355 | Prolonged service, office

M0101 | Foot care hygiene

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 25 SR 1142

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.4034. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.4035. FEE ADJUSTMENTS FOR MEDICAL/SURGICAL SERVICES.

Subpart 1. Definition of a global surgical package.

Coding and payment for all surgical procedures is based on a global surgical package as described in this part and part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, items U, V, W, and X. Physicians are not paid separately for visits or other services that are included in the global package.

A. To determine the global period for surgeries with a 090 global period in column U, include the day immediately before the day of surgery, the day of surgery, and the 90 days immediately following the day of surgery.

EXAMPLE: Date of surgery, September 10; preoperative period, September 9; last day of global period, December 9.

To determine the global period for procedures with a 010 global period in column U, count the day of surgery and the appropriate number of days immediately following the date of surgery.

EXAMPLE: Date of surgery, January 5; last day of global period, January 15.

The global period for procedures with a 000 global period include only the services provided on the day of surgery.

B. Columns V, W, and X of the Medicare Relative Value tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005 designate the percentages of the global package assigned to preoperative services, intraoperative services, and postoperative services. These are used to determine the percent of the maximum fee, established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, that is paid to physicians providing one or more components of the global package.

EXAMPLE: For physicians who perform the surgery and furnish all of the usual preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative work the maximum fee is 100 percent (the sum or the percentages in columns V, W, and X) of the maximum fee established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for the appropriate CPT code and any appropriate modifiers for the surgical procedure only. Payment for physicians who furnish less than the full global package is described in subpart 4. Other subparts may affect coding and payment for services for which a global period applies. Subpart 2 further defines services included in the global surgical package. Subpart 3 further defines services not included in the global surgical package. Subpart 4 governs coding and payment adjustment for physicians furnishing less than the full global package. Subpart 5 specifies additional coding and payment requirements for multiple surgeries. Subpart 6 specifies additional coding and payment requirements for bilateral procedures. Subpart 7 specifies additional coding and payment requirements for assistant-at-surgery. Subpart 8 specifies additional coding and payment requirements for cosurgeons. Subpart 9 specifies additional coding and payment requirements for team surgery.

Subpart 2. Components of a global surgical package.

The global surgical package includes coding and payment instructions for the following services related to the surgery when furnished by the physician who performs the surgery. The services included in the global surgical package may be furnished in any setting, for example, in hospitals, ambulatory surgical centers, outpatient hospital surgical centers, and physicians' offices. Visits to a patient in an intensive care or critical care unit are also included if made by the surgeon. However, certain critical care services identified by CPT codes 99291 and 99292 are payable separately as specified in subpart 3, item L. Included in the global surgical package are:

A. preoperative visits as follows:

(1) preoperative visits beginning with the day before the day of surgery for procedures with a global period of 090 days except that the evaluation and management service to determine the need for surgery is separately coded and paid in accordance with subpart 3, item A, subitem (1), even if the evaluation and management service is the day before or the day of surgery; and

(2) preoperative visits the day of surgery for procedures with a global period of 000 or 010 days unless a significant separately identifiable evaluation and management service is performed as described in subpart 3, item A, subitem (2);

B. intraoperative services which include services that are normally a usual and necessary part of a surgical procedure;

C. all additional medical or surgical services required of the surgeon during the postoperative period of the surgery because of complications which do not require additional trips to the operating room. Subpart 3, item G, governs services for postoperative complications which require a return trip to the operating room;

D. postoperative visits which include follow-up visits during the global period of the surgery that are related to recovery from the surgery;

E. postsurgical pain management by the surgeon;

F. supplies, except for those noted in subpart 3, item I; and

G. miscellaneous services such as dressing changes; local incisional care; removal of operative pack; removal of cutaneous sutures and staples, lines, wires, tubes, drains, casts, and splints; insertion, irrigation and removal of urinary catheters, routine peripheral intravenous lines, nasogastric and rectal tubes, and changes and removal of tracheostomy tubes.

Subpart 3. Services not included in global surgical package.

The services listed in items A to O are not included in the global surgical package. These services may be coded and paid for separately. Physicians must use appropriate modifiers as set forth in this subpart.

A. The initial consultation or evaluation of the problem by the surgeon to determine the need for a surgical procedure is coded and paid as specified in subitems (1) and (2):

(1) for services with a global period of 090 days, a separate payment is allowed for the appropriate level of evaluation and management service. This circumstance must be coded by adding CPT modifier 57 to the appropriate level of evaluation and management service; or

(2) for services with a global period of 000 or 010, and endoscopies, the initial consultation or evaluation services by the same physician on the same day as the procedure, are included in the payment for the procedure, unless a significant, separately identifiable service is also performed. For example, an evaluation and management service on the same day could be properly billed in addition to suturing a scalp wound if a full neurological examination is made for a patient with head trauma. Payment for an evaluation and management service is not appropriate if the physician only identified the need for sutures and confirmed allergy and immunization status. The physician must document in the medical record that the patient's condition required a significant, separately identifiable evaluation and management service above and beyond the usual preoperative and postoperative care associated with the procedure or service that was performed. This circumstance must be coded by adding CPT modifier 25 to the appropriate level of evaluation and management service.

B. Services of other physicians are not included in the global surgical package and are separately coded and paid as follows:

(1) preoperative physical examination and postdischarge services of a physician other than the surgeon are coded by the appropriate evaluation and management code and are paid separately. No modifiers are necessary;

(2) physicians who provide follow-up services for procedures with a global period of 000 or 010 that were initially performed in emergency departments may charge the appropriate level of office visit code and are paid separately. The physician who performs the emergency room service codes for the surgical procedure without a modifier;

(3) if the services of a physician other than the surgeon are required during a postoperative period for an underlying condition or medical complication, the other physician codes the appropriate evaluation and management service and is paid separately. No modifiers are necessary. An example is a cardiologist who manages underlying cardiovascular conditions of a patient; and

(4) where the surgeon and another physician or physicians agree to transfer care otherwise included in the global period, coding and payment are governed by subpart 4.

C. Visits unrelated to the diagnosis for which the surgical procedure is performed, unless the visits occur due to complications of the surgery, are not included in the global surgical package and are separately payable. Physicians must use the following modifiers if appropriate:

(1) CPT modifier 79 identifies an unrelated procedure by the same physician during a postoperative period. The physician must document that the performance of a procedure during a postoperative period was unrelated to the original procedure; and

(2) CPT modifier 24 identifies an unrelated evaluation and management service by the same physician during a postoperative period. This circumstance must be coded by adding CPT modifier 24 to the appropriate level of evaluation and management service. The physician must document that an evaluation and management service was performed during the postoperative period of an unrelated procedure. An ICD-9-CM code that clearly indicates that the reason for the encounter was unrelated to the surgery is acceptable documentation.

D. Treatment for the underlying condition or an added course of treatment which is not part of normal recovery from surgery is not included in the global surgical package and is separately payable. Complications from the surgical procedure are governed by item G and subpart 2, item C.

E. Diagnostic tests and procedures, including diagnostic radiological procedures and diagnostic biopsies, are not included in the global surgical package and are separately coded and payable. If a diagnostic biopsy with a ten-day global period precedes a major surgery on the same day or in the ten-day period, the major surgery is payable separately.

F. Clearly distinct surgical procedures during the postoperative period which are not reoperations for complications (reoperations for complications are governed by item G) are not included in the global surgical package and are separately payable. This includes procedures done in two or more parts for which the decision to stage the procedure is made prospectively or at the time of the first procedure. Examples of this are procedures to diagnose and treat epilepsy, codes 61533, 61534-61536, 61539, 61541, and 61543, which may be performed in succession within 90 days of each other.

CPT modifier 58 must be used to code for staged or related surgical procedures done during the global period of the first procedure. The global period for the staged or subsequent procedures is separate from the global period for the proceeding procedure.

G. Treatment for postoperative complications which requires a return trip to the operating room is not included in the global surgical package and is separately coded and paid as specified in this item. This additional procedure is referred to as a reoperation.

"Operating room," for this purpose, is defined as a place of service specifically equipped and staffed for the sole purpose of performing procedures. Operating room includes a cardiac catheterization suite, laser suite, and endoscopy suite. It does not include a patient's room, minor treatment room, recovery room, or intensive care unit, unless the patient's condition was so critical there would be insufficient time for transportation to an operating room.

(1) When coding for treatment for postoperative complications for services with a global period of 090 or 010 days which requires a return trip to the operating room, as defined in this item, physicians must code the CPT code that describes the procedures performed during the return trip as follows:

(a) Some reoperations have been assigned separate, distinct reoperation CPT procedure codes and RVUs. The maximum fee for these procedures is calculated using the RVUs for the coded reoperation and the formula in part 5221.4020.

(b) Reoperations that have not been assigned separate, distinct reoperation CPT codes must be identified on the bill with the CPT procedure code that describes the procedure or treatment for the complication plus CPT modifier 78 which indicates a return to the operating room for a related procedure during the global period. The CPT procedure code may be the one used for the original procedure when the identical procedure is repeated or another CPT procedure code which describes the actual procedure or service performed.

The maximum fee for a reoperation procedure without a separate distinct reoperation CPT code is the maximum fee established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, multiplied by the intraoperative percentage listed in column W.

(c) When no CPT code exists to describe the treatment for complications, use an unlisted surgical procedure code plus CPT modifier 78 which indicates a return to the operating room for a related procedure during the global period. The maximum fee for the reoperation is the maximum fee for the original procedure established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, multiplied by 50 percent of the intraoperative percent listed in column W.

(2) When coding for treatment for postoperative complications for a procedure with a 000 global period, physicians must use CPT modifier 78 which indicates a return trip to the operating room for a related procedure during the postoperative global period. The full value for the repeat procedure is paid according to the formula in part 5221.4020.

(3) If additional procedures are performed during the same operative session as the original surgery to treat complications which occurred during the original surgery, the additional procedures are coded and paid as multiple surgeries as specified in subpart 5. Only surgeries that require a return to the operating room due to complications from the original surgery are coded and paid as specified in subitems (1) and (2).

(4) If the patient is returned to the operating room after the initial operative session and during the postoperative global surgery period of the original surgery, for one or more additional procedures as a result of complications from the original surgery, each procedure required to treat the complications from the original surgery is paid as specified in subitem (1) or (2).

The multiple surgery rules under subpart 5 do not also apply. The original operation session and the reoperation session are separate and distinct surgical sessions. The reoperation is not considered a multiple surgery, as described in subpart 5, of the original operation. If during the reoperation session multiple surgeries are performed, the additional surgeries are not governed by the multiple surgery payment rules in subpart 5 but are governed by subitems (1) and (2).

(5) If the patient is returned to the operating room during the postoperative global surgery period of the original surgery, not on the same day of the original surgery, for bilateral procedures that are required as a result of complications from the original surgery, subitems (1) to (4) apply. The bilateral rules in subpart 6 and part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item Z, do not apply.

H. If a less extensive procedure fails, and a more extensive procedure is required, the second procedure is coded and paid separately.

I. Surgical trays are not paid separately. Payment for the surgical tray is included in the RVUs for the surgical procedure.

J. Splints, casting, and take-home supplies are coded and paid separately.

K. Immunosuppressive therapy for organ transplants is coded and paid separately.

L. Critical care services (CPT codes 99291 and 99292) unrelated to the surgery, where a seriously injured or burned patient is critically ill and requires constant attendance of the physician, provided during a global surgical period, are coded and paid separately.

M. Except as provided in part 5221.0410, subpart 7, item A, the physician may separately bill a reasonable amount for supplementary reports and services directly related to the employee's ability to return to work, fitness for job offers, and opinions as to whether or not the condition was related to a work-related injury. Coding and payment for these services is governed by parts 5221.0410, subpart 7; 5221.0420, subpart 3; and 5221.0500, subpart 2.

N. The global surgical package does not apply, and separate coding and payment is allowed, for an initial service that meets both of the conditions in subitems (1) and (2):

(1) the service is for initial care only to afford comfort to a patient or to stabilize or protect a fracture, dislocation, or other injury; and

(2) subsequent restorative treatment, such as surgical repair or reduction of a fracture or joint dislocation, is expected to be performed by a physician other than the physician rendering the initial care only.

O. Surgeries for which services performed are significantly greater or more complex than usually required must be coded with CPT modifier 22 added to the CPT code for the procedure. Additional requirements for use of this modifier are as follows:

(1) This modifier may only be used where circumstances create a more complex procedure such as congenital or developmental disorders of the anatomy, multiple fractures of the same long bone, coexisting disease, when there has been previous surgery on the same body part or where there is a significant amount of scar tissue.

(2) This modifier may only be reported with procedure codes that have a global period of 000, 010, or 090 days.

(3) Physicians must provide:

(a) a concise statement about how the service is significantly more complex than usually required; and

(b) an operative report with the claim.

(4) The maximum fee for a surgical procedure that has satisfied all of the requirements for use of CPT modifier 22 is up to 125 percent of the maximum fee calculated under part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for that CPT code listed in subpart 2b.

(5) CPT modifier 22 is not used to report additional procedures that are performed during the same operative session as the original surgery to treat complications which occurred during the original surgery. Additional procedures to treat complications which occurred during surgery are governed by subpart 5.

Subpart 4. Physicians furnishing less than full global package.

There are occasions when more than one physician provides services included in the global surgical package. It may be the case that the physician who performs the surgical procedure does not furnish the follow-up care. Payment for the postoperative and postdischarge care is split between two or more physicians where the physicians agree on the transfer of care. Coding and payment requirements for physicians furnishing less than the full global package are:

A. When more than one physician furnishes services that are included in the global surgical package, the maximum fee for each physician is a percentage of the total maximum fee established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, multiplied by the sum of the percentages in columns V, W, and X for the type of operative service provided. For example, the maximum fee for a physician who performs the preoperative and postoperative services, but not the intraoperative service, would be as follows:

The maximum fee for the CPT code established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b * (the percentage in column V plus the percentage in column X

B. Where physicians agree on the transfer of care during the global period, they must add the appropriate CPT modifier to the surgical procedure code:

(1) CPT modifier 54 for surgical care only; or

(2) CPT modifier 55 for postoperative management only.

C. Physicians who share postoperative management with another physician must submit additional information showing when they assumed and relinquished responsibility for the postoperative care. If the physician who performed the surgery relinquishes care at the time of discharge, the physician need only show the date of surgery when billing with CPT modifier 54.

However, if the surgeon also cares for the patient for some period following discharge, the surgeon must show the date of surgery and the date on which postoperative care was relinquished to another physician. The physician providing the remaining postoperative care must show the date care was assumed.

D. If a surgeon performs a procedure with a global period of 010 or 090 days, and cares for the patient until time of discharge from a hospital or ambulatory surgical center, the maximum fee for this surgeon's services is:

The maximum fee for the CPT code established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b * (the percentage in column V plus the percentage in column W)

Modifier 54 is used to identify these services.

E. If a health care provider who did not perform the surgery assumes surgical follow-up care of a patient after discharge from the hospital or ambulatory surgical center, then the maximum fee for this practitioner's services is:

The maximum fee for the CPT code established by the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b * (the percentage in column X)

CPT modifier 55 is used to identify these services.

F. If several health care providers furnish postoperative care, the maximum fee for the postoperative period is divided among the practitioners based on the number of days for which each health care provider was primarily responsible for care of the patient. CPT modifier 55 (for postoperative management only) is used to identify postoperative services furnished by more than one provider.

G. If the providers have agreed to a payment distribution of the global fee that differs from the distributions set forth in items D to F, then payments will be made accordingly, if the agreed-upon distribution is documented and explained on the bill for the procedure and is not prohibited by Minnesota Statutes, section 147.091, subdivision 1, paragraph (p).

Subpart 5. Coding and payment for multiple surgeries and procedures.

Part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item Y, and column Y in the tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, item A, describe codes subject to the multiple procedures payment restrictions. Multiple surgeries are separate surgeries performed by a single physician on the same patient at the same operative session or on the same day for which separate payment may be allowed.

A. The coding requirements in subitems (1) and (2) apply to multiple surgeries that have an indicator of 2 or 3 in column Y by the same physician on the same day as specified in items D and E:

(1) the surgical procedure with the highest maximum fee calculated according to part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, is reported without the multiple procedures CPT modifier 51;

(2) the additional surgical procedures performed are reported with CPT modifier 51.

B. There may be instances in which two or more physicians each perform distinctly different, unrelated surgeries on the same patient on the same day, for example, in some multiple trauma cases. When this occurs, CPT modifier 51 is not used and the multiple procedure payment reductions do not apply unless one of the surgeons individually performs multiple surgeries.

C. If any of the multiple surgeries are bilateral or cosurgeries, first determine the allowed amount for the procedure as specified in subpart 6 or 8, next rank this amount with the remaining procedures, and finally, apply the appropriate multiple surgery payment reductions as specified in items D and E.

D. For procedures with an indicator of 2 in column Y, if the procedures are reported on the same day as another procedure with an indicator of 2, the maximum fee for the procedure with the highest amount calculated under part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, is paid at 100 percent of the amount calculated, and the maximum fee for each additional procedure with an indicator of 2 is paid at 50 percent of the amount calculated under part 5221.4020, subpart 1b.

E. For procedures with an indicator of 3 in column Y, the multiple endoscopy payment rules apply if the procedure is billed with another endoscopy with the same base code. Column AD lists the endoscopic base code for each code in column A with a multiple surgery indicator of 3. For purposes of this item, the term "endoscopy" also includes arthroscopy procedures. If an endoscopy procedure is performed on the same day as another endoscopy procedure within the same base code, the maximum fee for the procedure with the highest amount calculated under part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, is 100 percent of the amount calculated. The maximum fee for every other procedure with the same base code is reduced by the amount calculated under part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for the endobase code in column AD. No separate payment is made for the endobase procedure when other endoscopy procedures with the same base code are performed on the same day.

(1) For example, if column Y has an indicator of 3 for multiple endoscopic procedures, and column AD lists the endoscopic base code as 29805, with a maximum allowable fee of $400 calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, the maximum amount payable would be as follows:

Procedures performed (code listed in column A) | Maximum fee under formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b | Maximum fee under part 5221.4035, subpart 5, item E | Description

29827 | $950 | $950 | Pay 100 percent of the maximum fee for the procedure with the highest maximum fee under formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b

29828 | $790 | $390 | Reduce the maximum fee by $400 (the maximum fee for endobase code 29805)

$790 - $400 = $390

29823 | $540 | $140 | Reduce the maximum fee by $400 (the maximum fee for endobase code 29805)

$540 - $400 = $140

Total allowable payment: $1480

(2) For two unrelated series of endoscopy procedures, the endoscopy pricing rule is applied first to all codes with the same base code in column AD. The multiple surgery pricing rule as depicted by indicator 2 is then applied as follows. The maximum fee for the codes in the series with the highest total amount calculated under this item is 100 percent of the amount calculated. The maximum fee for codes in the series with the lower total amount calculated under this item is 50 percent of the amount calculated.

(3) Endoscopy procedures billed with other surgery procedures. All procedures subject to the multiple surgery pricing rule are ranked from highest to lowest to determine which codes, or groups of codes, are allowed at 100 percent or 50 percent of the their calculated maximum value. If two or more of the billed codes belong to the same endoscopy family, the endoscopy pricing rule is applied first, and the total value of the endoscopy series is used in the array.

F. For procedures with an indicator of 4 in column Y, special rules for the technical component (TC) of diagnostic imaging procedures apply if the procedure is billed with another diagnostic imaging procedure with the same indicator in column AH. If the procedure is reported in the same session on the same day as another procedure with the same family indicator, the procedures must be ranked according to the maximum fee for the technical component (TC), calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b. The technical component with the highest maximum fee is paid at 100 percent, and the technical component of each subsequent procedure is paid at 75 percent. The payments for subsequent procedures are based on the lower of (a) the actual charge, or (b) the maximum fee according to the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, reduced by the appropriate percentage. The professional component (PC) is paid at 100 percent for all procedures.

G. For procedures with an indicator of 0 or 9, no payment rules for multiple or endoscopy procedures apply.

Subpart 6. Coding and payment for bilateral surgeries and procedures.

Part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item Z, and column Z in the tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, describe codes subject to the bilateral procedures payment restrictions. Bilateral surgeries are procedures performed on both sides of the body during the same operative session or on the same day.

A. For procedures with an indicator of 0, 3, or 9 in column Z, no bilateral payment provisions apply.

For procedures with an indicator of 0, the 150 percent bilateral adjustment in item B is inappropriate because of physiology or anatomy or because the code description specifically states that it is a unilateral procedure and there is an existing code for the bilateral procedure. If the procedure is reported with modifier 50, or with modifiers RT and LT, the maximum fee for both sides is the fee calculated according to part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for a single code. If the provider or payer reassigns a correct code for a bilateral procedure the maximum fee is the amount calculated according to part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for the correct code and corresponding indicator.

Services with an indicator of 3 are generally radiology procedures or other diagnostic tests that are not subject to bilateral payment adjustments. If the procedure is reported with modifier 50 or is reported for both sides on the same day by any other means, such as with RT and LT modifiers or with a 2 in the units field, the maximum fee for each side is the amount calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for each side. If the procedure is reported as a bilateral procedure and with other procedure codes on the same day, determine the maximum fee for the bilateral procedure before applying any multiple procedure rules as specified in subpart 5, item C.

For procedures with an indicator of 9, the concept of bilateral surgeries does not apply.

B. For procedures with an indicator of 1 in column Z, if the code is billed with modifier 50 or is reported twice on the same day by any other means, such as with RT and LT modifiers or with a 2 in the units field, the maximum fee is 150 percent of the amount calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for a single code. The bilateral adjustment is applied before any multiple procedure rules as specified in subpart 5, item C.

C. For procedures with an indicator of 2, no further bilateral adjustments apply because the RVUs are already based on the procedure being performed as a bilateral procedure. If the procedure is reported with modifier 50 or is reported twice on the same day by any other means, such as with RT and LT modifiers or with a 2 in the units field, the maximum fee for both sides is the amount calculated according to part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, for a single code.

Subpart 7. Coding and payment for assistant-at-surgery.

Part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item AA, and column AA in the tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, describe codes subject to the assistant-at-surgery payment restrictions. An assistant-at-surgery must use the appropriate CPT or HCPCS modifier in accordance with their provider type. Payment for a physician assistant-at-surgery is not allowed when payment is made for cosurgeons or team surgeons for the same procedures. For procedures with an indicator of 0 (where medical necessity is established) or 2 in column AA the maximum fee for an assistant-at-surgery is as follows:

A. For a physician who is an assistant-at-surgery, 16 percent of the global surgery fee is paid. This is paid in addition to the global fee paid to the surgeon.

B. If the assistant surgery service is performed by a provider who is not a physician, but who has advanced training to act as an assistant-at-surgery consistent with their scope of practice, 13.6 percent of the global surgery fee is paid. This is paid in addition to the global fee paid to the surgeon.

Subpart 8. Coding and payment for cosurgeons.

Part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item AB, and column AB in the tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, describe codes subject to the cosurgeon's payment adjustments. Under some circumstances, the individual skills of two or more surgeons are required to perform surgery on the same patient during the same operative session. This may be required because of the complex nature of the procedures or the patient's condition. It is cosurgery if two surgeons, each in a different specialty, are required to perform a specific procedure, for example, heart transplant. Cosurgery also refers to surgical procedures involving two surgeons performing the parts of the procedure simultaneously, for example, bilateral knee replacement. In these cases, the additional physicians are not acting as assistants-at-surgery.

A. If cosurgeons are required to do a procedure, each surgeon codes for the procedure with CPT modifier 62 which indicate two surgeons.

B. For procedures with an indicator of 1, where necessity of cosurgeons is established, or 2 in column AB, the amount paid for the procedure is 125 percent of the global fee, divided equally between the two surgeons. If the cosurgeons have agreed to a different payment distribution, payments will be made accordingly, if the agreed-upon distribution is documented and explained on the bill for the procedure, and is not prohibited by Minnesota Statutes, section 147.091, subdivision 1, paragraph (p).

C. For procedures with an indicator of 0 or 9 in column AB, either cosurgeons are not allowed or the concept of cosurgery does not apply and cosurgery fee adjustments do not apply.

D. If surgeons of different specialties are each performing a distinctly different procedure with specific CPT codes, cosurgery fee adjustments do not apply even if the procedures are performed through the same incision. If one of the surgeons performs multiple procedures, the multiple procedure rules in subpart 5 apply to that surgeon's services.

Subpart 9. Coding and payment for team surgery.

Part 5221.4020, subpart 2a, item AC, and column AC in the tables incorporated by reference in part 5221.4005, subpart 1, govern application of the team surgery concept.

A. If a team of surgeons, that is, more than two surgeons of different specialties, is required to perform a specific procedure, each surgeon bills for the procedure with the CPT modifier 66 which indicates a surgical team.

B. For procedures with an indicator of 1, where necessity of a team is established, or 2 in column AC, the amount paid for the procedure is limited by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items B to F, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b.

C. For procedures with an indicator of 0 or 9 in column AC, either team surgery is not allowed or the concept of team surgery does not apply.

Subpart 10. Unbundling surgical services.

Where several component services which have different CPT codes may be described in one more comprehensive CPT code, only the single CPT code most accurately and comprehensively describing the procedure performed or service rendered may be reported. Intraoperative services, incidental surgeries, or components of more major surgeries are not separately billable or payable.

For example, an anterior arthrodesis of the lumbar spine using the anterior interbody technique may be performed by two surgeons. One of the surgeons may perform opening or the approach for the anterior arthrodesis while a different surgeon performs the arthrodesis. In this instance, the surgeons are acting as cosurgeons performing different components of a major surgery. The opening or approach is not a separately billable or payable procedure. Both surgeons must code this service using the anterior arthrodesis code and are paid for the procedure as cosurgeons as specified in subpart 8.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.83

History: 25 SR 1142; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4040. PATHOLOGY AND LABORATORY PROCEDURE CODES.

Subpart 1. Key to abbreviations and terms.

For descriptions of columns, abbreviations, and terms, see part 5221.4020, subpart 2a.

Subpart 2a. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Subpart 2b. [Repealed, 30 SR 291].

Subpart 2c. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 3. List of pathology and laboratory codes.

The pathology and laboratory conversion factor in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, item B, applies to the health care providers listed in part 5221.0700, subpart 3, item C, subitem (3), when they provide the services, articles, or supplies identified by procedure codes 80000 through 89999 in the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule tables described in part 5221.4005.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 20 SR 1163; 25 SR 1142; 30 SR 291; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4041. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4050. PHYSICAL MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION PROCEDURE CODES.

Subpart 1. Key to abbreviations and terms.

For descriptions of columns, abbreviations, and terms, see part 5221.4020, subpart 2a.

Subpart 2a. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Subpart 2b. [Repealed, 30 SR 291].

Subpart 2c. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 2d. List of physical medicine and rehabilitation procedure codes.

The physical medicine and rehabilitation conversion factor in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, item B, applies to the health care providers listed in part 5221.0700, subpart 3, item C, subitem (4), when they provide, within their scope of practice, the services, articles, or supplies identified by procedure codes 97001 through 97799 and V5336 to V5364 in the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule tables described in part 5221.4005.

Subpart 3. Additional payment instructions.

The instructions and examples in items A to D are in addition to CPT code descriptions found in the CPT manual. Additional instructions include both general instructions for a group of codes as well as specific instructions for an individual specific code.

A. Supervised modalities.

(1) Additional general instructions for supervised modality codes 97010 to 97028. All supervised modalities refer to one or more areas. For example, if diathermy is applied to the cervical and low back on the same day, the charge would be one unit. If the diathermy and electrical stimulation are applied to the low back, the charge would be one unit of diathermy and one unit of electrical stimulation.

(2) Additional specific instructions for supervised modalities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97014 | Electrical stimulation | Unattended electrical stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic, and unattended clinical application of TENS. RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

B. Constant attendance modalities.

(1) Additional general instructions for constant attendance modality codes 97032 to 97039. The application of a constant attendance modality is to one or more areas. Where the CPT manual specifies a specific time frame, count only the actual treatment time, and do not count setup, preparation of the area, cleanup, or documentation time. For example, with ultrasound treatment for two areas, the shoulder and elbow, if total treatment time for both areas is less than 15 minutes, one unit of ultrasound is appropriate. All units billed require supporting documentation.

(2) Additional specific instructions for constant attendance modalities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97032 | Electrical stimulation | Electrical stimulation (manual) includes attended clinical application of TENS. RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

97033 | Electric current | RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

C. Additional specific instructions for therapeutic procedure codes 97110 to 97546.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97110 | Therapeutic exercises | Examples include, but are not limited to, any type of range of motion, stretching, or strengthening exercises; e.g., stabilization and closed kinetic chain exercises, passive range of motion, active and assistive range of motion, progressive resistive exercises, prolonged stretch, isokinetic, isotonic, or isometric strengthening exercises.

97112 | Neuromuscular reeducation | Examples include, but are not limited to, facilitation techniques, NDT, Rood, Brunnstrom, PNF, and FeldenKrais.

97113 | Aquatic therapy | This code applies to any water-based exercise program such as Hubbard Tank or pools.

97140 | Manual therapy | In addition to the services included in the CPT manual incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item D, this code also includes, but is not limited to: myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, manual traction, soft tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and transverse friction massage. This code is not paid when reported with any of the osteopathic manipulative treatment (OMT) (98925-98929) or chiropractic manipulative treatment (CMT) (98940- 98943) codes on the same regions(s)/body part on the same day. This code may be paid when reported with CMT or OMT codes only if used on a different region(s)/ body part on the same day and must be accompanied by CPT modifier 59 which identifies a distinct procedural service.

97150 | Group therapeutic | Therapeutic procedure(s) for a group is used when two or more patients are present for the same type of service such as instruction in body mechanics training, or group exercises when participants are doing same type exercises, etc. There is no time definition for this code. Providers may charge only one unit, regardless of size of group, number of areas treated, or length of time involved.

97504 | Orthotic training | This code applies to fabrication, instruction in use, fitting, and care and precautions of the orthotic.

97530 | Therapeutic activities | This code is used for treatment promoting functional use of a muscle, muscle group, or body part. This code is not to be used for PROM, active assistive ROM, manual stretch, or manual therapy. Examples for use of code: A patient has had rotator cuff repair. When treatment incorporates functional motion of reaching to increase range of motion and strength, 97530 should be used. A patient has a herniated disc. When treatment incorporates instruction in body mechanics and positioning and simulated activities to improve functional performance, 97530 should be used.

97537 | Community/work | Community/work reintegration training includes jobsite analysis.

97545 | Work hardening/ conditioning | Work hardening/conditioning units are for the initial two hours each visit. Codes 97545 and 97546 refer to services provided within a work hardening or work conditioning program described in part part 5221.6500, subpart 2, item D.

97546 | Work hardening/ conditioning | Work hardening/conditioning additional units are for each additional hour each visit. Refers to time beyond initial two hours of work conditioning or work hardening.

D. Additional specific instructions and examples for other physical medicine activities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97750 | Physical performance | Physical performance test or measurement includes isokinetic strength testing, comprehensive muscle strength or joint range of motion testing, or functional capacity evaluations.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 20 SR 858; 25 SR 1142; 30 SR 291; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4051. FEE ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHYSICAL MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION SERVICES.

Maximum fees for the physical medicine and rehabilitation modalities in the following list are determined according to the following payment schedule when more than one modality on the list is provided to the same patient on the same day: 100 percent of the fee calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020 for the modality with the highest RVU and 75 percent of the fee calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020 for each additional modality. All modalities after the first modality with the highest RVU shall be coded by adding modifier 51 to the applicable procedure code.

97012 | Mechanical traction therapy

97014 | Electric stimulation therapy

97016 | Vasopneumatic device therapy

97018 | Paraffin bath therapy

97022 | Whirlpool therapy

97024 | Diathermy treatment

97026 | Infrared therapy

97028 | Ultraviolet therapy

97032 | Electrical stimulation

97033 | Electric current

97034 | Contrast bath therapy

97035 | Ultrasound therapy

97036 | Hydrotherapy

97039 | Unlisted therapy service

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 25 SR 1142; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4060. CHIROPRACTIC PROCEDURE CODES.

Subpart 1. Key to abbreviations and terms.

For descriptions of columns, abbreviations, and terms, see part 5221.4020, subpart 2a.

Subpart 2a. [Repealed, 25 SR 1142].

Subpart 2b. [Repealed, 30 SR 291].

Subpart 2c. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Subpart 2d. List of chiropractic procedure codes.

The chiropractic conversion factor in part 5221.4020, subpart 1b, item B, applies to the health care providers listed in part 5221.0700, subpart 3, item C, subitem (5), when they provide, within their scope of practice, services, articles, or supplies identified by any of the following procedure codes in the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule tables described in part 5221.4005:

A. radiologic examination procedure codes from 72010 to 73610;

B. pathology and laboratory procedure codes 81000 and 81002;

C. physical medicine and rehabilitation procedure codes from 97010 to 97799;

D. chiropractic manipulative treatment procedure codes 98940, 98941, 98942, and 98943;

E. evaluation and management service procedure codes 99201, 99202, 99203, 99211, 99212, and 99213; and

F. procedure code 99199 (special service).

Subpart 3. Select chiropractic procedure code descriptions, instructions, and examples.

The following instructions and examples are in addition to CPT code descriptions found in the CPT manual. Additional instructions include both general instructions for a group of codes as well as specific instructions for an individual specific code.

A. Supervised modalities.

(1) Additional general instructions for supervised modality codes 97010 to 97028. All supervised modalities refer to one or more areas. For example, if diathermy is applied to the cervical and low back on the same day, the charge would be one unit. If the diathermy and electrical stimulation are applied to the low back, the charge would be one unit of diathermy and one unit of electrical stimulation.

(2) Additional specific instructions for supervised modalities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97014 | Electrical stimulation | Unattended electrical stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic, and unattended clinical application of TENS. RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

B. Constant attendance modalities.

(1) Additional general instructions for constant attendance modality codes 97032 to 97039. The application of a constant attendance modality is to one or more areas. Where the CPT manual specifies a time frame, count only the actual treatment time, and do not count setup, preparation of the area, cleanup, or documentation time. For example, with ultrasound treatment for two areas, the shoulder and elbow, if total treatment time for both areas is less than 15 minutes, one unit of ultrasound is appropriate. All units billed require supporting documentation.

(2) Additional specific instructions for constant attendance modalities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97032 | Electrical stimulation | Electrical stimulation (manual) includes attended clinical application of TENS. RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

97033 | Electric current | RVU includes the use of disposable or reusable electrodes.

C. Additional specific instructions for therapeutic procedure codes 97110 to 97546.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97110 | Therapeutic exercises | Examples include, but are not limited to, any type of range of motion, stretching, or strengthening exercises; e.g., stabilization and closed kinetic chain exercises, passive range of motion, active and assistive range of motion, progressive resistive exercises, prolonged stretch, isokinetic, isotonic, or isometric strengthening exercises.

97112 | Neuromuscular reeducation | Examples include, but are not limited to, facilitation techniques, NDT, Rood, Brunnstrom, PNF, and FeldenKrais.

97113 | Aquatic therapy | This code applies to any water-based exercise program such as Hubbard Tank or pools.

97140 | Manual therapy | In addition to the services included in the CPT manual incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item D, this code also includes, but is not limited to: myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, manual traction, soft tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and transverse friction massage. This code is not paid when reported with any of the osteopathic manipulative treatment (OMT) (98925-98929) or chiropractic manipulative treatment (CMT) (98940-98943) codes on the same region(s)/body part on the same day. This code may be paid when reported with CMT or OMT codes only if used on a different region(s)/body part on the same day and must be accompanied by CPT modifier 59 which identifies a distinct procedural service.

97150 | Group therapeutic | Therapeutic procedure(s) for a group is used when two or more patients are present for the same type of service such as instruction in body mechanics training, or group exercises when participants are doing same type exercises, etc. There is no time definition for this code. Providers may charge only one unit, regardless of size of group, number of areas treated, or length of time involved.

97504 | Orthotic training | This code applies to fabrication, instruction in use, fitting, and care and precautions of the orthotic.

97530 | Therapeutic activities | This code is used for treatment promoting functional use of a muscle, muscle group, or body part. This code is not to be used for PROM, active assistive ROM, manual stretch, or manual therapy. Examples for use of code: A patient has had rotator cuff repair. When treatment incorporates functional motion of reaching to increase range of motion and strength, 97530 should be used. A patient has a herniated disc. When treatment incorporates instruction in body mechanics and positioning and simulated activities to improve functional performance, 97530 should be used.

97537 | Community/ work | Community/work reintegration training includes jobsite analysis.

97545 | Work hardening/ conditioning | Work hardening/conditioning units are for the initial two hours each visit. Codes 97545 and 97546 refer to services provided within a work hardening or work conditioning program described in part 5221.6500, subpart 2, item D.

97546 | Work hardening/ conditioning | Work hardening/conditioning additional units are for each additional hour each visit. Refers to time beyond initial two hours of work conditioning or work hardening.

D. Additional specific instructions and examples for other physical medicine activities.

CPT Code | CPT Description | Specific Instructions and Examples

97750 | Physical performance | Physical performance test or measurement includes isokinetic strength testing, comprehensive muscle strength or joint range of motion testing, or functional capacity evaluations.

Subpart 4. Evaluation and management services coding and reporting.

A. Evaluation and management services may be coded and paid separately from the chiropractic manipulative therapy services described by CPT codes 98940 to 98943 only if the condition requires a significant, separately identifiable evaluation and management service above and beyond the usual preservice, intraservice, and postservice work associated with the manipulative procedure, as described in subitems (1) to (3). When performing the evaluation and management service on the same day as a spinal or extraspinal manipulation, the evaluation and management code must be coded using the CPT modifier 25.

(1) Preservice work for CPT codes 98940 to 98943 includes the following:

(a) documentation and chart review;

(b) imaging review;

(c) test interpretation and care planning; and

(d) premanipulation procedures which include a brief evaluation of the current problem, including components of a review of symptoms, and a focused exam of the current problem and related areas.

(2) Intraservice work for CPT codes 98940 to 98943 includes the following:

(a) manipulation; and

(b) postmanipulation assessment and procedures.

(3) Postservice work for CPT codes 98940 to 98943 includes the following:

(a) chart documentation, including documentation of appropriate subjective and objective assessments as well as the procedural components of patient visit; and

(b) if necessary, arrange for further services and coordination of patient care. This may include telephone or written communications with other health care providers, family members, employers, medical case manager for a managed care organization certified under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1351, or insurers regarding the coordination of patient care or consultation services.

B. Circumstances in which a separate evaluation and management service is appropriate under item A include the following:

(1) if there is a new injury;

(2) if there is an exacerbation of a previous injury; or

(3) if there is an unanticipated change in condition.

C. A reexamination in the following circumstances may be coded and paid as a separate evaluation and management service if the reexamination is above and beyond the usual preservice, intraservice, and postservice work associated with the manipulative procedure as described in item A, subitems (1) to (3):

(1) in preparation for a requested report other than a report of work ability;

(2) if requested to render an opinion about a job offer;

(3) when a job search is initiated;

(4) to review the patient's condition after a period of treatment by another health care provider; or

(5) to evaluate the patient's condition in anticipation of a change in the treatment plan.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 22 SR 500; 25 SR 1142; 30 SR 291; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4061. FEE ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES.

Subpart 1. Multiple modalities.

Maximum fees for the chiropractic modalities in the following list are determined according to the following payment schedule when more than one modality on the list is provided to the same patient on the same day: 100 percent of the fee calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020 for the modality with the highest relative value and 75 percent of the fee calculated according to the formula in part 5221.4020 for each additional modality. All modalities after the first modality with the highest relative value, shall be coded by adding modifier 51 to the applicable modality code.

97012 | Mechanical traction therapy

97014 | Electrical stimulation therapy

97016 | Vasopneumatic device therapy

97018 | Paraffin bath therapy

97022 | Whirlpool therapy

97024 | Diathermy treatment

97026 | Infrared therapy

97028 | Ultraviolet therapy

97032 | Electrical stimulation

97033 | Electric current

97034 | Contrast bath therapy

97035 | Ultrasound therapy

97036 | Hydrotherapy

97039 | Unlisted therapy service

Subpart 2. Extraspinal code.

If the extraspinal code (98943) is used in conjunction with any of the spinal chiropractic manipulative treatment (CMT) codes (98940 to 98942) on the same day, the extraspinal code must be coded with CPT modifier 51. The CPT modifier 51 reduces the RVU of 98943 when used in conjunction with any of the CMT codes (98940 to 98942) on the same day by 50 percent.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.38; 14.386; 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; 35 SR 227

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4062. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Posted: September 30, 2010

PART 5221.4070. PHARMACY.

Subpart 1. Substitution of generically equivalent drugs.

A generically equivalent drug must be dispensed according to Minnesota Statutes, section 151.21.

Subpart 1a. Definitions.

The terms in this part have the following meanings:

A. "Community/retail pharmacy" has the meaning given in Minnesota Rules, part 6800.0100, subpart 2.

B. "Dispense" has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 151.01.

C. "Drug" has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 151.01.

D. "Hospital pharmacy" has the meaning given in Minnesota Rules, part 6800.0100, subpart 3.

E. "Large hospital" is a hospital with more than 100 licensed beds.

F. "Pharmacy" has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 151.01, and includes:

(1) community/retail pharmacies;

(2) hospital pharmacies; and

(3) persons or entities that the pharmacy has designated by contract or other means to act on its behalf to submit its charges to the workers' compensation payer.

G. "Practitioner" has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 151.01, and includes persons or entities that the practitioner has designated by contract or other means to act on its behalf to submit its charges to the workers' compensation payer.

H. "Usual and customary charge" has the meaning given in part 5221.0500, subparts 1, item B, and 2, item B, subitem (1).

I. "Workers' compensation payer" or "payer" means any of the following entities:

(1) the workers' compensation insurer or self-insured employer liable for a claim under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176;

(2) the special compensation fund liable for a claim under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.183, where the employer was uninsured at the time of the injury; or

(3) any other person or entity that the workers' compensation payer has designated by contract or other means to act on its behalf in paying drug charges, or determining the compensability or reasonableness and necessity of drug charges under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 2. Procedure code; usual and customary charge.

A. Providers must use the procedure codes adopted under United States Code, title 42, sections 1320d to 1320d-8, as amended, that are in effect on the date the drug was dispensed. For drugs dispensed from a community/retail pharmacy, the procedure code is the applicable code in the National Drug Code Directory maintained and published by the federal Department of Health and Human Services. Procedure codes are not required for over-the-counter drugs.

B. An entity that is designated by the pharmacy or practitioner to submit its charges for a drug to the workers' compensation payer shall not submit a charge that is more than the pharmacy's or practitioner's usual and customary charge for the drug at the time it is dispensed.

Subpart 3. Maximum fee.

A. Except as provided in subparts 4 and 5, the workers' compensation payer's liability for compensable prescription drugs dispensed for outpatient use by a large hospital pharmacy, practitioner, or community/retail pharmacy shall be limited to the lower of:

(1) the sum of the average wholesale price (AWP) of the drug on the date the drug was dispensed, and a professional dispensing fee of $5.14 per prescription filled; or

(2) the pharmacy's or practitioner's usual and customary charge for the drug at the time it is dispensed.

B. Except as provided in subparts 4 and 5, the workers' compensation payer's liability for compensable over-the-counter drugs dispensed for outpatient use by a large hospital pharmacy, practitioner, or community/retail pharmacy shall be, on the date the drug was dispensed, the lower of:

(1) the actual retail price of the drug; or

(2) the sum of the average wholesale price (AWP) of the drug and a professional dispensing fee of $5.14 per prescription filled.

C. Except as provided in subpart 5, the workers' compensation payer's liability for compensable prescription drugs provided for inpatient use by a large hospital is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136. The maximum fee for drugs dispensed for use at home, to an inpatient being discharged, is governed by item A or B, or subpart 4, as applicable.

D. Except as provided in subpart 5, the workers' compensation payer's liability for compensable prescription drugs provided by a small hospital is governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136.

Subpart 4. Maximum fee for electronic transactions.

A. The maximum fee specified in this item applies only if the requirements of item B or D are met. Except as provided in subpart 5, the workers' compensation payer's liability under items B and D for compensable drugs dispensed for outpatient use by a large hospital pharmacy, a practitioner, or a community/retail pharmacy shall be, on the date the drug was dispensed, the lower of:

(1) the average wholesale price of the drug minus 12 percent, and a professional dispensing fee of $3.65 per prescription filled;

(2) the maximum allowable cost of the drug according to Minnesota Statutes, section 256B.0625, subdivision 13e, as published by the commissioner of human services in the State Register, and a professional dispensing fee of $3.65 per prescription filled; or

(3) the pharmacy or practitioner's usual and customary charge for the drug at the time it is dispensed.

B. The maximum fee specified in item A applies if:

(1) the pharmacy or practitioner electronically requests authorization for payment of the drug from the workers' compensation payer, according to the referral certification and authorization standards that apply to retail pharmacies in Code of Federal Regulations, title 45, part 162, subpart M, as amended; and

(2) the workers' compensation payer, electronically and in real time, authorizes payment for the drug according to the referral certification and authorization standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 45, part 162, subpart M, as amended.

C. If the workers' compensation payer authorizes payment of a drug claim under item B, subitem (2), the payer may not later deny or adjust payment of the claim that was specified in the transaction. If the payer does not authorize payment under item B, subitem (2), but later pays for the drug, the maximum fee specified in subpart 3 applies.

D. If the requirements in item B have not been met, the maximum fee specified in item A also applies if all of the following requirements are met:

(1) the pharmacy or practitioner requests electronic authorization according to the referral certification and authorization standards in Code of Federal Regulations, title 45, part 162, subpart M, from any paying entity, whether or not under chapter 176;

(2) a workers' compensation payer has given the pharmacy or practitioner 30 calendar days' notice that the payer is able to authorize payment for drugs according to the referral certification and authorization standards in subitem (1) and either of the following has occurred:

(a) the employee notified the pharmacy or practitioner at the time the drug was dispensed that the charges should be submitted to that workers' compensation payer; or

(b) the workers' compensation payer notified the pharmacy before the drug was dispensed that it had accepted liability for the employee's claim;

(3) the pharmacy or practitioner does not electronically request authorization for payment of the drug from the workers' compensation payer according to the referral certification and authorization standards in subitem (1); and

(4) the workers' compensation payer pays for the drug within 30 days after the pharmacy or practitioner submits charges to the payer according to the applicable requirements of part 5221.0700, subpart 2c.

E. The pharmacy or practitioner must transmit reversal transactions electronically for all drugs originally billed electronically to the payer that are not picked up for the employee. Upon receipt of a reversal transaction for a previously approved billing, the payer must be able to cancel the billing if it has not yet been paid or deduct the value of the reversed billing from the next payment to the pharmacy or practitioner if the claim has already been paid. The payer may only deduct the amount of the original payment for the drug. If there is no future payment anticipated, the pharmacy or practitioner must refund the amount to the payer.

Subpart 5. Other contracts.

Subparts 3 and 4 do not apply where a contract between a pharmacy, practitioner, or network of pharmacies or practitioners, and a workers' compensation payer provides for a different reimbursement amount.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; 30 SR 1053

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6010. AUTHORITY.

Parts 5221.6010 to 5221.8900 are adopted under the authority of Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.83, subdivisions 1, 3, 4, and 5, and 176.103, subdivision 2.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6020. PURPOSE AND APPLICATION.

Subpart 1. Purpose.

Parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 establish parameters for reasonably required treatment of employees with compensable workers' compensation injuries to prevent excessive services under Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.135 and 176.136, subdivision 2. Parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 do not affect any determination of liability for an injury under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, and are not intended to expand or restrict a health care provider's scope of practice under any other statute.

Subpart 2. Application.

All treatment must be medically necessary as defined in part 5221.6040, subpart 10. In the absence of a specific parameter, any applicable general parameters govern. A departure from a parameter that limits the duration or type of treatment may be appropriate in any one of the circumstances specified in part 5221.6050, subpart 8. Parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 apply to all treatment provided after January 4, 1995, regardless of the date of injury. All limitations on the duration of a specific treatment modality or type of modality begin with the first time the modality is initiated after January 4, 1995. However, consideration may be given to treatment initiated under the emergency rules (parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6500 [Emergency]). Parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 do not apply to treatment of an injury after an insurer has denied liability for the injury. However, in such cases the rules do apply to treatment initiated after liability has been established. References to days and weeks in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 mean calendar days and weeks unless specified otherwise.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6030. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.

The ICD-9-CM diagnostic codes referenced in parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 are contained in the fourth edition of the International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification, 9th Revision, 1994, and corresponding annual updates. This document is subject to annual revisions and is incorporated by reference. It is published by the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and may be purchased through the Superintendent of Documents, United States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; L 2002 c 277 s 32

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6040. DEFINITIONS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

The terms used in parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 have the meanings given them in this part.

Subpart 2. Active treatment.

"Active treatment" means treatment specified in parts 5221.6200, subpart 4; 5221.6205, subpart 4; 5221.6210, subpart 4; 5221.6300, subpart 4; and 5221.6305, subpart 2, item C, which requires active patient participation in a therapeutic program to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or awareness of proper body mechanics.

Subpart 3. Chronic pain syndrome.

"Chronic pain syndrome" means any set of verbal or nonverbal behaviors that:

A. involve the complaint of enduring pain;

B. differ significantly from the patient's preinjury behavior;

C. have not responded to previous appropriate treatment;

D. are not consistent with a known organic syndrome which has remained untreated; and

E. interfere with physical, psychological, social, or vocational functioning.

Subpart 4. Condition.

A patient's "condition" means the symptoms, physical signs, clinical findings, and functional status that characterize the complaint, illness, or injury related to a current claim for compensation.

Subpart 5. Emergency treatment.

"Emergency treatment" means treatment that is:

A. required for the immediate diagnosis and treatment of a medical condition that, if not immediately diagnosed and treated, could lead to serious physical or mental disability or death; or

B. immediately necessary to alleviate severe pain.

Emergency treatment includes treatment delivered in response to symptoms that may or may not represent an actual emergency but that is necessary to determine whether an emergency exists.

Subpart 6. Etiology.

"Etiology" means the anatomic alteration, physiologic dysfunction, or other biological or psychological abnormality which is considered a cause of the patient's condition.

Subpart 7. Functional status.

"Functional status" means the ability of an individual to engage in activities of daily living and other social, recreational, and vocational activities.

Subpart 8. Initial nonsurgical management or treatment.

"Initial nonsurgical management or treatment" is initial treatment provided after an injury that includes passive treatment, active treatment, injections, and durable medical equipment under parts 5221.6200, subparts 3, 4, 5, and 8; 5221.6205, subparts 3, 4, 5, and 8; 5221.6210, subparts 3, 4, 5, and 8; 5221.6300, subparts 3, 4, 5, and 8; and 5221.6305, subpart 2. Scheduled and nonscheduled medication may be a part of initial nonsurgical treatment. Initial nonsurgical management does not include surgery or chronic management modalities under part 5221.6600.

Subpart 8a. Medical contraindication.

"Medical contraindication" means a condition that makes the use of a particular treatment or medication inadvisable because of an increased risk of harm to the patient.

Subpart 9. Medical imaging procedures.

A "medical imaging procedure" is a technique, process, or technology used to create a visual image of the body or its function. Medical imaging includes, but is not limited to: X-rays, tomography, angiography, venography, myelography, computed tomography (CT) scanning, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanning, ultrasound imaging, nuclear isotope imaging, PET scanning, and thermography.

Subpart 10. Medically necessary treatment.

"Medically necessary treatment" means those health services for a compensable injury that are reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis and cure or significant relief of a condition consistent with any applicable treatment parameter in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600. Where parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 do not govern, the treatment must be reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or cure and significant relief of a condition consistent with the current accepted standards of practice within the scope of the provider's license or certification.

Subpart 11. Neurologic deficit.

"Neurologic deficit" means a loss of function secondary to involvement of the central or peripheral nervous system. This may include, but is not limited to, motor loss; spasticity; loss of reflex; radicular or anatomic sensory loss; loss of bowel, bladder, or erectile function; impairment of special senses, including vision, hearing, taste, or smell; or deficits in cognitive or memory function.

A. "Static neurologic deficit" means any neurologic deficit that has remained the same by history or noted by repeated examination since onset.

B. "Progressive neurologic deficit" means any neurologic deficit that has become worse by history or noted by repeated examination since onset.

Subpart 12. Passive treatment.

"Passive treatment" is any treatment modality specified in parts 5221.6200, subpart 3; 5221.6205, subpart 3; 5221.6210, subpart 3; 5221.6300, subpart 3; and 5221.6305, subpart 2, item B. Passive treatment modalities include bedrest; thermal treatment; traction; acupuncture; electrical muscle stimulation; braces; manual and mechanical therapy; massage; and adjustments.

Subpart 13. Therapeutic injection.

"Therapeutic injection" is any injection modality specified in parts 5221.6200, subpart 5; 5221.6205, subpart 5; 5221.6210, subpart 5; 5221.6300, subpart 5; and 5221.6305, subpart 2, item A. Therapeutic injections include trigger point injections, sacroiliac injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, nerve root blocks, epidural injections, soft tissue injections, peripheral nerve blocks, injections for peripheral nerve entrapment, and sympathetic blocks.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6050. GENERAL TREATMENT PARAMETERS; EXCESSIVE TREATMENT; PRIOR NOTIFICATION.

Subpart 1. General.

A. All treatment must be medically necessary treatment, as defined in part 5221.6040, subpart 10. The health care provider must evaluate the medical necessity of all treatment under item B on an ongoing basis.

Parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 do not require or permit any more frequent examinations than would normally be required for the condition being treated, but do require ongoing evaluation of the patient that is medically necessary, consistent with accepted medical practice.

B. The health care provider must evaluate at each visit whether initial nonsurgical treatment for the low back, cervical, thoracic, upper extremity, complex regional pain syndrome, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, causalgia, and cognate conditions specified in parts 5221.6200, 5221.6205, 5221.6210, 5221.6300, and 5221.6305, is effective according to subitems (1) to (3). No later than any applicable treatment response time in parts 5221.6200 to 5221.6305, the health care provider must evaluate whether the passive, active, injection, or medication treatment modality is resulting in progressive improvement as specified in subitems (1) to (3):

(1) the employee's subjective complaints of pain or disability are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

(2) the objective clinical findings are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of injury; and

(3) the employee's functional status, especially vocational activities, is progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive limitations on activity.

Except as otherwise provided under parts 5221.6200, subpart 3, item B; 5221.6205, subpart 3, item B; 5221.6210, subpart 3, item B; and 5221.6300, subpart 3, item B, if there is not progressive improvement in at least two of subitems (1) to (3), the modality must be discontinued or significantly modified, or the provider must reconsider the diagnosis. The evaluation of the effectiveness of the treatment modality can be delegated to an allied health professional directly providing the treatment, but remains the ultimate responsibility of the treating health care provider who ordered the treatment.

C. The health care provider must use the least intensive setting appropriate and must assist the employee in becoming independent in the employee's own care to the extent possible so that prolonged or repeated use of health care providers and medical facilities is minimized.

Subpart 2. Documentation.

A health care provider must maintain an appropriate record, as defined in part 5221.0100, subpart 1a, of any treatment provided to a patient.

Subpart 3. Nonoperative treatment.

Health care providers shall provide a trial of nonoperative treatment before offering or performing surgical treatment unless the treatment for the condition requires immediate surgery, unless an emergency situation exists, or unless the accepted standard of initial treatment for the condition is surgery.

Subpart 4. Chemical dependency.

The health care provider shall maintain diligence to detect incipient or actual chemical dependency to any medication prescribed for treatment of the employee's condition. In cases of incipient or actual dependency, the health care provider shall refer the employee for appropriate evaluation and treatment of the dependency.

Subpart 5. Referrals between health care providers.

The primary health care provider directing the course of treatment shall make timely and appropriate referrals for consultation for opinion or for the transfer of care if the primary health care provider does not have any reasonable alternative treatment to offer and there is a reasonable likelihood that the consultant may offer or recommend a reasonable alternative treatment plan. This subpart does not prohibit a referral for consultation in other circumstances based on accepted medical practice and the patient's condition.

A. Referrals from consulting health care provider. If the consultant has reasonable belief that another consultation is appropriate, that consultant must coordinate further referral with the original treating health care provider unless the consultant has been approved as the employee's treating health care provider. The consultant is under no obligation to provide or recommend treatment or further referral, if in the consultant's opinion, all reasonable and necessary treatment has been rendered. The consultant shall in this situation refer the employee back to the original treating health care provider for further follow-up.

B. Information sent to consultant. When a referring health care provider arranges for consultation or transfer of care, except in cases of emergency, the referring health care provider shall, with patient authorization, summarize for the consultant orally or in writing the conditions of injury, the working diagnosis, the treatment to date, the patient's response to treatment, all relevant laboratory and medical imaging studies, return to work considerations, and any other information relevant to the consultation. In addition, the referring health care provider shall make available to the consultant, with patient authorization, a copy of all medical records relevant to the employee's injury.

Subpart 6. Communication between health care providers and consideration of prior care.

A. Information requested by new health care provider. Upon accepting for treatment a patient with a workers' compensation injury, the health care provider shall ask the patient if treatment has been previously given for the injury by another health care provider. If the patient reports that treatment has been previously given for the injury by another health care provider and if the medical records for the injury have not been transferred, the new health care provider shall request authorization from the employee for relevant medical records. Upon receipt of the employee authorization, the new health care provider shall request relevant medical records from the previous health care providers. Upon receipt of the request for medical records and employee authorization, the previous health care providers shall provide the records within seven working days.

B. Treatment by prior health care provider. If the employee has reported that care for an injury has been previously given:

(1) Where a previous health care provider has performed diagnostic imaging, a health care provider may not repeat the imaging or perform alternate diagnostic imaging for the same condition except as permitted in part 5221.6100.

(2) When a therapeutic modality employed by a health care provider was no longer improving the employee's condition under subpart 1, item B, or has been used for the maximum duration allowed under parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600, another health care provider may not employ the same modality at any time thereafter to treat the same injury except if one of the departures applies under subpart 8, after surgery, or for treatment of reflex sympathetic dystrophy under part 5221.6305.

(3) It is also inappropriate for two health care providers to use the same treatment modality concurrently.

C. Employee refusal. An employee's refusal to provide authorization for release of medical records does not justify repeat treatment or diagnostic testing. An insurer is not liable for repeat diagnostic testing or other duplicative treatment prohibited by this subpart.

Subpart 7. Determinations of excessive treatment; notice of denial to health care providers and employee; expedited processing of medical requests.

A. In addition to services deemed excessive under part 5221.0500 and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2, treatment is excessive if:

(1) the treatment is inconsistent with an applicable parameter or other rule in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600; or

(2) the treatment is consistent with the parameters in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600, but is not medically necessary treatment.

B. If the insurer denies payment for treatment that departs from a parameter under parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600, the insurer must provide the employee and health care provider with written notice of the reason for the denial and that the treatment rules permit departure from the parameters in specified circumstances. If the insurer denies authorization for proposed treatment after prior notification has been given under subpart 9, the insurer must provide the employee and health care provider in writing with notice of the reason why the information given by the health care provider does not support the proposed treatment and notice of the right to review of the denial under subpart 9, item C. The insurer may not deny payment for a program of chronic management that the insurer has previously authorized for an employee, either in writing or by routine payment for services, without providing the employee and the employee's health care provider with at least 30 days' notice of intent to apply any of the chronic management parameters in part 5221.6600 to future treatment. The notice must include the specific parameters that will be applied in future determinations of compensability by the insurer.

C. If the insurer denies authorization or payment for treatment governed by parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600, the health care provider or the employee may request a determination from the commissioner or compensation judge by filing a medical request or petition under chapter 5220 and Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.106, 176.2615, and 176.305. The medical request may not be filed before completion of the managed care plan's dispute resolution process, if applicable. If the health care provider has notified the insurer of proposed treatment requiring prior notification under subpart 9, the health care provider or employee must describe or attach a copy of the notification, and any response from the insurer, to the medical request filed with the department. The insurer may, but is not required to, file a medical response where the insurer's response to prior notification under subpart 9 has been attached to the medical request. If the insurer elects to file a medical response in such cases, it must be received within ten working days of the date the medical request was filed with the department. The commissioner or compensation judge may issue a decision based on written submissions no earlier than ten working days after receipt of the medical request, unless a medical response has been filed sooner.

D. A determination of the compensability of medical treatment under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, must include consideration of the following factors:

(1) whether a treatment parameter or other rule in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 applies to the etiology or diagnosis for the condition;

(2) if a specific or general parameter applies, whether the treatment is consistent with the treatment parameter and whether the treatment was medically necessary as defined in part 5221.6040, subpart 10; and

(3) whether a departure from the applicable parameter is or was necessary because of any of the factors in subpart 8.

Subpart 8. Departures from parameters.

A departure from a parameter that limits the duration or type of treatment in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 may be appropriate in any one of the circumstances specified in items A to E. The health care provider must provide prior notification of the departure as required by subpart 9.

A. Where there is a documented medical complication.

B. Where previous treatment did not meet the accepted standard of practice and the requirements of parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600 for the health care provider who ordered the treatment.

C. Where the treatment is necessary to assist the employee in the initial return to work where the employee's work activities place stress on the part of the body affected by the work injury. The health care provider must document in the medical record the specific work activities that place stress on the affected body part, the details of the treatment plan and treatment delivered on each visit, the employee's response to the treatment, and efforts to promote employee independence in the employee's own care to the extent possible so that prolonged or repeated use of health care providers and medical facilities is minimized.

D. Where the treatment continues to meet two of the following three criteria, as documented in the medical record:

(1) the employee's subjective complaints of pain are progressively improving as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

(2) the employee's objective clinical findings are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of injury; and

(3) the employee's functional status, especially vocational activity, is objectively improving as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive limitations on activity.

E. Where there is an incapacitating exacerbation of the employee's condition. However, additional treatment for the incapacitating exacerbation may not exceed, and must comply with, the parameters in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600.

Subpart 9. Prior notification; health care provider and insurer responsibilities.

Prior notification is the responsibility of the health care provider who wants to provide the treatment in item A. Prior notification need not be given in any case where emergency treatment is required.

A. The health care provider must notify the insurer of proposed treatment in subitems (1) to (4) at least seven working days before the treatment is initiated, except as otherwise provided in subitem (4):

(1) for chronic management modalities where prior notification is required under part 5221.6600;

(2) for durable medical equipment requiring prior notification in parts 5221.6200, subpart 8; 5221.6205, subpart 8; 5221.6210, subpart 8; and 5221.6300, subpart 8;

(3) for any nonemergency inpatient hospitalization or nonemergency inpatient surgery. A surgery or hospitalization is considered inpatient if the patient spends at least one night in the facility; and

(4) for treatment that departs from a parameter limiting the duration or type of treatment in parts 5221.6050 to 5221.6600. The health care provider must notify the insurer within two business days after initiation of treatment if the departure from a parameter is for an incapacitating exacerbation or an emergency.

B. The health care provider's prior notification required by item A may be made orally, or in writing, and shall provide the following information, when relevant:

(1) the diagnosis;

(2) when giving prior notification for chronic management modalities, durable medical equipment, or inpatient hospitalization or surgery required by item A, subitems (1) to (3), whether the proposed treatment is consistent with the applicable treatment parameter; and

(3) when giving prior notification for treatment that departs from a treatment parameter, or notification of treatment for an incapacitating exacerbation or emergency, the basis for departure from any applicable treatment parameter specified in subpart 8; the treatment plan, including the nature and anticipated length of the proposed treatment; and the anticipated effect of treatment on the employee's condition.

C. The insurer must provide a toll-free facsimile and telephone number for health care providers to provide prior notification. The insurer must respond orally or in writing to the requesting health care provider's prior notification of proposed treatment in item A within seven working days of receipt of the request. Within the seven days, the insurer must either approve the request, deny authorization, request additional information, request that the employee obtain a second opinion, or request an examination by the employer's physician. A denial must include notice to the employee and health care provider of the reason why the information given by the health care provider in item B does not support the treatment proposed, along with notice of the right to review of the denial under subitem (3).

(1) If the health care provider does not receive a response from the insurer within the seven working days, authorization is deemed to have been given.

(2) If the insurer authorizes the treatment, the insurer may not later deny payment for the treatment authorized.

(3) If the insurer denies authorization, the health care provider or employee may orally or in writing request that the insurer review its denial of authorization.

The insurer's review of its denial must be made by a currently licensed registered nurse, medical doctor, doctor of osteopathy, doctor of chiropractic, or a person credentialed by a program approved by the commissioner of Labor and Industry. The insurer may also delegate the review to a certified managed care plan under subpart 10. In lieu of or in addition to the insurer's review under this subitem, the insurer may request an examination of the employee under subitem (4), (5), or (6) and the requirements of those subitems apply to the proposed treatment. Unless an examination of the employee is requested under subitem (4), (5), or (6), the insurer's determination following review must be communicated orally or in writing to the requester within seven working days of receipt of the request for review.

Instead of requesting a review, or if the insurer maintains its denial after the review, the health care provider or the employee may file with the commissioner a medical request or a petition for authorization of the treatment under subpart 7, item C, or except as specified in subitem (4), (5), or (6), may proceed with the proposed treatment subject to a later determination of compensability by the commissioner or compensation judge.

(4) If the insurer requests an examination of the employee by the employer's physician, the health care provider may elect to provide the treatment subject to a determination of compensability by the commissioner or compensation judge under subpart 7, item B. However, the health care provider may not provide nonemergency surgery where the insurer has requested an examination for surgery except as provided in subitems (5) and (6), and may not provide continued passive care modalities where prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge is required under parts 5221.6200, subpart 3, item B, subitem (2); 5221.6205, subpart 3, item B, subitem (2); 5221.6210, subpart 3, item B, subitem (2); and 5221.6300, subpart 3, item B, subitem (2).

(5) If prior notification of surgery is required under item A, subitem (3), the insurer may require that the employee obtain a second opinion from a physician of the employee's choice under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, subdivision 1a. If within seven working days of the prior notification the insurer notifies the employee and health care provider that a second opinion is required, the health care provider may not perform the nonemergency surgery until the employee provides the second opinion to the insurer. Except as otherwise provided in parts 5221.6200, subpart 6, items B and C; 5221.6205, subpart 6, items B and C; 5221.6210, subpart 6, items B and C; 5221.6300, subpart 6, item B; and 5221.6305, subpart 3, item B, if the insurer denies authorization within seven working days of receiving the second opinion, the health care provider may elect to perform the surgery, subject to a determination of compensability by the commissioner or compensation judge under subpart 7.

(6) In any case where prior notification of proposed surgery is required, the insurer may elect to obtain an examination of the employee by the employer's physician under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.155, sometimes referred to as an "independent medical examination." If the insurer notifies the employee and health care provider of the examination within seven working days of the provider's notification, the proposed nonemergency surgery may not be provided pending the examination. However, after 45 days following the insurer's request for an examination, the health care provider may elect to proceed with the surgery, subject to a determination of compensability by the commissioner or compensation judge under subpart 7.

(7) The insurer's request for additional information must be directed to the requesting health care provider and must specify the additional information required that is necessary to respond to the health care provider's notification of proposed treatment. The proposed treatment may not be given until the provider provides reasonable additional information. Once the additional information has been received, the insurer must respond within seven working days according to subitems (1) to (6).

Subpart 10. Certified managed care plans.

The insurer may delegate responsibility for the notices required in subpart 7, item B, and the response to prior notification under subpart 9, to the certified managed care plan with which the insurer has contracted to manage the employee's medical treatment under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, subdivision 1f. Alternatively, the managed care plan may act as an intermediary between the treating health care provider and the insurer. In either case, the notices and time periods in subparts 7, 8, and 9 also apply to the managed care plan. Where the insurer has delegated responsibility to the managed care plan, the insurer may not later deny treatment authorized by the plan.

Subpart 11. Outcome studies.

The commissioner shall perform outcome studies on the treatment modalities in parts 5221.6200 to 5221.6600. The modalities to be studied shall be selected in consultation with the Workers' Compensation Medical Services Review Board. The commissioner may require health care providers who use these modalities to prospectively gather and report outcome information on patients treated, with necessary consent of the employee. The health care providers shall report the outcome information on the modalities in parts 5221.6200 to 5221.6600 on a form prescribed by the commissioner, which may include:

A. the name of the health care provider;

B. the name of the patient, date of injury, date of birth, gender, and, with patient permission, level of education and social security number;

C. the name of the workers' compensation insurer and managed care plan, if any;

D. the pretreatment and posttreatment employment status;

E. the nature of treatment given before and after the treatment being studied for the same condition;

F. the diagnosis, symptoms, physical findings, and functional status before and after the treatment being studied for the same condition; and

G. the presence or absence of preexisting or concurrent conditions.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6100. PARAMETERS FOR MEDICAL IMAGING.

Subpart 1. General principles.

All medical imaging must comply with items A to E. Except for emergency evaluation of significant trauma, a health care provider must document in the medical record an appropriate history and physical examination, along with a review of any existing medical records and laboratory or imaging studies regarding the patient's condition, before ordering any imaging study.

A. Effective imaging. A health care provider should initially order the single most effective imaging study for diagnosing the suspected etiology of a patient's condition. No concurrent or additional imaging studies should be ordered until the results of the first study are known and reviewed by the treating health care provider. If the first imaging study is negative, no additional imaging is indicated except for repeat and alternative imaging allowed under items D and E.

B. Appropriate imaging. Imaging solely to rule out a diagnosis not seriously being considered as the etiology of the patient's condition is not indicated.

C. Routine imaging. Imaging on a routine basis is not indicated unless the information from the study is necessary to develop a treatment plan.

D. Repeat imaging. Repeat imaging, of the same views of the same body part with the same imaging modality is not indicated except as follows:

(1) to diagnose a suspected fracture or suspected dislocation;

(2) to monitor a therapy or treatment which is known to result in a change in imaging findings and imaging of these changes are necessary to determine the efficacy of the therapy or treatment; repeat imaging is not appropriate solely to determine the efficacy of physical therapy or chiropractic treatment;

(3) to follow up a surgical procedure;

(4) to diagnose a change in the patient's condition marked by new or altered physical findings;

(5) to evaluate a new episode of injury or exacerbation which in itself would warrant an imaging study; or

(6) when the treating health care provider and a radiologist from a different practice have reviewed a previous imaging study and agree that it is a technically inadequate study.

E. Alternative imaging.

(1) Persistence of a patient's subjective complaint or failure of the condition to respond to treatment are not legitimate indications for repeat imaging. In this instance an alternative imaging study may be indicated if another etiology of the patient's condition is suspected because of the failure of the condition to improve.

(2) Alternative imaging is not allowed to follow up negative findings unless there has been a change in the suspected etiology and the first imaging study is not an appropriate evaluation for the suspected etiology.

(3) Alternative imaging is allowed to follow up abnormal but inconclusive findings in another imaging study. An inconclusive finding is one that does not provide an adequate basis for accurate diagnosis.

Subpart 2. Specific imaging procedures for low back pain.

Except for the emergency evaluation of significant trauma, a health care provider must document in the medical record an appropriate history and physical examination, along with a review of any existing medical records and laboratory or imaging studies regarding the patient's condition, before ordering any imaging study of the low back.

A. Computed tomography (CT) scanning is indicated any time that one of the following conditions is met:

(1) when cauda equina syndrome is suspected;

(2) for evaluation of progressive neurologic deficit; or

(3) when bony lesion is suspected on the basis of other tests or imaging procedures.

Except as specified in subitems (1) to (3), CT scanning is not indicated in the first eight weeks after an injury.

Computed tomography scanning is indicated after eight weeks if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities.

B. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanning is indicated any time that one of the following conditions is met:

(1) when cauda equina syndrome is suspected;

(2) for evaluation of progressive neurologic deficit;

(3) when previous surgery to the lumbar spine has been performed and there is a need to differentiate scar due to previous surgery from disc herniation, tumor, or hemorrhage; or

(4) suspected discitis.

Except as specified in subitems (1) to (4), MRI scanning is not indicated in the first eight weeks after an injury.

Magnetic resonance imaging scanning is indicated after eight weeks if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities.

C. Myelography is indicated in the following circumstances:

(1) may be substituted for otherwise indicated CT scanning or MRI scanning in accordance with items A and B, if those imaging modalities are not locally available;

(2) in addition to CT scanning or MRI scanning, if there is progressive neurologic deficit and CT scanning or MRI scanning has been negative; or

(3) for preoperative evaluation in cases of surgical intervention, but only if CT scanning or MRI scanning have failed to provide a definite preoperative diagnosis.

D. Computed tomography myelography is indicated in the following circumstances:

(1) the patient's condition is predominantly sciatica, and there has been previous surgery to the lumbar spine, and tumor is suspected;

(2) the patient's condition is predominantly sciatica and there has been previous surgery to the lumbar spine and MRI scanning is equivocal;

(3) when spinal stenosis is suspected and the CT or MRI scanning is equivocal;

(4) in addition to CT scanning or MRI scanning, if there is progressive neurologic deficit and CT scanning or MRI scanning has been negative; or

(5) for preoperative evaluation in cases of surgical intervention, but only if CT scanning or MRI scanning have failed to provide a definite preoperative diagnosis.

E. Intravenous enhanced CT scanning is indicated only if there has been previous surgery to the lumbar spine, and the imaging study is being used to differentiate scar due to previous surgery from disc herniation or tumor, but only if intrathecal contrast for CT-myelography is contraindicated and MRI scanning is not available or is also contraindicated.

F. Gadolinium enhanced MRI scanning is indicated when:

(1) there has been previous surgery to the lumbar spine, and the imaging study is being used to differentiate scar due to previous surgery from disc herniation or tumor;

(2) hemorrhage is suspected;

(3) tumor or vascular malformation is suspected;

(4) infection or inflammatory disease is suspected; or

(5) unenhanced MRI scanning was equivocal.

G. Discography is indicated when:

(1) all of the following are present:

(a) back pain is the predominant complaint;

(b) the patient has failed to improve with initial nonsurgical management;

(c) other imaging has not established a diagnosis; and

(d) lumbar fusion surgery is being considered as a therapy; or

(2) there has been previous surgery to the lumbar spine, and pseudoarthrosis, recurrent disc herniation, annular tear, or internal disc disruption is suspected.

H. Computed tomography discography is indicated when:

(1) sciatica is the predominant complaint and lateral disc herniation is suspected; or

(2) if appropriately performed discography is equivocal or paradoxical, with a normal X-ray pattern but a positive pain response, and an annular tear or intra-annular injection is suspected.

I. Nuclear isotope imaging (including technicium, indium, and gallium scans) are not indicated unless tumor, stress fracture, infection, avascular necrosis, or inflammatory lesion is suspected on the basis of history, physical examination findings, laboratory studies, or the results of other imaging studies.

J. Thermography is not indicated for the diagnosis of any of the clinical categories of low back conditions in part 5221.6200, subpart 1, item A.

K. Anterior-posterior (AP) and lateral X-rays of the lumbosacral spine are limited by subitems (1) and (2).

(1) They are indicated in the following circumstances:

(a) when there is a history of significant acute trauma as the precipitating event of the patient's condition, and fracture, dislocation, or fracture dislocation is suspected;

(b) when the history, signs, symptoms, or laboratory studies indicate possible tumor, infection, or inflammatory lesion;

(c) for postoperative follow-up of lumbar fusion surgery;

(d) when the patient is more than 50 years of age;

(e) before beginning a course of treatment with spinal adjustment or manipulation; or

(f) eight weeks after an injury if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities.

(2) They are not indicated in the following circumstances:

(a) to verify progress during initial nonsurgical treatment; or

(b) to evaluate a successful initial nonsurgical treatment program.

L. Oblique X-rays of the lumbosacral spine are limited by subitems (1) and (2).

(1) They are indicated in the following circumstances:

(a) to follow up abnormalities detected on anterior-posterior or lateral X-ray;

(b) for postoperative follow-up of lumbar fusion surgery; or

(c) to follow up spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis not adequately diagnosed by other indicated imaging procedures.

(2) They are not indicated as part of a package of X-rays including anterior-posterior and lateral X-rays of the lumbosacral spine.

M. Electronic X-ray analysis of plain radiographs and diagnostic ultrasound of the lumbar spine are not indicated for diagnosis of any of the low back conditions in part 5221.6200, subpart 1, item A.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6105. MEDICATIONS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

Subparts 2 to 4 apply to use of medication in an outpatient setting. Subparts 2 to 4 do not require a health care provider to prescribe any class of drugs in the treatment of any patient.

Subpart 2. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID's).

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID's) are drugs with analgesic, antipyretic, and anti-inflammatory effects. The term "nonsteroidal" is used to distinguish these drugs from steroids. NSAID's act as inhibitors of the enzyme cyclooxygenase. For the purposes of this subpart, NSAID's include diflunisal but not other salicylates or acetaminophen. NSAID's can be divided into two groups, nonselective NSAID's and COX-2 inhibitors. Examples of nonselective NSAID's include diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, meclofenamate, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone, naproxen, oxaprozin, piroxicam, sulindac, and tolmetin. An example of a COX-2 inhibitor is celecoxib.

A. NSAID's are indicated for the symptomatic relief of acute and chronic musculoskeletal pain. NSAID's must be prescribed at the lowest clinically effective dose, as determined by the prescribing health care provider, but not to exceed the manufacturer's maximum daily dosage.

B. When treating musculoskeletal pain, a generic nonselective NSAID is indicated unless a COX-2 inhibitor is indicated as specified in item C.

(1) When a nonselective NSAID is used, treatment must begin with generic ibuprofen or generic naproxen. If there is a medical contraindication documented by the prescribing health care provider to each of the medications in this item, then treatment may begin with any other generic nonselective NSAID.

(2) Other generic nonselective NSAID's are not indicated unless one-week trials of each of ibuprofen and naproxen have been ineffective in reducing the patient's pain by at least 50 percent as determined by the prescribing health care provider.

(3) Nonselective NSAID's that are not available as generics are not indicated.

C. A COX-2 inhibitor may be indicated instead of a nonselective NSAID for:

(1) patients over 60 years of age;

(2) patients with a history of gastrointestinal bleeding or peptic ulcer disease; or

(3) patients with a history of gastrointestinal side effects with nonselective NSAID use.

However, for any patient meeting any of the criteria of subitems (1) to (3) who is taking aspirin or who is at an increased risk of cardiovascular disease, a COX-2 inhibitor is not indicated and a nonselective NSAID is indicated as allowed in items A and B, together with gastroprotective medication.

D. NSAID's are indicated only for the shortest duration needed as determined by the prescribing health care provider.

(1) NSAID's prescribed within the first four weeks after the date of injury are limited to no more than two weeks of medication per prescription or refill.

(2) NSAID's prescribed more than four weeks after the date of injury may not be for more than one month of medication per prescription or refill.

(3) NSAID's prescribed more than 12 months after the date of injury may not be for more than three months of medication per prescription or refill.

Subpart 3. Opioid analgesics.

An opioid is any agent that binds to opioid receptors. There are three broad classes of opioids: opium alkaloids, such as morphine and codeine; semisynthetic opioids such as heroin and oxycodone; and fully synthetic opioids such as meperidine and methadone. Opioid analgesics include codeine, hydrocodone, levorphanol, methadone, morphine, hydromorphone, and oxycodone.

A. Opioid analgesics are indicated for the symptomatic relief of acute and chronic pain that has been inadequately relieved by nonopioid medications. Opioid analgesics must be prescribed at the lowest clinically effective dose, as determined by the prescribing health care provider.

B. When treating pain, a generic oral opioid analgesic is indicated.

(1) When an oral opioid analgesic is used for the symptomatic relief of acute or chronic pain, treatment must begin with one of the following: generic codeine, generic hydrocodone, generic oxycodone, or generic morphine, unless there is a medical contraindication documented by the prescribing health care provider. If there is a medical contraindication documented by the prescribing health care provider to each of the medications in this item, then treatment may begin with any other generic oral opioid analgesic.

(2) Other generic opioid analgesics are not indicated for oral use for the symptomatic relief of acute or chronic pain unless one-week trials of each of hydrocodone, oxycodone, and morphine have been ineffective in reducing the patient's pain by at least 50 percent as determined by the prescribing health care provider.

(3) Generically available combinations of an oral opioid and a nonopioid analgesic may be prescribed instead of that opioid analgesic as otherwise allowed under subitems (1) and (2).

(4) Oral opioid analgesics that are not available as generics and combinations of an oral opioid analgesic and a nonopioid analgesic that are not available as generics are not indicated.

C. A course of oral opioid analgesics or combination of an oral opioid and a nonopioid analgesic is limited as provided in subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Oral opioid analgesics prescribed within the first four weeks after the date of injury are limited to no more than two weeks of medication per prescription.

(2) Oral opioid analgesics prescribed more than four weeks after the date of injury may not be for more than one month of medication per prescription.

(3) Oral opioid analgesics prescribed more than 12 weeks after the injury may be for more than one month of medication per prescription if there has been a clinical evaluation to confirm the need for an efficacy of the prescription and a clinical evaluation at least every six months thereafter during continued use of opiate analgesics.

D. Meperidine is not indicated in the treatment of acute or chronic pain.

E. Transcutaneous opioid analgesics are only indicated in patients with a documented disorder that prevents adequate oral dosing.

F. Oral transmucosal and buccal preparations are only indicated for the treatment of breakthrough pain and only in patients with a documented disorder that prevents adequate dosing with swallowed medications.

Subpart 4. Muscle relaxants.

A muscle relaxant is a drug which decreases the tone of a muscle. For the purposes of this subpart, muscle relaxants include carisoprodol, chlorzoxazone, cyclobenzaprine, metaxalone, methocarbamol, orphenadrine, and tizanidine. This subpart does not limit the use of medications that may be used to treat spasticity.

A. Muscle relaxants are indicated for the symptomatic relief of acute and chronic musculoskeletal pain. Muscle relaxants must be prescribed at the lowest clinically effective dose, as determined by the prescribing health care provider, but not to exceed the manufacturer's maximum daily dosage.

B. When treating musculoskeletal pain, a generic muscle relaxant is indicated.

(1) When a muscle relaxant is used, treatment must begin with one of the following: generic carisoprodol, generic chlorzoxazone, generic cyclobenzaprine, generic methocarbamol, or generic tizanide. If there is a medical contraindication documented by the prescribing health care provider to each of the medications in this item, then treatment may begin with any other generic muscle relaxant.

(2) Metaxolone and orphenadrine are not indicated unless one-week trials of each of carisoprodol, chlorzoxazone, cyclobenzaprine, methocarbamol, and tizanide have been ineffective in reducing the patient's pain by at least 50 percent as determined by the prescribing health care provider.

(3) Generically available combinations of a muscle relaxant and an analgesic may be prescribed instead of that muscle relaxant as otherwise allowed under subitems (1) and (2).

(4) Muscle relaxants that are not available as generics, and combinations of a muscle relaxant and an analgesic that are not available as generics, are not indicated.

C. A course of muscle relaxants or combination of a muscle relaxant and an analgesic is limited as provided in subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Muscle relaxants prescribed within the first four weeks after the date of injury are limited to no more than two weeks of medication per prescription or refill.

(2) Muscle relaxants prescribed more than four weeks after the date of injury are limited to no more than one month's worth of medication per prescription or refill.

(3) Treatment with muscle relaxants for more than three consecutive months is not indicated.

D. Benzodiazepines are not indicated as muscle relaxants for the symptomatic relief of acute and chronic musculoskeletal pain.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6200. LOW BACK PAIN.

Subpart 1. Diagnostic procedures for treatment of low back injury.

A health care provider shall determine the nature of the condition before initiating treatment.

A. An appropriate history and physical examination must be performed and documented. Based on the history and physical examination the health care provider must assign the patient at each visit to the appropriate clinical category according to subitems (1) to (4). The diagnosis must be documented in the medical record. For the purposes of subitems (2) and (3), "radicular pain" means pain radiating distal to the knee, or pain conforming to a dermatomal distribution and accompanied by anatomically congruent motor weakness or reflex changes. This part does not apply to fractures of the lumbar spine, or back pain due to an infectious, immunologic, metabolic, endocrine, neurologic, visceral, or neoplastic disease process.

(1) Regional low back pain, includes referred pain to the leg above the knee unless it conforms to an L2, L3, or L4 dermatomal distribution and is accompanied by anatomically congruent motor weakness or reflex changes. Regional low back pain includes the diagnoses of lumbar, lumbosacral, or sacroiliac: strain, sprain, myofascial syndrome, musculoligamentous injury, soft tissue injury, spondylosis, and other diagnoses for pain believed to originate in the discs, ligaments, muscles, or other soft tissues of the lumbar spine or sacroiliac joints and which effects the lumbosacral region, with or without referral to the buttocks and/or leg above the knee, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 720 to 720.9, 721, 721.3, 721.5 to 721.90, 722, 722.3, 722.32, 722.5, 722.51, 722.52, 722.6, 722.8, 722.80, 722.83, 722.9, 722.90, 722.93, 724.2, 724.5, 724.6, 724.8, 724.9, 732.0, 737 to 737.9, 738.4, 738.5, 739.2 to 739.4, 756.1 to 756.19, 846.0, 847.2 to 847.9, 922.3, 922.31, 926.1, 926.11, and 926.12.

(2) Radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with static or no neurologic deficit. This includes the diagnoses of sciatica; lumbar or lumbosacral radiculopathy, radiculitis or neuritis; displacement or herniation of intervertebral disc with myelopathy, radiculopathy, radiculitis or neuritis; spinal stenosis with myelopathy, radiculopathy, radiculitis or neuritis; and any other diagnoses for pain in the leg below the knee believed to originate with irritation of a nerve root in the lumbar spine, including, but not limited to, the ICD-9-CM codes 721.4, 721.42, 721.91, 722.1, 722.10, 722.11, 722.2, 722.7, 722.73, 722.8, 722.80, 722.83, 724.0, 724.00, 724.02, 724.09, 724.3, 724.4, and 724.9. In these cases, neurologic findings on history and physical examination are either absent or do not show progressive deterioration.

(3) Radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with progressive neurologic deficit. This includes the same diagnoses as subitem (2), however, this category applies when there is a history of progressive deterioration in the neurologic symptoms and physical findings which include worsening sensory loss, increasing muscle weakness, or progressive reflex changes.

(4) Cauda equina syndrome, which is a syndrome characterized by anesthesia in the buttocks, genitalia, or thigh and accompanied by disturbed bowel and bladder function, ICD-9-CM codes 344.6, 344.60, and 344.61.

B. Laboratory tests are not indicated in the evaluation of a patient with regional low back pain, radicular pain, or cauda equina syndrome, except in any of the following circumstances:

(1) when a patient's history, age, or examination suggests infection, metabolic-endocrinologic disorders, tumorous conditions, systemic musculoskeletal disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis or ankylosing spondylitis;

(2) to evaluate potential adverse side effects of medications; or

(3) as part of a preoperative evaluation.

Laboratory tests may be ordered at any time the health care provider suspects any of these conditions, but the health care provider must justify the need for the tests ordered with clear documentation of the indications.

C. Medical imaging evaluation of the lumbosacral spine must be based on the findings of the history and physical examination and cannot be ordered before the health care provider's clinical evaluation of the patient. Medical imaging may not be performed as a routine procedure and must comply with all of the standards in part 5221.6100, subparts 1 and 2. The health care provider must document the appropriate indications for any medical imaging studies obtained.

D. EMG and nerve conduction studies are always inappropriate for regional low back pain as defined in item A, subitem (1). EMG and nerve conduction studies may be an appropriate diagnostic tool for radicular pain and cauda equina syndrome as defined in item A, subitems (2) to (4), after the first three weeks of radicular symptoms. Repeat EMG and nerve conduction studies for radicular pain and cauda equina syndrome are not indicated unless a new neurologic symptom or finding has developed which in itself would warrant electrodiagnostic testing. Failure to improve with treatment is not an indication for repeat testing.

E. The use of the following procedures or tests is not indicated for the diagnosis of any of the clinical categories in item A:

(1) surface electromyography or surface paraspinal electromyography;

(2) thermography;

(3) plethysmography;

(4) electronic X-ray analysis of plain radiographs;

(5) diagnostic ultrasound of the lumbar spine; or

(6) somatosensory evoked potentials (SSEP) and motor evoked potentials (MEP).

F. Computerized range of motion or strength measuring tests are not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management, but may be indicated during the period of chronic management when used in conjunction with a computerized exercise program, work hardening program, or work conditioning program. During the period of initial nonsurgical management, computerized range of motion or strength testing may be performed but must be done in conjunction with and shall not be reimbursed separately from an office visit with a physician, chiropractic evaluation or treatment, or physical or occupational therapy evaluation or treatment.

G. Personality or psychosocial evaluations may be indicated for evaluating patients who continue to have problems despite appropriate care. The treating health care provider may perform this evaluation or may refer the patient for consultation with another health care provider in order to obtain a psychological evaluation. These evaluations may be used to assess the patient for a number of psychological conditions which may interfere with recovery from the injury. Since more than one of these psychological conditions may be present in a given case, the health care provider performing the evaluation must consider all of the following:

(1) Is symptom magnification occurring?

(2) Does the patient exhibit an emotional reaction to the injury, such as depression, fear, or anger, which is interfering with recovery?

(3) Are there other personality factors or disorders which are interfering with recovery?

(4) Is the patient chemically dependent?

(5) Are there any interpersonal conflicts interfering with recovery?

(6) Does the patient have a chronic pain syndrome or psychogenic pain?

(7) In cases in which surgery is a possible treatment, are psychological factors likely to interfere with the potential benefit of the surgery?

H. Diagnostic analgesic blocks or injection studies include facet joint injection, facet nerve injection, epidural differential spinal block, nerve block, and nerve root block.

(1) These procedures are used to localize the source of pain before surgery and to diagnose conditions which fail to respond to initial nonsurgical management.

(2) These injections are invasive and when done as diagnostic procedures only, are not indicated unless noninvasive procedures have failed to establish the diagnosis.

(3) Selection of patients, choice of procedure, and localization of the level of injection should be determined by documented clinical findings indicating possible pathologic conditions and the source of pain symptoms.

(4) These blocks and injections can also be used as therapeutic modalities and as such are subject to the parameters of subpart 5.

I. A comprehensive functional capacity assessment or evaluation (FCE) is an individualized examination and evaluation that objectively measures the patient's current level of function and the ability to perform functional or work-related tasks, and it predicts the potential to sustain these tasks over a defined time frame. The components of a comprehensive FCE include, but are not limited to, neuromusculoskeletal screening, tests of manual material handling, assessment of functional mobility, and measurement of postural tolerance.

(1) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(2) After the period of initial nonsurgical management, a comprehensive FCE is indicated in either of the following circumstances:

(a) permanent activity restrictions and capabilities must be identified; or

(b) there is a question about the patient's ability to do a specific job.

(3) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated to establish baseline performance before treatment or to evaluate change in performance during a course of treatment.

(4) Only one completed comprehensive FCE is indicated per injury.

(5) Functional tests or physical performance tests done as part of a work conditioning program or work hardening program as provided in part 5221.6600, subpart 2, item D, or in conjunction with active treatment modalities as provided in subpart 4, are not a comprehensive FCE and are not limited by this item.

J. Consultations with other health care providers can be initiated at any time by the treating health care provider consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 2. General treatment parameters for low back pain.

A. All medical care for low back pain, appropriately assigned to a clinical category in subpart 1, item A, is determined by the clinical category to which the patient has been assigned. General parameters for treatment modalities are set forth in subparts 3 to 10. Specific treatment parameters for each clinical category are set forth in subparts 11 to 13, as follows:

(1) subpart 11 governs regional low back pain;

(2) subpart 12 governs radicular pain with no or static neurologic deficits; and

(3) subpart 13 governs cauda equina syndrome and radicular pain with progressive neurologic deficits.

The health care provider must, at each visit, reassess the appropriateness of the clinical category assigned and reassign the patient if warranted by new clinical information including symptoms, signs, results of diagnostic testing, and opinions and information obtained from consultations with other health care providers. When the clinical category is changed, the treatment plan must be appropriately modified to reflect the new clinical category. However, a change of clinical category does not in itself allow the health care provider to continue a therapy or treatment modality past the maximum duration specified in subparts 3 to 10, or to repeat a therapy or treatment previously provided for the same injury.

B. In general, a course of treatment is divided into three phases.

(1) First, all patients with low back problems, except patients with progressive neurologic deficit or cauda equina syndrome under subpart 1, item A, subitems (3) and (4), must be given initial nonsurgical management which may include active treatment modalities, passive treatment modalities, injections, durable medical equipment, and medications. These modalities and parameters are described in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10. The period of initial nonsurgical treatment begins with the first active, passive, medication, durable medical equipment, or injection modality initiated. Initial nonsurgical treatment must result in progressive improvement as specified in subpart 9.

(2) Second, for patients with persistent symptoms, initial nonsurgical management is followed by a period of surgical evaluation. This evaluation should be completed in a timely manner. Surgery, if indicated, should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice and subparts 6 and 11 to 13, and part 5221.6500. The treating health care provider may do the evaluation, if it is within the provider's scope of practice, or may refer the employee to a consultant.

(a) Patients with radicular pain with progressive neurological deficit, or cauda equina syndrome may require immediate surgical therapy.

(b) Any patient who has had surgery may require postoperative therapy in a clinical setting with active and passive treatment modalities. This therapy may be in addition to any received during the period of initial nonsurgical care.

(c) Surgery must follow the parameters in subparts 6 and 11 to 13, and part 5221.6500.

(d) A decision against surgery at this time does not preclude a decision for surgery made at a later date.

(3) Third, for those patients who are not candidates for or refuse surgical therapy, or who do not have complete resolution of their symptoms with surgery, a period of chronic management may be indicated. Chronic management modalities are described in part 5221.6600, and may include durable medical equipment as described in subpart 8.

C. A treating health care provider may refer the employee for a consultation at any time during the course of treatment consistent with accepted medical practice

Subpart 3. Passive treatment modalities.

A. Except as set forth in item B or part 5221.6050, subpart 8, the use of passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting as set forth in items C to I is not indicated beyond 12 calendar weeks after any of the passive modalities in item C to I are initiated. There are no limitations on the use of passive treatment modalities by the employee at home.

B. (1) An additional 12 visits for the use of passive treatment modalities over an additional 12 months may be provided if all of the following apply:

(a) the employee is released to work or is permanently totally disabled and the additional passive treatment must result in progressive improvement in, or maintenance of, functional status achieved during the initial 12 weeks of passive care;

(b) the treatment must not be given on a regularly scheduled basis;

(c) the health care provider must document in the medical record a plan to encourage the employee's independence and decreased reliance on health care providers;

(d) management of the employee's condition must include active treatment modalities during this period;

(e) the additional 12 visits for passive treatment must not delay the required surgical or chronic pain evaluation required by this chapter; and

(f) passive care is inappropriate while the employee has chronic pain syndrome.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in part 5221.6050, subpart 8, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining employability; if the employee is permanently totally disabled, or if upon retirement the employee is eligible for ongoing medical benefits for the work injury, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining functional status.

C. Adjustment or manipulation of joints includes chiropractic and osteopathic adjustments or manipulations:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

D. Thermal treatment includes all superficial and deep heating and cooling modalities. Superficial thermal modalities include hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, cold soaks, infrared, whirlpool, and fluidotherapy. Deep thermal modalities include diathermy, ultrasound, and microwave.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of thermal modalities may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment. Home use may only involve hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, and cold soaks which can be applied by the patient without health care provider assistance. Home use of thermal modalities does not require any special training or monitoring, other than that usually provided by the health care provider during an office visit.

E. Electrical muscle stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low-volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic stimulation, TENS, interferential, and microcurrent techniques.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of an electrical stimulation device may be prescribed at any time during a course of treatment. Initial use of an electrical stimulation device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper electrode placement and patient education:

(a) time for patient education and training, one to three sessions; and

(b) patient may use the electrical stimulation device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

F. Mechanical traction is the therapeutic use of mechanically induced tension created by a pulling force to produce a combination of distraction and gliding to relieve pain and increase flexibility. Mechanical traction may be continuous, static, intermittent, inversion, gravity, or positional. Examples of mechanical traction include power traction, intersegmental motorized mobilization, vertebral axial decompression, autotraction (active), and 90/90.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, three treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks in a clinical setting but only if used in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of a mechanical traction device may be prescribed as follow-up to use of traction in a clinical setting if it has proven to be effective treatment and is expected to continue to be effective treatment. Initial use of a mechanical traction device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper patient education:

(a) time for patient education and training, one session; and

(b) patient may use the mechanical traction device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

G. Acupuncture treatments:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

H. Manual therapy includes manual traction, myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, soft-tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and any form of massage:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

I. Phoresis includes iontophoresis and phonophoresis:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment is nine sessions of either iontophoresis or phonophoresis, or combination, to any one site, with a maximum duration of 12 weeks for all treatment.

J. Bedrest. Prolonged restriction of activity and immobilization are detrimental to a patient's recovery. Bedrest should not be prescribed for more than seven days.

K. Spinal braces and other movement-restricting appliances. Bracing required for longer than two weeks must be accompanied by active muscle strengthening exercise to avoid deconditioning and prolonged disability:

(1) time for treatment response, three days;

(2) treatment frequency, limited to intermittent use during times of increased physical stress or prophylactic use at work; and

(3) maximum continuous duration, three weeks unless patient is status postfusion.

Subpart 4. Active treatment modalities.

Active treatment modalities must be used as set forth in items A to D. Use of active treatment modalities can extend past the 12-week limitation on passive treatment modalities so long as the maximum duration for the active modality is not exceeded.

A. Education must teach the patient about pertinent anatomy and physiology as it relates to spinal function for the purpose of injury prevention. Education includes training on posture, biomechanics, and relaxation. The maximum number of treatments is three visits, which includes an initial education and training session, and two follow-up visits.

B. Posture and work method training must instruct the patient in the proper performance of job activities. Topics include proper positioning of the trunk, neck, and arms, use of optimum biomechanics in performing job tasks, and appropriate pacing of activities. Methods include didactic sessions, demonstrations, exercises, and simulated work tasks. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

C. Worksite analysis and modification must examine the patient's work station, tools, and job duties. Recommendations are made for the alteration of the work station, selection of alternate tools, modification of job duties, and provision of adaptive equipment. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

D. Exercise, which is important to the success of an initial nonsurgical treatment program and a return to normal activity, must include active patient participation in activities designed to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or muscle relaxation. Exercise must, at least in part, be specifically aimed at the musculature of the lumbosacral spine. While aerobic exercise and extremity strengthening may be performed as adjunctive treatment, this shall not be the primary focus of the exercise program.

Exercises must be evaluated to determine if the desired goals are being attained. Strength, flexibility, and endurance must be objectively measured. While the provider may objectively measure the treatment response as often as necessary for optimal care, after the initial evaluation the health care provider may not bill for the tests sooner than two weeks after the initial evaluation and monthly thereafter.

Subitems (1) and (2) govern supervised and unsupervised exercise, except for computerized exercise programs and health clubs, which are governed by part 5221.6600.

(1) Supervised exercise. One goal of an exercise program must be to teach the patient how to maintain and maximize any gains experienced from exercise. Self-management of the condition must be promoted:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, three times per week for three weeks, and should decrease in frequency thereafter; and

(b) maximum duration, 12 weeks.

(2) Unsupervised exercise must be provided in the least intensive setting appropriate to the goals of the exercise program, and may supplement or follow the period of supervised exercise:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, up to three visits for instruction and monitoring; and

(b) there is no limit on the duration or frequency of exercise at home.

Subpart 5. Therapeutic injections.

Injection modalities are indicated as set forth in items A to C. Use of injections can extend past the 12-week limit on passive treatment modalities so long as the maximum treatment for injections is not exceeded.

A. Therapeutic injections, including injections of trigger points, facet joints, facet nerves, sacroiliac joints, sympathetic nerves, epidurals, nerve roots, and peripheral nerves. Therapeutic injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site.

(1) Trigger point injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within 30 minutes;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once per week to any one site if a positive response to the first injection at that site. If subsequent injections at that site demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then trigger point injections should be redirected to other areas or discontinued. No more than three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, four injections to any one site.

(2) Sacroiliac joint injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, can repeat injection two weeks after the previous injection if a positive response to the first injection. Only two injections are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, two injections to any one site.

(3) Facet joint or nerve injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks to any one site if a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections should be discontinued. No more than three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections to any one site.

(4) Nerve root blocks:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, can repeat injection two weeks after the previous injection if a positive response to the first injection. Only three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, two injections to any one site.

(5) Epidural injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks if a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections should be discontinued. Only one injection is reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections.

B. Permanent lytic or sclerosing injections, including radio frequency denervation of the facet joints. These injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site:

(1) time for treatment response, within one week;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, may repeat once for any site; and

(3) maximum duration, two injections to any one site.

C. Prolotherapy and botulinum toxin injections are not indicated in the treatment of low back problems and are not reimbursable.

Subpart 6. Surgery, including decompression procedures and arthrodesis.

Surgery may only be performed if it also meets the specific parameters specified in subparts 11 to 13 and part 5221.6500. The health care provider must provide prior notification of nonemergency inpatient surgery according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. In order to optimize the beneficial effect of surgery, postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities may be provided, even if these modalities had been used in the preoperative treatment of the condition. In the postoperative period the maximum treatment duration with passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting from the initiation of the first passive modality used, except bedrest or bracing, is as follows:

(1) eight weeks following lumbar decompression or implantation of a dorsal column stimulator or morphine pump; or

(2) 12 weeks following arthrodesis.

B. Repeat surgery must also meet the parameters of subparts 11 to 13 and part 5221.6500, and is not indicated unless the need for the repeat surgery is confirmed by a second opinion obtained before surgery, if a second opinion is requested by the insurer.

C. The following surgical therapies have very limited application and require a second opinion that confirms that the treatment is indicated and within the parameters listed, and a personality or psychosocial evaluation that indicates that the patient is likely to benefit from the treatment.

(1) Dorsal column stimulator is indicated for a patient who has neuropathic pain, and is not a candidate for any other surgical therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

(2) Morphine pump is indicated for a patient who has somatic pain, and is not a candidate for any other surgical therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

Subpart 7. Chronic management.

Chronic management of low back pain must be provided according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 8. Durable medical equipment.

Durable medical equipment is indicated only in the situations specified in items A to D. The health care provider must provide prior notification as required in items B and C according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. Lumbar braces, corsets, or supports are indicated as specified in subpart 3, item K.

B. For patients using electrical stimulation or mechanical traction devices at home, the device and any required supplies are indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, items E and F. Prior notification must be provided to the insurer for purchase of the device or for use longer than one month. The insurer may provide equipment if it is comparable to that prescribed by the health care provider.

C. Exercise equipment for home use, including bicycles, treadmills, and stairclimbers, are indicated only within the context of a program or plan of an approved chronic management program. This equipment is not indicated during initial nonsurgical care or during reevaluation and surgical therapy. Prior notification must be provided to the insurer for the purchase of home exercise equipment. The insurer may decide which brand of a prescribed type of exercise equipment is provided to the patient. If the employer has an appropriate exercise facility on its premises with the prescribed equipment, the insurer may mandate use of that facility instead of authorizing purchase of the equipment for home use.

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires reconditioning which can be accomplished only with the use of the prescribed exercise equipment. The health care provider must document specific reasons why the exercise equipment is necessary and cannot be replaced with other activities.

(2) Requirements: the use of the equipment must have specific goals and there must be a specific set of prescribed activities.

D. The following durable medical equipment is not indicated for home use for any of the low back conditions described in subpart 1, item A:

(1) whirlpools, Jacuzzis, hot tubs, and special bath or shower attachments; or

(2) beds, waterbeds, mattresses, chairs, recliners, and loungers.

Subpart 9. Evaluation of treatment by health care provider.

The health care provider must evaluate at each visit whether the treatment is medically necessary, and must evaluate whether initial nonsurgical treatment is effective according to items A to C. No later than the time for treatment response established for the specific modality as specified in subparts 3, 4, and 5, the health care provider must evaluate whether the passive, active, injection, or medication treatment modality is resulting in progressive improvement as specified in items A to C:

A. the employee's subjective complaints of pain or disability are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

B. the objective clinical findings are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of the injury; and

C. the employee's functional status, especially vocational activity, is progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive imitations on activity.

If there is not progressive improvement in at least two items of items A to C, the modality must be discontinued or significantly modified, or the provider must reconsider the diagnosis. The evaluation of the effectiveness of the treatment modality can be delegated to an allied health professional directly providing the treatment, but remains the ultimate responsibility of the treating health care provider.

Subpart 10. Scheduled and nonscheduled medication.

The health care provider must document the rationale for the use of any medication. Treatment with medication may be appropriate during any phase of treatment and must comply with all of the applicable parameters in part 5221.6105. The prescribing health care provider must determine that ongoing medication is effective treatment for the patient's condition and that the most cost-effective regimen is used.

Subpart 11. Specific treatment parameters for regional low back pain.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment must be the first phase of treatment for all patients with regional low back pain under subpart 1, item A, subitem (1).

(1) The passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, and medication treatment modalities and procedures in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10, may be used in sequence or simultaneously during the period of initial nonsurgical management, depending on the severity of the condition.

(2) The only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with regional back pain are trigger point injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve injections, sacroiliac joint injections, and epidural blocks, and their use must meet the parameters of subpart 5.

(3) After the first week of treatment, initial nonsurgical treatment must at all times contain active treatment modalities according to the parameters of subpart 4.

(4) Initial nonsurgical treatment must be provided in the least intensive setting consistent with quality health care practices.

(5) Except as otherwise specified in subpart 3, passive treatment modalities in a clinic setting or requiring attendance by a health care provider are not indicated beyond 12 weeks after any passive modality other than bedrest or bracing is first initiated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. The purpose of surgical evaluation is to determine whether surgery is indicated in the treatment of a patient who has failed to recover with initial nonsurgical care. If the patient is not a surgical candidate, then chronic management is indicated.

(1) Surgical evaluation, if indicated, may begin as soon as eight weeks after, but must begin no later than 12 weeks after, beginning initial nonsurgical management. An initial recommendation or decision against surgery does not preclude surgery at a later date.

(2) Surgical evaluation may include the use of appropriate medical imaging techniques. The imaging technique must be chosen on the basis of the suspected etiology of the patient's condition but the health care provider must follow the parameters of part 5221.6100. Medical imaging studies which do not meet these parameters are not indicated.

(3) Surgical evaluation may also include diagnostic blocks and injections. These blocks and injections are only indicated if their use is consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item H.

(4) Surgical evaluation may also include personality or psychosocial evaluation, consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item G.

(5) Consultation with other health care providers may be appropriate as part of the surgical evaluation. The need for consultation and the choice of consultant will be determined by the findings on medical imaging, diagnostic analgesic blocks and injections, if performed, and the patient's ongoing subjective complaints and physical findings.

(6) The only surgical procedures indicated for patients with regional low back pain only are decompression of a lumbar nerve root or lumbar arthrodesis, with or without instrumentation, which must meet the parameters of subpart 6 and part 5221.6500, subpart 2, items A and C. For patients with failed back surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated; their use must meet the parameters of subpart 6, item C.

(a) If surgery is indicated, it should be offered to the patient as soon as possible. If the patient agrees to the proposed surgery, it should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice, and consistent with any requirements of part 5221.6050, subpart 9, for prior notification of the insurer or second opinions.

(b) If surgery is not indicated, or if the patient does not wish to proceed with surgery, then the patient is a candidate for chronic management according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refuses surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management which must be provided according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 12. Specific treatment parameters for radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with no or static neurologic deficits.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment is appropriate for all patients with radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with no or static neurologic deficits under subpart 1, item A, subitem (2), and must be the first phase of treatment. It must be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item A, with the following modifications: epidural blocks, and nerve root and peripheral nerve blocks are the only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with radicular pain only. If there is a component of regional low back pain, therapeutic facet joint injections, facet nerve injections, trigger point injections, and sacroiliac injections may also be indicated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. It must be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered, the patient refused surgical therapy, or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with radicular pain, with or without regional back pain, with static neurologic deficits must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 13. Specific treatment parameters for cauda equina syndrome and for radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with progressive neurologic deficits.

A. Patients with cauda equina syndrome or with radicular pain, with or without regional low back pain, with progressive neurologic deficits may require immediate or emergency surgical evaluation at any time during the course of the overall treatment. The decision to proceed with surgical evaluation is made by the health care provider based on the type of neurologic changes observed, the severity of the changes, the rate of progression of the changes, and the response to any initial nonsurgical treatments. Surgery, if indicated, may be performed at any time during the course of treatment. Surgical evaluation and surgery shall be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, except that surgical evaluation and surgical therapy may begin at any time.

B. If the health care provider decides to proceed with a course of initial nonsurgical care for a patient with radicular pain with progressive neurologic changes, it must follow the parameters of subpart 12, item A.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refuses surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with radicular pain, with or without regional back pain, with foot drop or progressive neurologic changes at first presentation must meet the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6205. NECK PAIN.

Subpart 1. Diagnostic procedures for treatment of neck injury.

A health care provider shall determine the nature of the condition before initiating treatment.

A. An appropriate history and physical examination must be performed and documented. Based on the history and physical examination the health care provider must assign the patient at each visit to the appropriate clinical category according to subitems (1) to (4). The diagnosis must be documented in the medical record. For the purposes of subitems (2) and (3), "radicular pain" means pain radiating distal to the shoulder. This part does not apply to fractures of the cervical spine or cervical pain due to an infectious, immunologic, metabolic, endocrine, neurologic, visceral, or neoplastic disease process.

(1) Regional neck pain includes referred pain to the shoulder and upper back. Regional neck pain includes the diagnoses of cervical strain, sprain, myofascial syndrome, musculoligamentous injury, soft tissue injury, and other diagnoses for pain believed to originate in the discs, ligaments, muscles, or other soft tissues of the cervical spine and which affects the cervical region, with or without referral to the upper back or shoulder, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 720 to 720.9, 721 to 721.0, 721.5 to 721.90, 722.0, 722.2, 722.3 to 722.30, 722.39, 722.4, 722.6, 722.8, 722.80, 722.81, 722.9 to 722.91, 723 to 723.3, 723.5 to 723.9, 724.5, 724.8, 724.9, 732.0, 737 to 737.9, 738.2, 738.4, 738.5, 739.1, 756.1 to 756.19, 847 to 847.0, 847.9, 920, 922.3, 925, and 926.1 to 926.11.

(2) Radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with no or static neurologic deficit. This includes the diagnoses of brachialgia; cervical radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; displacement or herniation of intervertebral disc with radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; spinal stenosis with radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; and other diagnoses for pain in the arm distal to the shoulder believed to originate with irritation of a nerve root in the cervical spine, including, but not limited to, the ICD-9-CM codes 721.1, 721.91, 722 to 722.0, 722.2, 722.7 to 722.71, 722.8, 722.80, 722.81, 723.4, 724, and 724.9. In these cases neurologic findings on history and examination are either absent or do not show progressive deterioration.

(3) Radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with progressive neurologic deficit, which includes the same diagnoses as subitem (2); however, in these cases there is a history of progressive deterioration in the neurologic symptoms and physical findings, including worsening sensory loss, increasing muscle weakness, and progressive reflex changes.

(4) Cervical compressive myelopathy, with or without radicular pain, is a condition characterized by weakness and spasticity in one or both legs and associated with any of the following: exaggerated reflexes, an extensor plantar response, bowel or bladder dysfunction, sensory ataxia, or bilateral sensory changes. Cervical compressive myelopathy includes the ICD-9-CM code 336.9.

B. Laboratory tests are not indicated in the evaluation of a patient with regional neck pain, or radicular pain, except:

(1) when a patient's history, age, or examination suggests infection, metabolic-endocrinologic disorders, tumorous conditions, systemic musculoskeletal disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis or ankylosing spondylitis;

(2) to evaluate potential adverse side effects of medications; or

(3) as part of a preoperative evaluation.

Laboratory tests may be ordered at any time the health care provider suspects any of these conditions, but the health care provider must justify the need for the tests ordered with clear documentation of the indications.

C. Medical imaging evaluation of the cervical spine must be based on the findings of the history and physical examination and cannot be ordered prior to the health care provider's clinical evaluation of the patient. Medical imaging may not be performed as a routine procedure and must comply with the standards in part 5221.6100, subpart 1. The health care provider must document the appropriate indications for any medical imaging studies obtained.

D. EMG and nerve conduction studies are always inappropriate for the regional neck pain diagnoses in item A, subitem (1). EMG and nerve conduction studies may be an appropriate diagnostic tool for radicular pain and myelopathy diagnoses in item A, subitems (2) to (4), after the first three weeks of radicular or myelopathy symptoms. Repeat EMG and nerve conduction studies for radicular pain and myelopathy are not indicated unless a new neurologic symptom or finding has developed which in itself would warrant electrodiagnostic testing. Failure to improve with treatment is not an indication for repeat testing.

E. The use of the following procedures or tests is not indicated for the diagnosis of any of the clinical categories in item A:

(1) surface electromyography or surface paraspinal electromyography;

(2) thermography;

(3) plethysmography;

(4) electronic X-ray analysis of plain radiographs;

(5) diagnostic ultrasound of the spine; or

(6) somatosensory evoked potentials (SSEP) and motor evoked potentials (MEP).

F. Computerized range of motion or strength measuring tests are not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management, but may be indicated during the period of chronic management when used in conjunction with a computerized exercise program, work hardening program, or work conditioning program. During the period of initial nonsurgical management, computerized range of motion or strength testing can be performed but must be done in conjunction with and shall not be reimbursed separately from an office visit, chiropractic evaluation or treatment, or physical or occupational therapy evaluation or treatment.

G. Personality or psychological evaluations may be a useful tool for evaluating patients who continue to have problems despite appropriate care. The treating health care provider may perform this evaluation or may refer the patient for consultation with another health care provider in order to obtain a psychological evaluation. These evaluations may be used to assess the patient for a number of psychological conditions which may interfere with recovery from the injury. Since more than one of these psychological conditions may be present in a given case, the health care provider performing the evaluation must consider all of the following:

(1) Is symptom magnification occurring?

(2) Does the patient exhibit an emotional reaction to the injury, such as depression, fear, or anger, which is interfering with recovery?

(3) Are there other personality factors or disorders which are interfering with recovery?

(4) Is the patient chemically dependent?

(5) Are there any interpersonal conflicts interfering with recovery?

(6) Does the patient have a chronic pain syndrome or psychogenic pain?

(7) In cases in which surgery is a possible treatment, are psychological factors, such as those in subitems (1) to (6), likely to interfere with the potential benefit of the surgery?

H. Diagnostic analgesic blocks or injection studies include facet joint injection, facet nerve block, epidural differential spinal block, nerve block, and nerve root block.

(1) These procedures are used to localize the source of pain prior to surgery and to diagnose conditions which fail to respond to initial nonsurgical management.

(2) These blocks and injections are invasive and when done as diagnostic procedures only, are not indicated unless noninvasive procedures have failed to establish the diagnosis.

(3) Selection of patients, choice of procedure, and localization of the level of injection should be determined by documented clinical findings indicating possible pathologic conditions and the source of pain symptoms.

(4) These blocks and injections can also be used as therapeutic modalities and as such are subject to the parameters of subpart 5.

I. A comprehensive functional capacity assessment or evaluation (FCE) is an individualized examination and evaluation that objectively measures the patient's current level of function and the ability to perform functional or work-related tasks, and it predicts the potential to sustain these tasks over a defined time frame. The components of a comprehensive FCE include, but are not limited to, neuromusculoskeletal screening, tests of manual material handling, assessment of functional mobility, and measurement of postural tolerance.

(1) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(2) After the period of initial nonsurgical management, a comprehensive FCE is indicated in either of the following circumstances:

(a) permanent activity restrictions and capabilities must be identified; or

(b) there is a question about the patient's ability to do a specific job.

(3) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated to establish baseline performance before treatment or to evaluate change in performance during a course of treatment.

(4) Only one completed comprehensive FCE is indicated per injury.

(5) Functional tests or physical performance tests done as part of a work conditioning program or work hardening program as provided in part 5221.6600, subpart 2, item D, or in conjunction with active treatment modalities as provided in subpart 4, are not a comprehensive FCE and are not limited by this item.

J. Consultations with other health care providers may be initiated at any time by the treating health care provider, consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 2. General treatment parameters for neck pain.

A. All medical care for neck pain appropriately assigned to a clinical category in subpart 1, item A, is determined by the diagnosis and clinical category in subpart 1, item A, to which the patient has been assigned. General parameters for treatment modalities are set forth in subparts 3 to 10. Specific treatment parameters for each clinical category are set forth in subparts 11 to 14, as follows:

(1) subpart 11 governs regional neck pain;

(2) subpart 12 governs radicular pain with static neurologic deficits;

(3) subpart 13 governs radicular pain with progressive neurologic deficits; and

(4) subpart 14 governs myelopathy.

The health care provider must, at each visit, reassess the appropriateness of the clinical category assigned and reassign the patient if warranted by new clinical information including symptoms, signs, results of diagnostic testing, and opinions and information obtained from consultations with other health care providers. When the clinical category is changed the treatment plan must be appropriately modified to reflect the new clinical category. However, a change of clinical category does not in itself allow the health care provider to continue a therapy or treatment modality past the maximum duration specified in subparts 3 to 10, or to repeat a therapy or treatment previously provided for the same injury.

B. In general, a course of treatment is divided into three phases.

(1) First, all patients with neck problems, except patients with radicular pain with progressive neurological deficit, or myelopathy under subpart 1, item A, subitems (3) and (4), must be given initial nonsurgical care which may include both active and passive treatment modalities, injections, durable medical equipment, and medications. These modalities and parameters are described in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10. The period of initial nonsurgical management begins with the first passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, or medication modality initiated. Initial nonsurgical treatment must result in progressive improvement as specified in subpart 9.

(2) Second, for patients with persistent symptoms, initial nonoperative care is followed by a period of surgical evaluation. This evaluation should be completed in a timely manner. Surgery, if indicated, should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice, and subparts 6 and 11 to 14, and part 5221.6500. The treating health care provider may do the evaluation, if it is within the provider's scope of practice, or may refer the employee to a consultant.

(a) Patients with radicular pain with progressive neurological deficit, or myelopathy may require immediate surgical therapy.

(b) Any patient who has had surgery may require postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities. This therapy may be in addition to any received during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(c) Surgery must follow the parameters in subparts 6 and 11 to 14, and part 5221.6500.

(d) A decision against surgery at this time does not preclude a decision for surgery made at a later date.

(3) Third, for those patients who are not candidates for or refuse surgical therapy, or who do not have complete resolution of their symptoms with surgery, a period of chronic management may be indicated. Chronic management modalities are described in part 5221.6600, and may include durable medical equipment as described in subpart 8.

C. A treating health care provider may refer the employee for a consultation at any time during the course of treatment consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 3. Passive treatment modalities.

A. Except as set forth in item B or part 5221.6050, subpart 8, the use of passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting as set forth in items C to I is not indicated beyond 12 calendar weeks after any of the passive modalities in item C to I are initiated. There are no limitations on the use of passive treatment modalities by the employee at home.

B. (1) An additional 12 visits for the use of passive treatment modalities over an additional 12 months may be provided if all of the following apply:

(a) the employee is released to work or is permanently totally disabled and the additional passive treatment must result in progressive improvement in, or maintenance of, functional status achieved during the initial 12 weeks of passive care;

(b) the treatment must not be given on a regularly scheduled basis;

(c) the health care provider must document in the medical record a plan to encourage the employee's independence and decreased reliance on health care providers;

(d) management of the employee's condition must include active treatment modalities during this period;

(e) the additional 12 visits for passive treatment must not delay the required surgical or chronic pain evaluation required by this chapter; and

(f) passive care is inappropriate while the employee has chronic pain syndrome.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in part 5221.6050, subpart 8, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining employability; if the employee is permanently totally disabled, or if upon retirement the employee is eligible for ongoing medical benefits for the work injury, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining functional status.

C. Adjustment or manipulation of joints includes chiropractic and osteopathic adjustments or manipulations:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

D. Thermal treatment includes all superficial and deep heating modalities and cooling modalities. Superficial thermal modalities include hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, cold soaks, infrared, whirlpool, and fluidotherapy. Deep thermal modalities include diathermy, ultrasound, and microwave.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting, but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of thermal modalities may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment. Home use may only involve hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, and cold soaks which can be applied by the patient without health care provider assistance. Home use of thermal modalities does not require any special training or monitoring, other than that usually provided by the health care provider during an office visit.

E. Electrical muscle stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low-volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic stimulation, TENS, interferential, and microcurrent techniques.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting, but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of an electrical stimulation device may be prescribed at any time during a course of treatment. Initial use of an electrical stimulation device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper electrode placement and patient education:

(a) time for patient education and training, one to three sessions; and

(b) patient may use the electrical stimulation device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

F. Mechanical traction is the therapeutic use of mechanically induced tension created by a pulling force to produce a combination of distraction and gliding to relieve pain and increase flexibility. Mechanical traction may be continuous, static, intermittent, inversion, gravity, or positional. Examples of mechanical traction include power traction, intersegmental motorized mobilization, vertebral axial decompression, autotraction (active), and 90/90.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, three treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks in a clinical setting, but only if used in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of a mechanical traction device may be prescribed as follow-up to use of traction in a clinical setting if it has proven to be effective treatment and is expected to continue to be effective treatment. Initial use of a mechanical traction device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper patient education:

(a) time for patient education and training, one session; and

(b) a patient may use the mechanical traction device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

G. Acupuncture treatments:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

H. Manual therapy includes manual traction, myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, soft-tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and any form of massage:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

I. Phoresis includes iontophoresis and phonophoresis:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

J. Bedrest. Prolonged restriction of activity and immobilization are detrimental to a patient's recovery. Bedrest should not be prescribed for more than seven days.

K. Cervical collars, spinal braces, and other movement-restricting appliances. Bracing required for longer than two weeks must be accompanied by active muscle strengthening exercise to avoid deconditioning and prolonged disability:

(1) time for treatment response, three days;

(2) treatment frequency, limited to intermittent use during times of increased physical stress or prophylactic use at work; and

(3) maximum continuous duration, up to three weeks unless patient is status postfusion.

Subpart 4. Active treatment modalities.

Active treatment modalities must be used as set forth in items A to D. Use of active treatment modalities may extend past the 12-week limitation on passive treatment modalities, so long as the maximum duration for the active modality is not exceeded.

A. Education must teach the patient about pertinent anatomy and physiology as it relates to spinal function for the purpose of injury prevention. Education includes training on posture, biomechanics, and relaxation. The maximum number of treatments is three visits, which includes an initial education and training session, and two follow-up visits.

B. Posture and work method training must instruct the patient in the proper performance of job activities. Topics include proper positioning of the trunk, neck, and arms, use of optimum biomechanics in performing job tasks, and appropriate pacing of activities. Methods include didactic sessions, demonstrations, exercises, and simulated work tasks. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

C. Worksite analysis and modification must examine the patient's work station, tools, and job duties. Recommendations are made for the alteration of the work station, selection of alternate tools, modification of job duties, and provision of adaptive equipment. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

D. Exercise, which is important to the success of an initial nonsurgical treatment program and a return to normal activity, must include active patient participation in activities designed to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or muscle relaxation. Exercise must, at least in part, be specifically aimed at the musculature of the cervical spine. While aerobic exercise and extremity strengthening may be performed as adjunctive treatment, it must not be the primary focus of the exercise program.

Exercises must be evaluated to determine if the desired goals are being attained. Strength, flexibility, and endurance must be objectively measured. While the provider may objectively measure the treatment response as often as necessary for optimal care, after the initial evaluation the health care provider may not bill for the tests sooner than two weeks after the initial evaluation and monthly thereafter. Subitems (1) and (2) govern supervised and unsupervised exercise, except for computerized exercise programs and health clubs, which are governed by part 5221.6600.

(1) Supervised exercise. One goal of an exercise program must be to teach the patient how to maintain and maximize any gains experienced from exercise. Self-management of the condition must be promoted:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, three times per week for three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(b) maximum duration, 12 weeks.

(2) Unsupervised exercise must be provided in the least intensive setting appropriate to the goals of the exercise program, and may supplement or follow the period of supervised exercise:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, up to three visits for instruction and monitoring; and

(b) there is no limit on the duration or frequency of exercise at home.

Subpart 5. Therapeutic injections.

Injection modalities are indicated as set forth in items A to C. Use of injections may extend past the 12-week limit on passive treatment modalities, so long as the maximum treatment for injections is not exceeded.

A. Therapeutic injections include trigger points injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, sympathetic nerve blocks, epidurals, nerve root blocks, and peripheral nerve blocks. Therapeutic injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site.

(1) Trigger point injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within 30 minutes;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once per week if a positive response to the first injection at that site. If subsequent injections at that site demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then trigger point injections should be redirected to other areas or discontinued. Only three injections are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, four injections to any one site.

(2) Facet joint injections or facet nerve blocks:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks if a positive response to the first injection or block. If subsequent injections or blocks demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections or blocks should be discontinued. Only three injections or blocks are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections or blocks to any one site.

(3) Nerve root blocks:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, can repeat injection no sooner than two weeks after the previous injection if a positive response to the first injection. No more than three blocks are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, two blocks to any one site.

(4) Epidural injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks if a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections should be discontinued. Only one injection is reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections.

B. Permanent lytic or sclerosing injections, including radio frequency denervation of the facet joints. These injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site:

(1) time for treatment response, within one week;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, may repeat once for any site; and

(3) maximum duration, two injections to any one site.

C. Prolotherapy and botulinum toxin injections are not indicated in the treatment of neck problems and are not reimbursable.

Subpart 6. Surgery, including decompression procedures and arthrodesis.

Surgery may only be performed if it meets the specific parameters of subparts 11 to 14 and part 5221.6500. The health care provider must provide prior notification for nonemergency inpatient surgery according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. In order to optimize the beneficial effect of surgery, postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities may be provided, even if these modalities had been used in the preoperative treatment of the condition. In the postoperative period the maximum treatment duration with passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting from the initiation of the first passive modality used, except bedrest or bracing, is as follows:

(1) eight weeks following decompression or implantation of a dorsal column stimulator or morphine pump; or

(2) 12 weeks following arthrodesis.

B. Repeat surgery must also meet the parameters of subparts 11 to 14 and part 5221.6500 and is not indicated unless the need for the repeat surgery is confirmed by a second opinion obtained before surgery, if requested by the insurer.

C. The following surgical therapies have very limited application and require a second opinion which confirms that the treatment is indicated and within the parameters listed, and a personality or psychosocial evaluation indicates that the patient is likely to benefit from the treatment.

(1) Dorsal column stimulator is indicated for a patient who has neuropathic pain, is not a candidate for any other invasive therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

(2) Morphine pump is indicated for a patient who has somatic pain, is not a candidate for any other invasive therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

Subpart 7. Chronic management.

Chronic management of neck disorders must be provided according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 8. Durable medical equipment.

Durable medical equipment is indicated only as specified in items A to D. The health care provider must provide prior notification as required in items B and C according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. Cervical collars, braces, or supports and home cervical traction devices may be indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, items F and K.

B. For patients using electrical stimulation at home, the device and any required supplies are indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, item E. Prior notification must be given for purchase of the device or for use longer than one month. The insurer may provide equipment if it is comparable to that prescribed by the health care provider.

C. Exercise equipment for home use, including bicycles, treadmills, and stairclimbers, are indicated only within the context of a program or plan of an approved chronic management program. This equipment is not indicated during initial nonoperative care or during reevaluation and surgical therapy. Prior notification must be given to the insurer before purchase of the home exercise equipment. The insurer may decide which brand of a prescribed type of exercise equipment is provided to the patient. If the employer has an appropriate exercise facility on its premises with the prescribed equipment, the insurer may mandate the use of that facility instead of authorizing purchase of equipment for home use.

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires reconditioning which can be accomplished only with the use of the prescribed exercise equipment. The health care provider must document specific reasons why the exercise equipment is necessary and cannot be replaced with other activities.

(2) Requirements: the use of the equipment must have specific goals and there must be a specific set of prescribed activities.

D. The following durable medical equipment is not indicated for home use for any of the neck pain conditions described in subpart 1, item A:

(1) whirlpools, Jacuzzis, hot tubs, and special bath or shower attachments; or

(2) beds, waterbeds, mattresses, chairs, recliners, and loungers.

Subpart 9. Evaluation of treatment by health care provider.

The health care provider must evaluate at each visit whether the treatment is medically necessary, and shall evaluate whether initial nonsurgical management is effective according to items A to C.

No later than the time for treatment response established for the specific modality as specified in subparts 3, 4, and 5, the health care provider must evaluate whether the passive, active, injection, or medication treatment modality has resulted in progressive improvement as specified in items A to C:

A. the employee's subjective complaints of pain or disability are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

B. the objective clinical findings are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of injury; and

C. the employee's functional status, especially vocational activity, is progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive limitations on activity.

If there is not progressive improvement in at least two items of items A to C, the modality must be discontinued or significantly modified or the provider must reconsider the diagnosis. The evaluation of the effectiveness of the treatment modality can be delegated to an allied health professional working under the direction of the treating health care provider but remains the ultimate responsibility of the treating health care provider.

Subpart 10. Scheduled and nonscheduled medication.

The health care provider must document the rationale for the use of any medication. Treatment with medication may be appropriate during any phase of treatment and must comply with all of the applicable parameters in part 5221.6105. The prescribing health care provider must determine that ongoing medication is effective treatment for the patient's condition and the most cost-effective regimen is used.

Subpart 11. Specific treatment parameters for regional neck pain.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment must be the first phase of treatment for all patients with regional neck pain under subpart 1, item A, subitem (1).

(1) The active, passive, injection, durable medical equipment, and medication treatment modalities and procedures in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10, may be used in sequence or simultaneously during the period of initial nonsurgical management depending on the severity of the condition.

(2) The only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with regional neck pain are trigger point injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, and epidural blocks, and their use must meet the parameters of subpart 5.

(3) After the first week of treatment, initial nonsurgical treatment must at all times contain active treatment modalities according to the parameters of subpart 4.

(4) Initial nonsurgical treatment must be provided in the least intensive setting consistent with quality health care practices.

(5) Except as otherwise provided in subpart 3, passive treatment modalities in a clinic setting or requiring attendance by a health care provider are not indicated beyond 12 weeks after any passive modality other than bedrest or bracing is first initiated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. The purpose of surgical evaluation is to determine whether surgery is indicated in the treatment of a patient who has failed to recover with initial nonsurgical care. If the patient is not a surgical candidate, then chronic management is indicated.

(1) Surgical evaluation if indicated may begin as soon as eight weeks after, but must begin no later than 12 weeks after, beginning initial nonsurgical management. An initial recommendation or decision against surgery does not preclude surgery at a later date.

(2) Surgical evaluation may include the use of appropriate medical imaging techniques. The imaging technique must be chosen on the basis of the suspected etiology of the patient's condition but the health care provider must follow the parameters of part 5221.6100, subpart 1.

(3) Surgical evaluation may also include diagnostic blocks and injections. These blocks and injections are only indicated if their use is consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item H.

(4) Surgical evaluation may also include personality or psychosocial evaluation, consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item G.

(5) Consultation with other health care providers may be appropriate as part of the surgical evaluation. The need for consultation and the choice of consultant will be determined by the findings on medical imaging, diagnostic analgesic blocks and injections, if performed, and the patient's ongoing subjective complaints and physical findings.

(6) The only surgical procedure indicated for patients with regional neck pain only is cervical arthrodesis, with or without instrumentation, which must meet the parameters of subpart 6. For patients with failed surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with the parameters of subpart 6, item C.

(a) If surgery is indicated, it should be offered to the patient as soon as possible. If the patient agrees to the proposed surgery, it should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice, and consistent with any requirements of part 5221.6050, subpart 9, for prior notification of the insurer or second opinions.

(b) If surgery is not indicated or if the patient does not wish to proceed with surgical therapy, then the patient is a candidate for chronic management.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery has been rendered or the patient refuses surgery or the patient was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management according to part 5221.6600.

Subpart 12. Specific treatment parameters for radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with no or static neurologic deficits.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment is appropriate for all patients with radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with no or static neurologic deficits under subpart 1, item A, subitem (2), and must be the first phase of treatment. It must be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item A, with the following modifications: epidural blocks and nerve root and peripheral nerve blocks are the only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with radicular pain only. If there is a component of regional neck pain, therapeutic facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, and trigger point injections may also be indicated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. It must be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the following modifications: the only surgical procedures indicated for patients with radicular pain are decompression of a cervical nerve root which must meet the parameters of subpart 6 and part 5221.6500, subpart 2, item B, and cervical arthrodesis, with or without instrumentation. For patients with failed surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with subpart 6, item C.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered, the patient refused surgical therapy, or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with static neurologic changes must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 13. Specific treatment parameters for radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with progressive neurologic changes.

A. Patients with radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with progressive neurologic deficits may require immediate or emergency evaluation at any time during the course of their overall treatment. The decision to proceed with surgical evaluation is made by the health care provider based on the type of neurologic changes observed, the severity of the changes, the rate of progression of the changes, and the response to any nonsurgical treatments. Surgery, if indicated, may be performed at any time during the course of treatment. Surgical evaluation and surgery shall be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the following modifications:

(1) surgical evaluation and surgical therapy may begin at any time; and

(2) the only surgical procedures indicated for patients with radicular pain are decompression of a cervical nerve root which must meet the parameters of subpart 6 and part 5221.6500, subpart 2, item B, or cervical arthrodesis, with or without instrumentation. For patients with failed back surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with the parameters of subpart 6, item C.

B. If the health care provider decides to proceed with a course of nonsurgical care for a patient with radicular pain with progressive neurologic changes, it must follow the parameters of subpart 12, item A.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refuses surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with radicular pain, with or without regional neck pain, with progressive neurologic changes at first presentation must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 14. Specific treatment parameters for myelopathy.

A. Patients with myelopathy may require emergency surgical evaluation at any time during the course of their overall treatment. The decision to proceed with surgical evaluation is made by the health care provider based on the type of neurologic changes observed, the severity of the changes, the rate of progression of the changes, and the response to any nonsurgical treatments. Surgery, if indicated, may be performed at any time during the course of treatment. Surgical evaluation and surgery shall be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the following modifications:

(1) surgical evaluation and surgical therapy may begin at any time; and

(2) the only surgical procedures indicated for patients with myelopathy are anterior or posterior decompression of the spinal cord, or cervical arthrodesis with or without instrumentation. For patients with failed back surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with the parameters of subpart 6, item C.

B. If the health care provider decides to proceed with a course of nonsurgical care for a patient with myelopathy, it must follow the parameters of subpart 12, item A.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refuses surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with myelopathy must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6210. THORACIC BACK PAIN.

Subpart 1. Diagnostic procedures for treatment of thoracic back injury.

A health care provider shall determine the nature of the condition before initiating treatment.

A. An appropriate history and physical examination must be performed and documented. Based on the history and physical examination the health care provider must assign the patient at each visit to the consistency appropriate clinical category according to subitems (1) to (4). The diagnosis must be documented in the medical record. For the purposes of subitems (2) and (3), "radicular pain" means pain radiating in a dermatomal distribution around the chest or abdomen. This part does not apply to fractures of the thoracic spine or thoracic back pain due to an infectious, immunologic, metabolic, endocrine, neurologic, visceral, or neoplastic disease process.

(1) Regional thoracic back pain includes the diagnoses of thoracic strain, sprain, myofascial syndrome, musculoligamentous injury, soft tissue injury, and any other diagnosis for pain believed to originate in the discs, ligaments, muscles, or other soft tissues of the thoracic spine and which effects the thoracic region, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 720 to 720.9, 721 to 721.0, 721.5 to 721.90, 722.3 to 722.30, 722.4, 722.6, 722.9 to 722.91, 723 to 723.3, 723.5 to 723.9, 724.5, 724.8, 724.9, 732.0, 737 to 737.9, 738.4, 738.5, 739.1, 756.1 to 756.19, 847 to 847.0, 920, 922.3, 925, and 926.1 to 926.12.

(2) Radicular pain, with or without regional thoracic back pain, includes the diagnoses of thoracic radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; displacement or herniation of intervertebral disc with radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; spinal stenosis with radiculopathy, radiculitis, or neuritis; and any other diagnoses for pain believed to originate with irritation of a nerve root in the thoracic spine, including, but not limited to, the ICD-9-CM codes 721.1, 721.91, 722 to 722.0, 722.2, 722.7 to 722.71, 723.4, and 724 to 724.00.

(3) Thoracic compressive myelopathy, with or without radicular pain, is a condition characterized by weakness and spasticity in one or both legs and associated with any of the following: exaggerated reflexes, an extensor plantar response, bowel or bladder dysfunction, sensory ataxia, or bilateral sensory changes. Thoracic compressive myelopathy includes the ICD-9-CM code 336.9.

B. Laboratory tests are not indicated in the evaluation of a patient with regional thoracic back pain, or radicular pain, except when a patient's history, age, or examination suggests infection, metabolic-endocrinologic disorders, tumorous conditions, systemic musculoskeletal disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis or ankylosing spondylitis, or side effects of medications. Laboratory tests may be ordered at any time the health care provider suspects any of these conditions, but the health care provider must justify the need for the tests ordered with clear documentation of the indications. Laboratory tests may also be ordered as part of a preoperative evaluation.

C. Medical imaging evaluation of the thoracic spine must be based on the findings of the history and physical examination and cannot be ordered prior to the health care provider's clinical evaluation of the patient. Medical imaging may not be performed as a routine procedure and must comply with all of the standards in part 5221.6100, subpart 1. The health care provider must document the appropriate indications for any medical imaging studies obtained.

D. EMG and nerve conduction studies are always inappropriate for regional thoracic back pain and radicular pain under item A, subitems (1) to (3).

E. The use of the following procedures or tests is not indicated for the diagnosis of any of the clinical categories in item A:

(1) surface electromyography or surface paraspinal EMG;

(2) thermography;

(3) plethysmography;

(4) electronic X-ray analysis of plain radiographs;

(5) diagnostic ultrasound of the spine; or

(6) somatosensory evoked potentials (SSEP) and motor evoked potentials (MEP).

F. Computerized range of motion or strength measuring tests are not reimbursable during the period of initial nonsurgical care, but may be reimbursable during a period of chronic management when used in conjunction with a computerized exercise program, work hardening program, or work conditioning program. During the period of initial nonoperative care computerized range of motion or strength testing can be performed but must be done in conjunction with and shall not be reimbursed separately from an office visit, chiropractic evaluation or treatment, or physical or occupational therapy evaluation or treatment.

G. Personality or psychological evaluations may be a useful tool for evaluating patients who continue to have problems despite appropriate care. The treating health care provider may perform this evaluation or may refer the patient for consultation with another health care provider in order to obtain a psychological evaluation. These evaluations may be used to assess the patient for a number of psychological conditions which may interfere with recovery from the injury. Since more than one of these psychological conditions may be present in a given case, the health care provider performing the evaluation must consider all of the following:

(1) Is symptom magnification occurring?

(2) Does the patient exhibit an emotional reaction to the injury, such as depression, fear, or anger, which is interfering with recovery?

(3) Are there other personality factors or disorders which are interfering with recovery?

(4) Is the patient chemically dependent?

(5) Are there any interpersonal conflicts interfering with recovery?

(6) Does the patient have a chronic pain syndrome or psychogenic pain?

(7) In cases in which surgery is a possible treatment, are psychological factors, such as those listed in subitems (1) to (6), likely to interfere with the potential benefit of the surgery?

H. Diagnostic analgesic blocks or injection studies include facet joint injection, facet nerve block, epidural differential spinal block, nerve block, and nerve root block.

(1) These procedures are used to localize the source of pain prior to surgery and to diagnose conditions which fail to respond to initial nonoperative care.

(2) These blocks and injections are invasive and when done as diagnostic procedures only are not indicated unless noninvasive procedures have failed to establish the diagnosis.

(3) Selection of patients, choice of procedure, and localization of the level of injection should be determined by documented clinical findings indicating possible pathologic conditions and the source of pain symptoms.

(4) These blocks and injections can also be used as therapeutic modalities and as such are subject to the guidelines of subpart 5.

I. A comprehensive functional capacity assessment or evaluation (FCE) is an individualized examination and evaluation that objectively measures the patient's current level of function and the ability to perform functional or work-related tasks, and it predicts the potential to sustain these tasks over a defined time frame. The components of a comprehensive FCE include, but are not limited to, neuromusculoskeletal screening, tests of manual material handling, assessment of functional mobility, and measurement of postural tolerance.

(1) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(2) After the period of initial nonsurgical management, a comprehensive FCE is indicated in either of the following circumstances:

(a) permanent activity restrictions and capabilities must be identified; or

(b) there is a question about the patient's ability to do a specific job.

(3) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated to establish baseline performance before treatment or to evaluate change in performance during a course of treatment.

(4) Only one completed comprehensive FCE is indicated per injury.

(5) Functional tests or physical performance tests done as part of a work conditioning program or work hardening program as provided in part 5221.6600, subpart 2, item D, or in conjunction with active treatment modalities as provided in subpart 4, are not a comprehensive FCE and are not limited by this item.

J. Consultations with other health care providers can be initiated at any time by the treating health care provider consistent with standard medical practice.

Subpart 2. General treatment parameters for thoracic back pain.

A. All medical care for thoracic back pain, appropriately assigned to a category of subpart 1, item A, is determined by the diagnosis and clinical category in subpart 1, item A, to which the patient has been assigned. General parameters for treatment modalities are set forth in subparts 3 to 10. Specific treatment parameters for each clinical category are set forth in subparts 11 to 13, as follows:

(1) subpart 11 governs regional thoracic back pain;

(2) subpart 12 governs radicular pain; and

(3) subpart 13 governs myelopathy.

The health care provider must, at each visit, reassess the appropriateness of the clinical category assigned and reassign the patient if warranted by new clinical information including symptoms, signs, results of diagnostic testing, and opinions and information obtained from consultations with other health care providers. When the clinical category is changed the treatment plan must be appropriately modified to reflect the new clinical category. However, a change of clinical category does not in itself allow the health care provider to continue a therapy or treatment modality past the maximum duration specified in items C to F, or to repeat a therapy or treatment previously provided for the same injury.

B. In general, a course of treatment is divided into three phases.

(1) First, all patients with thoracic back problems, except patients with myelopathy under subpart 1, item A, subitem (3), must be given initial nonoperative care which may include active and passive treatment modalities, injections, durable medical equipment, and medications. These modalities and parameters are described in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10. The period of initial nonsurgical treatment begins with the first clinical passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, or medication modality initiated. Initial nonsurgical treatment must result in progressive improvement as specified in subpart 9.

(2) Second, for patients with persistent symptoms, initial nonsurgical management is followed by a period of surgical evaluation. This evaluation should be completed in a timely manner. Surgery, if indicated, should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice and subparts 6 and 11 to 13, and part 5221.6500. The treating health care provider may do the evaluation, if it is within the provider's scope of practice, or may refer the employee to a consultant.

(a) Patients with myelopathy may require immediate surgical therapy.

(b) Any patient who has had surgery may require postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities. This therapy may be in addition to any received during the period of initial nonsurgical care.

(c) Surgery must follow the parameters in subparts 6 and 11 to 13, and part 5221.6500.

(d) A decision against surgery at this time does not preclude a decision for surgery made at a later date in light of new clinical information.

(3) Third, for those patients who are not candidates for or refuse surgical therapy, or who do not have complete resolution of their symptoms with surgery, a period of chronic management may be indicated. Chronic management modalities are described in part 5221.6600, and may also include durable medical equipment as described in subpart 8.

C. A treating health care provider may refer the employee for a consultation at any time during the course of treatment consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 3. Passive treatment modalities.

A. Except as set forth in item B or part 5221.6050, subpart 8, the use of passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting as set forth in items C to I is not indicated beyond 12 calendar weeks after any of the passive modalities in item C to I are initiated. There are no limitations on the use of passive treatment modalities by the employee at home.

B. (1) An additional 12 visits for the use of passive treatment modalities over an additional 12 months may be provided if all of the following apply:

(a) the employee is released to work or is permanently totally disabled and the additional passive treatment must result in progressive improvement in, or maintenance of, functional status achieved during the initial 12 weeks of passive care;

(b) the treatment must not be given on a regularly scheduled basis;

(c) the health care provider must document in the medical record a plan to encourage the employee's independence and decreased reliance on health care providers;

(d) management of the employee's condition must include active treatment modalities during this period;

(e) the additional 12 visits for passive treatment must not delay the required surgical or chronic pain evaluation required by this chapter; and

(f) passive care is inappropriate while the employee has chronic pain syndrome.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in part 5221.6050, subpart 8, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining employability; if the employee is permanently totally disabled, or if upon retirement the employee is eligible for ongoing medical benefits for the work injury, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining functional status.

C. Adjustment or manipulation of joints includes chiropractic and osteopathic adjustments or manipulations:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

D. Thermal treatment includes all superficial and deep heating modalities and cooling modalities. Superficial thermal modalities include hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, cold soaks, infrared, whirlpool, and fluidotherapy. Deep thermal modalities include diathermy, ultrasound, and microwave.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of thermal modalities may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment. Home use may only involve hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, and cold soaks which can be applied by the patient without health care provider assistance. Home use of thermal modalities does not require any special training or monitoring, other than that usually provided by the health care provider during an office visit.

E. Electrical muscle stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low-volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic stimulation, TENS, interferential, and microcurrent techniques.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of an electrical stimulation device may be prescribed at any time during a course of treatment. Initial use of an electrical stimulation device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper electrode placement and patient education:

(a) maximum time for patient education and training, up to three sessions; and

(b) patient may use the electrical stimulation device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

F. Mechanical traction is the therapeutic use of mechanically induced tension created by a pulling force to produce a combination of distraction and gliding to relieve pain and increase flexibility. Mechanical traction may be continuous, static, intermittent, inversion, gravity, or positional. Examples of mechanical traction include power traction, intersegmental motorized mobilization, vertebral axial decompression, autotraction (active), and 90/90.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, three treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks in a clinical setting but only if used in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of a mechanical traction device may be prescribed as follow-up to use of traction in a clinical setting if it has proven to be effective treatment and is expected to continue to be effective treatment. Initial use of a mechanical traction device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper patient education:

(a) maximum time for patient education and training, one session; and

(b) a patient may use the mechanical traction device for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the health care provider before continuing home use of the device.

G. Acupuncture treatments:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

H. Manual therapy includes manual traction, myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, soft-tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and any form of massage:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

I. Phoresis includes iontophoresis and phonophoresis:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

J. Bedrest. Prolonged restriction of activity and immobilization are detrimental to a patient's recovery. Bedrest should not be prescribed for more than seven days.

K. Spinal braces and other movement-restricting appliances. Bracing required for longer than two weeks must be accompanied by active muscle strengthening exercise to avoid deconditioning and prolonged disability:

(1) time for treatment response, three days;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, limited to intermittent use during times of increased physical stress or prophylactic use at work; and

(3) maximum continuous duration, three weeks unless patient is status postfusion.

Subpart 4. Active treatment modalities.

Active treatment modalities must be used as set forth in items A to D. Use of active treatment modalities may extend past the 12-week limit on passive treatment modalities, so long as the maximum durations for the active treatment modalities are not exceeded.

A. Education must teach the patient about pertinent anatomy and physiology as it relates to spinal function for the purpose of injury prevention. Education includes training on posture, biomechanics, and relaxation. The maximum number of treatments is three visits, which includes an initial education and training session, and two follow-up visits.

B. Posture and work method training must instruct the patient in the proper performance of job activities. Topics include proper positioning of the trunk, back, and arms, use of optimum biomechanics in performing job tasks, and appropriate pacing of activities. Methods include didactic sessions, demonstrations, exercises, and simulated work tasks. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

C. Worksite analysis and modification must examine the patient's work station, tools, and job duties. Recommendations are made for the alteration of the work station, selection of alternate tools, modification of job duties, and provision of adaptive equipment. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

D. Exercise, which is important to the success of an initial nonsurgical treatment program and a return to normal activity, must include active patient participation in activities designed to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or muscle relaxation. Exercise must, at least in part, be specifically aimed at the musculature of the thoracic spine. While aerobic exercise and extremity strengthening may be performed as adjunctive treatment this shall not be the primary focus of the exercise program.

Exercises shall be evaluated to determine if the desired goals are being attained. Strength, flexibility, and endurance shall be objectively measured. While the provider may objectively measure the treatment response as often as necessary for optimal care, after the initial evaluation the health care provider may not bill for the tests sooner than two weeks after the initial evaluation and monthly thereafter. Subitems (1) and (2) govern supervised and unsupervised exercise, except for computerized exercise programs and health clubs, which are governed by part 5221.6600.

(1) Supervised exercise. One goal of an exercise program must be to teach the patient how to maintain and maximize any gains experienced from exercise. Self-management of the condition must be promoted:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, three times per week for three weeks and should decrease with time thereafter; and

(b) maximum duration, 12 weeks.

(2) Unsupervised exercise must be provided in the least intensive setting appropriate to the goals of the exercise program and may supplement or follow the period of supervised exercise:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, one to three visits for instruction and monitoring; and

(b) there is no limit on the duration and frequency of exercise at home.

Subpart 5. Therapeutic injections.

Injection modalities are indicated as set forth in items A to C. Use of injections may extend past the 12-week limit on passive treatment modalities, so long as the maximum treatment for injections is not exceeded.

A. Therapeutic injections include trigger points injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, sympathetic nerve blocks, epidurals, nerve root blocks, and peripheral nerve blocks. Therapeutic injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site.

(1) Trigger point injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within 30 minutes;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once per week if a positive response to the first injection at that site. If subsequent injections at that site demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then trigger point injections should be redirected to other areas or discontinued. No more than three injections are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, four injections to any one site.

(2) Facet joint injections or facet nerve blocks:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks if a positive response to the first injection or block. If subsequent injections or blocks demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections or blocks should be discontinued. Only three injections or blocks are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections or blocks to any one site.

(3) Nerve root blocks:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, can repeat injection two weeks after the previous injection if a positive response to the first block. Only three injections are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, two blocks to any one site.

(4) Epidural injections:

(a) time for treatment response, within one week;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, once every two weeks if a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections should be discontinued. Only one injection is reimbursable per patient visit; and

(c) maximum treatment, three injections.

B. Permanent lytic or sclerosing injections, including radio frequency denervation of the facet joints. These injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site:

(1) time for treatment response, within one week;

(2) optimum treatment frequency, may repeat once for any site; and

(3) maximum duration, two injections to any one site.

C. Prolotherapy and botulinum toxin injections are not indicated in the treatment of thoracic back problems and are not reimbursable.

Subpart 6. Surgery, including decompression procedures.

Surgery may only be performed if it meets the specific parameters of subparts 11 to 13 and part 5221.6500. The health care provider must provide prior notification of nonemergency inpatient surgery according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. In order to optimize the beneficial effect of surgery, postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities may be provided, even if these modalities had been used in the preoperative treatment of the condition. In the postoperative period the maximum treatment duration with passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting from the initiation of the first passive modality used, except bedrest or bracing, is as follows:

(1) eight weeks following decompression or implantation of a dorsal column stimulator or morphine pump; or

(2) 12 weeks following arthrodesis.

B. Repeat surgery must also meet the parameters of subparts 11 to 13 and part 5221.6500 and is not indicated unless the need for the repeat surgery is confirmed by a second opinion obtained before surgery, if a second opinion is requested by the insurer.

C. The surgical therapies in subitems (1) and (2) have very limited application and require a second opinion which confirms that the treatment is indicated and within the parameters listed, and a personality or psychosocial evaluation which indicates that the patient is likely to benefit from the treatment.

(1) Dorsal column stimulator is indicated for a patient who has neuropathic pain, and is not a candidate for any other invasive therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

(2) Morphine pump is indicated for a patient who has somatic pain, and is not a candidate for any other invasive therapy, and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period.

Subpart 7. Chronic management.

Chronic management of thoracic back pain must be provided according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 8. Durable medical equipment.

Durable medical equipment is indicated only in certain specific situations, as specified in items A to D. The health care provider must provide the insurer with prior notification as required by items B and C, according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. Braces or supports may be indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, item K.

B. For patients using electrical stimulation or mechanical traction devices at home, the device and any required supplies are indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, items E and F. Prior notification of the insurer is required for purchase of the device or for use longer than one month. The insurer may provide equipment if it is comparable to that prescribed by the health care provider.

C. Exercise equipment for home use, including bicycles, treadmills, and stairclimbers, are indicated only within the context of a program or plan of an approved chronic management program. This equipment is not indicated during initial nonoperative care or during reevaluation and surgical therapy. Prior notification of the insurer is required for the purchase of home exercise equipment. The insurer may decide which brand of a prescribed type of exercise equipment is provided to the patient. If the employer has an appropriate exercise facility on its premises with the prescribed equipment, the insurer may mandate the use of that facility instead of authorizing purchase of equipment for home use.

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires reconditioning which can be accomplished only with the use of the prescribed exercise equipment. The health care provider must document specific reasons why the exercise equipment is necessary and cannot be replaced with other activities.

(2) Requirements: the use of the equipment must have specific goals and there must be a specific set of prescribed activities.

D. The following durable medical equipment is not indicated for home use for any of the thoracic back pain conditions described in subpart 1, item A:

(1) whirlpools, Jacuzzis, hot tubs, special bath or shower attachments; or

(2) beds, waterbeds, mattresses, chairs, recliners, or loungers.

Subpart 9. Evaluation of treatment by health care provider.

The health care provider must evaluate at each visit whether the treatment is medically necessary, and must evaluate whether initial nonsurgical management is effective according to items A to C. No later than the time for treatment response established for the specific modality as specified in subparts 3, 4, and 5, the health care provider must evaluate whether the passive, active, injection, or medication treatment modality is resulting in progressive improvement as specified in items A to C:

A. the employee's subjective complaints of pain or disability are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

B. the objective clinical findings are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of injury; and

C. the employee's functional status, especially vocational activity, is progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive limitations on activity.

If there is not progressive improvement in at least two items of items A to C, the modality must be discontinued or significantly modified or the provider must reconsider the diagnosis. The evaluation of the effectiveness of the treatment modality can be delegated to an allied health professional working under the direction of the treating health care provider but remains the ultimate responsibility of the treating health care provider.

Subpart 10. Scheduled and nonscheduled medication.

The health care provider must document the rationale for the use of any medication. Treatment with medication may be appropriate during any phase of treatment and must comply with all of the applicable parameters in part 5221.6105. The prescribing health care provider must determine that ongoing medication is effective treatment for the patient's condition and the most cost-effective regimen is used.

Subpart 11. Specific treatment parameters for regional thoracic back pain.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment must be the first phase of treatment for all patients with regional thoracic back pain under subpart 1, item A, subitem (1).

(1) The active, passive, injection, durable medical equipment, and medication treatment modalities and procedures in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10, may be used in sequence or simultaneously during the period of initial nonsurgical management, depending on the severity of the condition.

(2) The only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with regional thoracic back pain are trigger point injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, and epidural blocks, and their use must meet the parameters of subpart 5.

(3) After the first week of treatment, initial nonsurgical management must at all times contain active treatment modalities according to the parameters of subpart 4.

(4) Initial nonsurgical treatment must be provided in the least intensive setting consistent with quality health care practices.

(5) Except as provided in subpart 3, passive treatment modalities in a clinic setting or requiring attendance by a health care provider are not indicated beyond 12 weeks after any passive modality other than bedrest or bracing is first initiated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. The purpose of surgical evaluation is to determine whether surgery is indicated in the treatment of a patient who has failed to recover with initial nonsurgical care. If the patient is not a surgical candidate, then chronic management is indicated.

(1) Surgical evaluation may begin as soon as eight weeks after, but must begin no later than 12 weeks after, beginning initial nonsurgical management. An initial recommendation or decision against surgical therapy does not preclude surgery at a later date.

(2) Surgical evaluation may include the use of appropriate medical imaging techniques. The imaging technique must be chosen on the basis of the suspected etiology of the patient's condition but the health care provider must follow the parameters of part 5221.6100. Medical imaging studies which do not meet these parameters are not indicated.

(3) Surgical evaluation may also include diagnostic blocks and injections. These blocks and injections are only indicated if their use is consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item H.

(4) Surgical evaluation may also include personality or psychosocial evaluation, consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item G.

(5) Consultation with other health care providers may be appropriate as part of the surgical evaluation. The need for consultation and the choice of consultant will be determined by the findings on medical imaging, diagnostic analgesic blocks and injections, if performed, and the patient's ongoing subjective complaints and objective physical findings.

(6) The only surgical procedure indicated for patients with regional thoracic back pain only is thoracic arthrodesis with or without instrumentation, which must meet the parameters of subpart 6, and part 5221.6500, subpart 2, item C. For patients with failed surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with subpart 6, item C.

(a) If surgery is indicated, it should be offered to the patient as soon as possible. If the patient agrees to the proposed surgery it should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice, and consistent with any requirements of parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6500 for prior notification of the insurer or second opinions.

(b) If surgery is not indicated or if the patient does not wish to proceed with surgery, then the patient is a candidate for chronic management.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery has been rendered or the patient refuses surgery or the patient was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 12. Specific treatment parameters for radicular pain.

A. Initial nonsurgical treatment is appropriate for all patients with radicular pain under subpart 1, item A, subitem (2), and must be the first phase of treatment. It must be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item A, with the following modifications: epidural blocks and nerve root and peripheral nerve blocks are the only therapeutic injections indicated for patients with radicular pain only. If there is a component of regional thoracic back pain, therapeutic facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, and trigger point injections may also be indicated.

B. Surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated if the patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after the course of initial nonsurgical care, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities. It shall be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the following modifications: the only surgical procedures indicated for patients with radicular pain are decompression or arthrodesis. For patients with failed surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with subpart 6, item C.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refused surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with radicular pain, with or without regional thoracic back pain, must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 13. Specific treatment parameters for myelopathy.

A. Patients with myelopathy may require emergency surgical evaluation at any time during the course of their overall treatment. The decision to proceed with surgical evaluation is made by the health care provider based on the type of neurologic changes observed, the severity of the changes, the rate of progression of the changes, and the response to any nonsurgical treatments. Surgery, if indicated, may be performed at any time during the course of treatment. Surgical evaluation and surgery shall be provided within the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the following modifications:

(1) surgical evaluation and surgical therapy may begin at any time; and

(2) the only surgical procedures indicated for patients with myelopathy are decompression and arthrodesis. For patients with failed surgery, dorsal column stimulators or morphine pumps may be indicated consistent with subpart 6, item C.

B. If the health care provider decides to proceed with a course of nonsurgical care for a patient with myelopathy, it must follow the parameters of subpart 12, item A.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgical therapy has been rendered or the patient refuses surgical therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgical therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with myelopathy must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6300. UPPER EXTREMITY DISORDERS.

Subpart 1. Diagnostic procedures for treatment of upper extremity disorders (UED).

A health care provider shall determine the nature of an upper extremity disorder before initiating treatment.

A. An appropriate history and physical examination must be performed and documented. Based on the history and physical examination the health care provider must at each visit assign the patient to the appropriate clinical category according to subitems (1) to (6). The diagnosis must be documented in the medical record. Patients may have multiple disorders requiring assignment to more than one clinical category. This part does not apply to upper extremity conditions due to a visceral, vascular, infectious, immunological, metabolic, endocrine, systemic neurologic, or neoplastic disease process, fractures, lacerations, amputations, or sprains or strains with complete tissue disruption.

(1) Epicondylitis. This clinical category includes medial epicondylitis and lateral epicondylitis, ICD-9-CM codes 726.31 and 726.32.

(2) Tendonitis of the forearm, wrist, and hand. This clinical category encompasses any inflammation, pain, tenderness, or dysfunction or irritation of a tendon, tendon sheath, tendon insertion, or musculotendinous junction in the upper extremity at or distal to the elbow due to mechanical injury or irritation, including, but not limited to, the diagnoses of tendonitis, tenosynovitis, tendovaginitis, peritendinitis, extensor tendinitis, de Quervain's syndrome, intersection syndrome, flexor tendinitis, and trigger digit, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 726.4, 726.8, 726.9, 726.90, 727, 727.0, 727.00, 727.03, 727.04, 727.05, 727.09, 727.2, 727.3, 727.4 to 727.49, 727.8 to 727.82, 727.89, and 727.9.

(3) Nerve entrapment syndromes. This clinical category encompasses any compression or entrapment of the radial, ulnar, or median nerves, or any of their branches, including, but not limited to, carpal tunnel syndrome, pronator syndrome, anterior interosseous syndrome, cubital tunnel syndrome, Guyon's canal syndrome, radial tunnel syndrome, posterior interosseous syndrome, and Wartenburg's syndrome, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 354, 354.0, 354.1, 354.2, 354.3, 354.8, and 354.9.

(4) Muscle pain syndromes. This clinical category encompasses any painful condition of any of the muscles of the upper extremity, including the muscles responsible for movement of the shoulder and scapula, characterized by pain and stiffness, including, but not limited to, the diagnoses of chronic nontraumatic muscle strain, repetitive strain injury, cervicobrachial syndrome, tension neck syndrome, overuse syndrome, myofascial pain syndrome, myofasciitis, nonspecific myalgia, fibrositis, fibromyalgia, and fibromyositis, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 723.3, 729.0, 729.1, 729.5, 840, 840.3, 840.5, 840.6, 840.8, 840.9, 841, 841.8, 841.9, and 842.

(5) Shoulder impingement syndromes, including tendonitis, bursitis, and related conditions. This clinical category encompasses any inflammation, pain, tenderness, dysfunction, or irritation of a tendon, tendon insertion, tendon sheath, musculotendinous junction, or bursa in the shoulder due to mechanical injury or irritation, including, but not limited to, the diagnoses of impingement syndrome, supraspinatus tendonitis, infraspinatus tendonitis, calcific tendonitis, bicipital tendonitis, subacromial bursitis, subcoracoid bursitis, subdeltoid bursitis, and rotator cuff tendinitis, including, but not limited to, ICD-9-CM codes 726.1 to 726.2, 726.9, 726.90, 727 to 727.01, 727.2, 727.3, 840, 840.4, and 840.6 to 840.9.

(6) Traumatic sprains or strains of the upper extremity. This clinical category encompasses an instantaneous or acute injury, as a result of a single precipitating event to the ligaments or the muscles of the upper extremity including, without limitation, ICD-9-CM codes 840 to 842.19. Injuries to muscles as a result of repetitive use, or occurring gradually over time without a single precipitating trauma, are considered muscle pain syndromes under subitem (4). Injuries with complete tissue disruption are not subject to this parameter.

B. Certain laboratory tests may be indicated in the evaluation of a patient with upper extremity disorder to rule out infection, metabolic-endocrinologic disorders, tumorous conditions, systemic musculoskeletal disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, or side effects of medications. Laboratory tests may be ordered at any time the health care provider suspects any of these conditions, but the health care provider must justify the need for the tests ordered with clear documentation of the indications.

C. Medical imaging evaluation of upper extremity disorders must be based on the findings of the history and physical examination and cannot be ordered before the health care provider's clinical evaluation of the patient. Medical imaging may not be performed as a routine procedure and must comply with the standards in part 5221.6100, subpart 1. The health care provider must document the appropriate indications for any medical imaging studies obtained.

D. EMG and nerve conduction studies are only appropriate for nerve entrapment disorders and recurrent nerve entrapment after surgery.

E. The following diagnostic procedures or tests are not indicated for the diagnosis of any of the clinical categories in item A:

(1) surface electromyography;

(2) thermography; or

(3) somatosensory evoked potentials (SSEP) and motor evoked potentials (MEP).

F. The following diagnostic procedures or tests are considered adjuncts to the physical examination and are not reimbursed separately from the office visit:

(1) vibrometry;

(2) neurometry;

(3) Semmes-Weinstein monofilament testing; or

(4) algometry.

G. Computerized range of motion or strength measuring tests are not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management, but may be indicated during the period of chronic management when used in conjunction with a computerized exercise program, work hardening program, or work conditioning program. During the period of initial nonsurgical management, computerized range of motion or strength testing can be performed but must be done in conjunction with and are not reimbursed separately from an office visit with a physician, chiropractic evaluation or treatment, or physical or occupational therapy evaluation or treatment.

H. Personality or psychosocial evaluations may be a useful tool for evaluating patients who continue to have problems despite appropriate initial nonsurgical care. The treating health care provider may perform this evaluation or may refer the patient for consultation with another health care provider in order to obtain a psychological evaluation. These evaluations may be used to assess the patient for a number of psychological conditions which may interfere with recovery from the injury. Since more than one of these psychological conditions may be present in a given case, the health care provider performing the evaluation must consider all of the following:

(1) Is symptom magnification occurring?

(2) Does the patient exhibit an emotional reaction to the injury, such as depression, fear, or anger, which is interfering with recovery?

(3) Are there other personality factors or disorders which are interfering with recovery?

(4) Is the patient chemically dependent?

(5) Are there any interpersonal conflicts interfering with recovery?

(6) Does the patient have a chronic pain syndrome or psychogenic pain?

(7) In cases in which surgery is a possible treatment, are psychological factors likely to interfere with the potential benefit of the surgery?

I. Diagnostic analgesic blocks or injection studies.

(1) These procedures are used to localize the source of pain and to diagnose conditions which fail to respond to appropriate initial nonsurgical management.

(2) Selection of patients, choice of procedure, and localization of the site of injection should be determined by documented clinical findings indicating possible pathologic conditions and the source of pain symptoms.

(3) These blocks and injections can also be used as therapeutic modalities and as such are subject to the parameters of subpart 5.

J. A comprehensive functional capacity assessment or evaluation (FCE) is an individualized examination and evaluation that objectively measures the patient's current level of function and the ability to perform functional or work-related tasks, and it predicts the potential to sustain these tasks over a defined time frame. The components of a comprehensive FCE include, but are not limited to, neuromusculoskeletal screening, tests of manual material handling, assessment of functional mobility, and measurement of postural tolerance.

(1) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(2) After the period of initial nonsurgical management, comprehensive FCE is indicated in either of the following circumstances:

(a) permanent activity restrictions and capabilities must be identified; or

(b) there is a question about the patient's ability to do a specific job.

(3) A comprehensive FCE is not indicated to establish baseline performance before treatment or to evaluate change in performance during a course of treatment.

(4) Only one completed comprehensive FCE is indicated per injury.

(5) Functional tests or physical performance tests done as part of a work conditioning program or work hardening program as provided in part 5221.6600, subpart 2, item D, or in conjunction with active treatment modalities as provided in subpart 4, are not a comprehensive FCE and are not limited by this item.

K. Consultations with other health care providers can be initiated at any time by the treating health care provider consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 2. General treatment parameters for upper extremity disorders.

A. All medical care for upper extremity disorders, appropriately assigned to a category of subpart 1, item A, is determined by the diagnosis and clinical category in subpart 1, item A, to which the patient has been assigned. General parameters for treatment modalities are set forth in subparts 3 to 10. Specific treatment parameters for each clinical category are set forth in subparts 11 to 16 as follows:

(1) subpart 11 governs epicondylitis;

(2) subpart 12 governs tendonitis of the forearm, wrist, and hand;

(3) subpart 13 governs upper extremity nerve entrapment syndromes;

(4) subpart 14 governs upper extremity muscle pain syndromes;

(5) subpart 15 governs shoulder impingement syndromes; and

(6) subpart 16 governs traumatic sprains and strains of the upper extremity.

The health care provider must at each visit reassess the appropriateness of the clinical category assigned and reassign the patient if warranted by new clinical information including symptoms, signs, results of diagnostic testing and opinions, and information obtained from consultations with other health care providers. When the clinical category is changed the treatment plan must be appropriately modified to reflect the new clinical category and these changes must be recorded in the medical record. However, a change of clinical category does not in itself allow the health care provider to continue a therapy or treatment modality past the maximum duration specified in subparts 3 to 10, or to repeat a therapy or treatment previously provided for the same injury, unless the treatment or therapy is subsequently delivered to a different part of the body.

When treating more than one clinical category or body part for which the same treatment modality is appropriate, then the treatment modality should be applied simultaneously, if possible, to all indicated areas.

B. In general, a course of treatment must be divided into three phases:

(1) First, all patients with an upper extremity disorder must be given initial nonsurgical management, unless otherwise specified. Initial nonsurgical management may include any combination of the passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, and medication treatment modalities listed in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10, appropriate to the clinical category. The period of initial nonsurgical treatment begins with the first passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, or medication modality initiated. Initial nonsurgical treatment must result in progressive improvement as specified in subpart 9.

(2) Second, for patients with persistent symptoms, initial nonsurgical management is followed by a period of surgical evaluation. This evaluation should be completed in a timely manner. Surgery, if indicated, should be performed as expeditiously as possible consistent with sound medical practice and subparts 6 and 11 to 16, and part 5221.6500. The treating health care provider may do the evaluation, if it is within the provider's scope of practice, or may refer the employee to a consultant.

(a) Any patient who has had surgery may require postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities. This therapy can be in addition to any received during the period of initial nonsurgical management.

(b) Surgery must follow the parameters in subparts 6 and 11 to 16, and part 5221.6500.

(c) A decision against surgery at this time does not preclude a decision for surgery made at a later date.

(3) Third, for those patients who are not candidates for surgery or refuse surgery, or who do not have complete resolution of their symptoms with surgery, a period of chronic management may be indicated. Chronic management modalities are described in part 5221.6600, and may include durable medical equipment is described in subpart 8.

C. A treating health care provider may refer the employee for a consultation at any time during the course of treatment consistent with accepted medical practice.

Subpart 3. Passive treatment modalities.

A. Except as set forth in item B or part 5221.6050, subpart 8, the use of passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting as set forth in items C to H is not indicated beyond 12 calendar weeks after any of the passive modalities in item C to H are initiated. There are no limitations on the use of passive treatment modalities by the employee at home.

B. (1) An additional 12 visits for the use of passive treatment modalities over an additional 12 months may be provided if all of the following apply:

(a) the employee is released to work or is permanently totally disabled and the additional passive treatment must result in progressive improvement in, or maintenance of, functional status achieved during the initial 12 weeks of passive care;

(b) the treatment must not be given on a regularly scheduled basis;

(c) the health care provider must document in the medical record a plan to encourage the employee's independence and decreased reliance on health care providers;

(d) management of the employee's condition must include active treatment modalities during this period;

(e) the additional 12 visits for passive treatment must not delay the required surgical or chronic pain evaluation required by this chapter; and

(f) passive care is inappropriate while the employee has chronic pain syndrome.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in part 5221.6050, subpart 8, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining employability; if the employee is permanently totally disabled, or if upon retirement the employee is eligible for ongoing medical benefits for the work injury, treatment may continue beyond the additional 12 visits only after prior approval by the insurer, commissioner, or compensation judge based on documentation in the medical record of the effectiveness of further passive treatment in maintaining functional status.

C. Adjustment or manipulation of joints includes chiropractic and osteopathic adjustments or manipulations:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

D. Thermal treatment includes all superficial and deep heating and cooling modalities. Superficial thermal modalities include hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, cold soaks, infrared, whirlpool, and fluidotherapy. Deep thermal modalities include diathermy, ultrasound, and microwave.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of thermal modalities may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment. Home use may only involve hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, and cold soaks which can be applied by the patient without health care provider assistance. Home use of thermal modalities does not require any special training or monitoring, other than that usually provided by the health care provider during an office visit.

E. Electrical muscle stimulation includes muscle stimulation, low-volt therapy, sine wave therapy, stimulation of peripheral nerve, galvanic stimulation, TENS, interferential, and microcurrent techniques.

(1) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

(a) time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(2) Home use of an electrical stimulation device may be prescribed at any time during a course of treatment. Initial use of an electrical stimulation device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper electrode placement and patient education:

(a) time for patient education and training, one to three sessions; and

(b) patient may use the electrical stimulation device unsupervised for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the provider before continuing home use of the device.

F. Acupuncture treatments:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

G. Phoresis includes phonopheresis and iontophoresis:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration is nine sessions of either iontophoresis or phonophoresis, or combination, to any one site, with a maximum duration of 12 weeks for all treatment.

H. Manual therapy includes manual traction, myofascial release, joint mobilization and manipulation, manual lymphatic drainage, soft-tissue mobilization and manipulation, trigger point therapy, acupressure, muscle stimulation - manual (nonelectrical), and any form of massage:

(1) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(3) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

I. Splints, braces, and other movement-restricting appliances. Bracing required for longer than two weeks must be accompanied by active motion exercises to avoid stiffness and prolonged disability:

(1) time for treatment response, ten days;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, limited to intermittent use during times of increased physical stress or prophylactic use at work; and

(3) maximum continuous duration, eight weeks. Prophylactic use is allowed indefinitely.

J. Rest. Prolonged restriction of activity and immobilization are detrimental to a patient's recovery. Total restriction of use of an affected body part should not be prescribed for more than two weeks, unless rigid immobilization is required. In cases of rigid immobilization, active motion exercises at adjacent joints should begin no later than two weeks after application of the immobilization.

Subpart 4. Active treatment modalities.

Active treatment modalities must be used as set forth in items A to D. Use of active treatment modalities may extend past the 12-week limitation on passive treatment modalities so long as the maximum treatment for the active treatment modality is not exceeded.

A. Education must teach the patient about pertinent anatomy and physiology as it relates to upper extremity function for the purpose of injury prevention. Education includes training on posture, biomechanics, and relaxation. The maximum number of treatments is three visits, which include an initial education and training session, and two follow-up visits.

B. Posture and work method training must instruct the patient in the proper performance of job activities. Topics include proper positioning of the trunk, neck, and arms, use of optimum biomechanics in performing job tasks, and appropriate pacing of activities. Methods include didactic sessions, demonstrations, exercises, and simulated work tasks. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

C. Worksite analysis and modification must examine the patient's work station, tools, and job duties. Recommendations are made for the alteration of the work station, selection of alternate tools, modification of job duties, and provision of adaptive equipment. The maximum number of treatments is three visits.

D. Exercise, which is important to the success of a nonsurgical treatment program and a return to normal activity, must include active patient participation in activities designed to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or muscle relaxation. Exercise must, at least in part, be specifically aimed at the musculature of the upper extremity. While aerobic exercise may be performed as adjunctive treatment this must not be the primary focus of the exercise program.

Exercises must be evaluated to determine if the desired goals are being attained. Strength, flexibility, or endurance must be objectively measured. While the provider may objectively measure the treatment response as often as necessary for optimal care, after the initial evaluation the health care provider may not bill for the testing sooner than two weeks after the initial evaluation and monthly thereafter.

Subitems (1) and (2) govern supervised and unsupervised exercise, except for computerized exercise programs and health clubs, which are governed by part 5221.6600.

(1) Supervised exercise. One goal of an exercise program must be to teach the patient how to maintain and maximize any gains experienced from exercise. Self-management of the condition must be promoted:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for three weeks. Should decrease with time thereafter; and

(b) maximum duration, 12 weeks.

(2) Unsupervised exercise must be provided in the least intensive setting and may supplement or follow the period of supervised exercise.

Subpart 5. Therapeutic injections.

Therapeutic injections include injections of trigger points, sympathetic nerves, peripheral nerves, and soft tissues. Therapeutic injections can only be given in conjunction with active treatment modalities directed to the same anatomical site. Use of injections may extend past the 12-week limitation on passive modalities, so long as the maximum treatment for injections in items A to C is not exceeded.

A. Trigger point injections:

(1) time for treatment response, within 30 minutes;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, once per week to any one site if a positive response to the first injection at that site. If subsequent injections at that site demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then trigger point injections should be redirected to other areas or discontinued. No more than three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(3) maximum treatment, four injections to any one site over the course of treatment.

B. Soft tissue injections include injections of a bursa, tendon, tendon sheath, ganglion, tendon insertion, ligament, or ligament insertion:

(1) time for treatment response, within one week;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, once per month to any one site if a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections should be discontinued. Only three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(3) maximum treatment, three injections to any one site over the course of treatment.

C. Injections for median nerve entrapment at the carpal tunnel:

(1) time for treatment response, within one week;

(2) maximum treatment frequency, can repeat injection in one month if a positive response to the first injection. Only three injections to different sites are reimbursable per patient visit; and

(3) maximum treatment, two injections to any one site over the course of treatment.

Subpart 6. Surgery.

Surgery may only be performed if it meets applicable parameters in subparts 11 to 16 and part 5221.6500.

A. In order to optimize the beneficial effect of surgery, postoperative therapy with active and passive treatment modalities may be provided, even if these modalities had been used in the preoperative treatment of the condition. In the postoperative period the maximum treatment duration with passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting from initiation of the first passive modality used, except bedrest or bracing, is as follows:

(1) for rotator cuff repair, acromioclavicular ligament repair, or any surgery for a clinical category in this part which requires joint reconstruction, 16 weeks; or

(2) for all other surgery for clinical categories in this part, eight weeks.

The health care provider must provide the insurer with prior notification of nonemergency inpatient surgery according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

B. Repeat surgery must also meet the parameters of subparts 11 to 16 and part 5221.6500 and is not indicated unless the need for the repeat surgery is confirmed by a second opinion obtained before surgery, if requested by the insurer.

Subpart 7. Chronic management.

Chronic management of upper extremity disorders must be provided according to the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 8. Durable medical equipment.

Durable medical equipment is indicated only in the situations specified in items A to D. The health care provider must provide the insurer with prior notification as required in items B and C and part 5221.6050, subpart 9.

A. Splints, braces, straps, or supports may be indicated as specified in subpart 3, item I.

B. For patients using an electrical stimulation device at home, the device and any required supplies are indicated within the parameters of subpart 3, item E. Prior notification of the insurer is required for purchase of the device or for use longer than one month. The insurer may provide the equipment if it is comparable to that prescribed by the health care provider.

C. Exercise equipment for home use, including bicycles, treadmills, and stairclimbers, are indicated only within the context of a program or plan of an approved chronic management program. This equipment is not indicated during initial nonsurgical care or during reevaluation and surgical therapy. Prior notification of the insurer is required for the purchase of home exercise equipment. The insurer may decide which brand of a prescribed type of equipment is provided to the patient. If the employer has an appropriate exercise facility on its premises with the prescribed equipment the insurer may mandate use of that facility instead of authorizing purchase of the equipment for home use.

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires reconditioning which can be accomplished only with the use of the prescribed exercise equipment. The health care provider must document specific reasons why the exercise equipment is necessary and cannot be replaced with other activities.

(2) Requirements: the use of the equipment must have specific goals and there must be a specific set of prescribed activities.

D. The following durable medical equipment is not indicated for home use for the upper extremity disorders described in subpart 1, item A:

(1) whirlpools, Jacuzzis, hot tubs, and special bath or shower attachments; or

(2) beds, waterbeds, mattresses, chairs, recliners, and loungers.

Subpart 9. Evaluation of treatment by health care provider.

The health care provider must evaluate at each visit whether the treatment is medically necessary and whether initial nonsurgical treatment is effective according to items A to C.

No later than the time for treatment response established for the specific modality as specified in subparts 3, 4, and 5, the health care provider must evaluate whether the passive, active, injection, or medication treatment modality is resulting in progressive improvement as specified in items A to C:

A. the employee's subjective complaints of pain or disability are progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of decreased distribution, frequency, or intensity of symptoms;

B. the objective clinical findings are progressively improving as evidenced by documentation in the medical record of resolution or objectively measured improvement in physical signs of injury; and

C. the employee's functional status, especially vocational activity, is progressively improving, as evidenced by documentation in the medical record, or successive reports of work ability, of less restrictive limitations on activity.

If there is not progressive improvement in at least two items in items A to C, the modality must be discontinued or significantly modified or the provider must reconsider the diagnosis. The evaluation of the effectiveness of the treatment modality can be delegated to an allied health professional directly providing the treatment, but remains the ultimate responsibility of the treating health care provider.

Subpart 10. Scheduled and nonscheduled medication.

The health care provider must document the rationale for the use of any medication. Treatment with medication may be appropriate during any phase of treatment and must comply with all of the applicable parameters in part 5221.6105. The prescribing health care provider must determine that ongoing medication is effective treatment for the patient's condition and the most cost-effective regimen is used.

Subpart 11. Specific treatment parameters for epicondylitis.

A. Initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with epicondylitis and must be the first phase of treatment.

(1) The passive, active, injection, durable medical equipment, and medication treatment modalities and procedures specified in subparts 3, 4, 5, 8, and 10, may be used in sequence or simultaneously during the period of initial nonsurgical management depending on the severity of the condition. After the first week of treatment, initial nonsurgical care must at all times include active treatment modalities according to subpart 4.

(2) Initial nonsurgical management must be provided in the least intensive setting consistent with quality health care practices.

(3) Except as provided in subpart 3, use of passive treatment modalities in a clinic setting or requiring attendance by a health care provider for a period in excess of 12 weeks is not indicated.

(4) Use of home-based treatment modalities with monitoring by the treating health care provider may continue for up to 12 months. At any time during this period the patient may be a candidate for chronic management if surgery is ruled out as an appropriate treatment.

B. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated. The purpose and goal of surgical evaluation is to determine whether surgery is indicated for the patient who has failed to recover with appropriate nonsurgical care or chronic management.

(1) Surgical evaluation, if indicated, must begin no later than 12 months after beginning initial nonsurgical management.

(2) Surgical evaluation may include the use of appropriate laboratory and electrodiagnostic testing within the parameters of subpart 1, if not already obtained during the initial evaluation. Repeat testing is not indicated unless there has been an objective change in the patient's condition which in itself would warrant further testing. Failure to improve with therapy does not, by itself, warrant further testing.

(3) Plain films may be appropriate if there is a history of trauma, infection, or inflammatory disorder and are subject to the general parameters in part 5221.6100, subpart 1. Other medical imaging studies are not indicated.

(4) Surgical evaluation may also include personality or psychological evaluation consistent with the parameters of subpart 1, item H.

(5) Consultation with other health care providers is an important part of surgical evaluation of a patient who fails to recover with appropriate initial nonsurgical management. The need for consultation and the choice of consultant will be determined by the diagnostic findings and the patient's condition. Consultation is governed by part 5221.6050, subpart 6.

(6) If surgery is indicated, it may not be performed until 12 months after initial nonsurgical management was begun except in a patient who has had resolution of symptoms with appropriate treatment followed by a recurrence with intractable pain. In this instance, a second surgical opinion must confirm the need for surgery sooner than 12 months after initial nonsurgical management was begun.

(7) If surgery is not indicated, or if the patient does not wish to proceed with surgery, then the patient is a candidate for chronic management. An initial recommendation or decision against surgery does not preclude surgery at a later date.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery or the patient refused surgery or the patient was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management according to part 5221.6600.

Subpart 12. Specific treatment parameters for tendonitis of forearm, wrist, and hand.

A. Except as provided in item B, subitem (3), initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with tendonitis and must be the first phase of treatment. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item A.

B. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated. Surgical evaluation and surgical therapy must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the modifications in subitems (1) to (3).

(1) For patients with a specific diagnosis of de Quervain's syndrome, surgical evaluation and surgical therapy, if indicated, may begin after only two months of initial nonsurgical management.

(2) For patients with a specific diagnosis of trigger finger or trigger thumb, surgical evaluation and potential surgical therapy may begin after only one month of initial nonsurgical management.

(3) For patients with a locked finger or thumb, surgery may be indicated immediately without any preceding nonsurgical management.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery, or the patient refused surgery or the patient was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with tendonitis must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 13. Specific treatment parameters for nerve entrapment syndromes.

A. Initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with nerve entrapment syndromes, except as specified in subitem (2), and must be the first phase of treatment. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item A, with the following modifications: nonsurgical management may be inappropriate for patients with advanced symptoms and signs of nerve compression, such as abnormal two-point discrimination, motor weakness, or muscle atrophy, or for patients with symptoms of nerve entrapment due to acute trauma. In these cases, immediate surgical evaluation may be indicated.

B. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after 12 weeks of initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated. Surgical evaluation and surgical therapy must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the modifications in subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Surgical evaluation may begin, and surgical therapy may be provided, if indicated, after 12 weeks of initial nonsurgical management, except where immediate surgical evaluation is indicated under item A.

(2) Surgery is indicated if an EMG confirms the diagnosis, or if there has been temporary resolution of symptoms lasting at least seven days with local injection.

(3) If there is neither a confirming EMG or appropriate response to local injection, or if surgery has been previously performed at the same site, surgery is not indicated unless a second opinion confirms the need for surgery.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after all surgery, or the patient refused surgery therapy or the patient was not a candidate for surgery therapy, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with nerve entrapment syndromes must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 14. Specific treatment parameters for muscle pain syndromes.

A. Initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with muscle pain syndromes and must be the first phase of treatment. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item A.

B. Surgery is not indicated for the treatment of muscle pain syndrome.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with muscle pain syndrome must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 15. Specific treatment parameters for shoulder impingement syndromes.

A. Initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with shoulder impingement syndromes without clinical evidence of rotator cuff tear and must be the first phase of treatment. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item A, except as follows:

(1) continued nonsurgical management may be inappropriate, and early surgical evaluation may be indicated, for patients with:

(a) clinical findings of rotator cuff tear; or

(b) acute rupture of the proximal biceps tendon;

(2) use of home-based treatment modalities with monitoring by the health care provider may continue for up to six months. At any time during this period the patient may be a candidate for chronic management if surgery is ruled out as an appropriate treatment.

B. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after six months of initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then surgical evaluation or chronic management is indicated. Surgical evaluation and surgical therapy must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11, item B, with the modifications in subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Surgical evaluation must begin no later than six months after beginning initial nonsurgical management.

(2) Diagnostic injection, arthrography, CT-arthrography, or MRI scanning may be indicated as part of the surgical evaluation.

(3) The only surgical procedures indicated for patients with shoulder impingement syndrome and related conditions are rotator cuff repair, acromioplasty, excision of distal clavicle, excision of bursa, removal of adhesion, or repair of proximal biceps tendon, all of which must meet the parameters of part 5221.6500, subpart 3.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery, or the patient refused surgery or was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management for patients with shoulder impingement syndrome must meet the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Subpart 16. Specific treatment parameters for traumatic sprains and strains of the upper extremity.

A. Initial nonsurgical management must be the first phase of treatment for all patients with traumatic sprains and strains of the upper extremity without evidence of complete tissue disruption. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management must meet all of the parameters of subpart 11.

B. Surgery is not indicated for the treatment of traumatic sprains and strains, unless there is clinical evidence of complete tissue disruption. Patients with complete tissue disruption may need immediate surgery.

C. If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after 12 weeks of initial nonsurgical management, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life, including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management must meet all of the parameters of part 5221.6600.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6305. COMPLEX REGIONAL PAIN SYNDROME (CRPS); REFLEX SYMPATHETIC DYSTROPHY; AND CAUSALGIA OF THE UPPER AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.

Subpart 1. Scope.

A. This clinical category encompasses:

(1) any condition diagnosed as complex regional pain syndrome, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, or causalgia, or any other condition included in ICD-9-CM codes 337.20, 337.21, 337.22, 337.29, 337.9, 354.4, 355.71, 355.9, or 733.7; or

(2) any condition of the upper or lower extremity characterized by concurrent presence in the involved extremity of five of the following conditions: edema; local skin color change of red or purple; osteoporosis in underlying bony structures demonstrated by radiograph; local dyshidrosis; local abnormality of skin temperature regulation; reduced passive range of motion in contiguous joints; local alteration of skin texture of smooth or shiny; or typical findings of reflex sympathetic dystrophy on bone scan; or

(3) any condition of the upper or lower extremity that develops after trauma or nerve injury and is characterized by continuing pain, allodynia, or hyperalgesia that is nonanatomic in distribution and disproportionate to the original injury and to stimulation, and the patient has or has had edema, vasomotor abnormality, or sudomotor abnormality on examination, and there is no other explanation for the degree of pain and dysfunction.

B. Reflex sympathetic dystrophy occurs as a complication of another preceding injury. The treatment parameters of this part refer to the treatment of the body part affected by the reflex sympathetic dystrophy. The treatment for any condition not affected by reflex sympathetic dystrophy continues to be subject to whatever treatment parameters otherwise apply. Any treatment under this part for the reflex sympathetic dystrophy may be in addition to treatment received for the original condition.

C. Thermography may be used in the diagnosis of reflex sympathetic dystrophy, but is considered an adjunct to physical examination and is not reimbursed separately from the office visit.

Subpart 2. Initial nonsurgical management.

Initial nonsurgical management is appropriate for all patients with reflex sympathetic dystrophy and must be the first phase of treatment. Any course or program of initial nonsurgical management is limited to the modalities specified in items A to D.

A. Therapeutic injection modalities. The only injections allowed for reflex sympathetic dystrophy are sympathetic block, intravenous infusion of steroids or sympatholytics, or epidural block.

(1) Unless medically contraindicated, sympathetic blocks or the intravenous infusion of steroids or sympatholytics must be used if reflex sympathetic dystrophy has continued for four weeks and the employee remains disabled as a result of the reflex sympathetic dystrophy.

(a) Time for treatment response: within 30 minutes.

(b) Maximum treatment frequency: can repeat an injection to a limb if there was a positive response to the first injection. If subsequent injections demonstrate diminishing control of symptoms or fail to facilitate objective functional gains, then injections must be discontinued. No more than three injections to different limbs are reimbursable per patient visit.

(c) Maximum treatment duration: may be continued as long as injections control symptoms and facilitate objective functional gains, if the period of improvement is progressively longer with each injection.

(2) Epidural block may only be performed in patients who had an incomplete improvement with sympathetic block or intravenous infusion of steroids or sympatholytics.

B. Only the passive treatment modalities set forth in subitems (1) to (4) are indicated. These passive treatment modalities in a clinical setting or requiring attendance by a health care provider are not indicated beyond 12 weeks from the first modality initiated for treatment of the reflex sympathetic dystrophy.

(1) Thermal treatment includes all superficial and deep heating and cooling modalities. Superficial thermal modalities include hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, cold soaks, infrared, whirlpool, and fluidotherapy. Deep thermal modalities include diathermy, ultrasound, and microwave.

(a) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

i. time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

ii. maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

iii. maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting but only if given in conjunction with other therapies specified in this subpart.

(b) Home use of thermal modalities may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment. Home use may only involve hot packs, hot soaks, hot water bottles, hydrocollators, heating pads, ice packs, and cold soaks which can be applied by the patient without professional assistance. Home use of thermal modalities does not require any special training or monitoring, other than that usually provided by the health care provider during an office visit.

(2) Desensitizing procedures, such as stroking or friction massage, stress loading, and contrast baths:

(a) time for treatment response, three to five treatments;

(b) maximum treatment frequency in a clinical setting, up to five times per week for the first one to two weeks decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration in a clinical setting, 12 weeks. Home use of desensitizing procedures may be prescribed at any time during the course of treatment.

(3) Electrical stimulation includes galvanic stimulation, TENS, interferential, and microcurrent techniques.

(a) Treatment given in a clinical setting:

i. time for treatment response, two to four treatments;

ii. maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

iii. maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks of treatment in a clinical setting, but only if given in conjunction with other therapies.

(b) Home use of an electrical stimulation device may be prescribed at any time during a course of treatment. Initial use of an electrical stimulation device must be in a supervised setting in order to ensure proper electrode placement and patient education:

i. time for patient education and training, one to three sessions; and

ii. patient may use the electrical stimulation device unsupervised for one month, at which time effectiveness of the treatment must be reevaluated by the provider before continuing home use of the device.

(4) Acupuncture treatments. Endorphin-mediated analgesic therapy includes classic acupuncture and acupressure:

(a) time for treatment response, three to five sessions;

(b) maximum treatment frequency, up to three times per week for the first one to three weeks, decreasing in frequency thereafter; and

(c) maximum treatment duration, 12 weeks.

C. Active treatment includes supervised and unsupervised exercise. After the first week of treatment, initial nonsurgical management must include exercise. Exercise is essential for a return to normal activity and must include active patient participation in activities designed to increase flexibility, strength, endurance, or muscle relaxation. Exercise must be specifically aimed at the involved musculature. Exercises must be evaluated to determine if the desired goals are being attained. Strength, flexibility, or endurance must be objectively measured. While the provider may objectively measure the treatment response as often as necessary for optimal care, after the initial evaluation the health care provider may not bill for the tests sooner than two weeks after the initial evaluation, and monthly thereafter.

(1) Supervised exercise. One goal of a supervised exercise program must be to teach the patient how to maintain and maximize any gains experienced from exercise. Self-management of the condition must be promoted:

(a) maximum treatment frequency, up to five times per week for three weeks. Should decrease in frequency thereafter; and

(b) maximum duration, 12 weeks.

(2) Unsupervised exercise must be provided in the least intensive setting and may supplement or follow the period of supervised exercise. Maximum duration is unlimited.

D. The health care provider must document the rationale for the use of any medication. Treatment with medication may be appropriate during any phase of treatment and must comply with all of the applicable parameters in part 5221.6105. The prescribing health care provider must determine that ongoing medication is effective treatment for the patient's condition and that the most cost-effective regimen is used.

Subpart 3. Surgery.

A. Surgical sympathectomy may only be performed in patients who had a sustained but incomplete improvement with sympathetic blocks by injection.

B. Dorsal column stimulator or morphine pump may be indicated for a patient with neuropathic pain unresponsive to all other treatment modalities who is not a candidate for any other therapy and has had a favorable response to a trial screening period. Use of these devices is indicated only if a second opinion confirms that this treatment is indicated, and a personality or psychosocial evaluation indicates that the patient is likely to benefit from this treatment.

Subpart 4. Chronic management.

If the patient continues with symptoms and objective physical findings after surgery, or the patient refuses surgery, or the patient was not a candidate for surgery, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. Any course or program of chronic management must satisfy all of the treatment parameters of part 5221.6600.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412; 35 SR 138

Posted: August 16, 2010

PART 5221.6400. INPATIENT HOSPITALIZATION PARAMETERS.

Subpart 1. General principles.

A. The health care provider must provide prior notification of inpatient hospital admission for nonemergency care according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9. Hospitalization is characterized as inpatient if the patient spends at least one night in the hospital.

B. Treatment for emergency conditions, including incapacitating pain, should not be delayed to provide the insurer with prior notification. The admitting health care provider should notify the insurer within two business days following an emergency admission, or within two business days after the health care provider learns that it is a workers' compensation injury. The medical necessity for the emergency hospitalization is subject to retrospective review, based on the information available at the time of the emergency hospitalization.

C. Unless the patient's condition requires special care, only ward or semiprivate accommodations are indicated. The admitting health care provider must document the special care needs.

D. Admissions before the day of surgery are indicated only if they are medically necessary to stabilize the patient before surgery. Admission before the day of surgery to perform any or all of a preoperative work-up which could have been completed as an outpatient is not indicated.

E. Inpatient hospitalization solely for physical therapy, bedrest, or administration of injectable drugs is indicated only if the treatment is otherwise indicated and the patient's condition makes the patient unable to perform the activities of daily life and participate in the patient's own treatment and self-care.

F. Discharge from the hospital must be at the earliest possible date consistent with proper health care.

G. If transfer to a convalescent center or nursing home is indicated, prior notification is required as provided for inpatient hospitalization.

Subpart 2. Specific requirements for hospital admission of patients with low back pain.

Hospitalization for low back pain is indicated in the circumstances in items A to D.

A. When the patient experiences incapacitating pain as evidenced by inability to mobilize for activities of daily living, for example unable to ambulate to the bathroom, and in addition, the intensity of service during admission meets the criteria in subitems (1) and (2).

(1) Physical therapy is necessary at least twice daily for assistance with mobility. Heat, cold, ultrasound, and massage therapy alone do not meet this criterion.

(2) Muscle relaxants or narcotic analgesics are necessary intramuscularly or intravenously for a minimum of three injections in 24 hours. Need for parenteral analgesics is determined by:

(a) an inability to take oral medications or diet (N.P.O.); or

(b) an inability to achieve relief with aggressive oral analgesics.

B. For surgery which is otherwise indicated according to part 5221.6500 and is appropriately scheduled as an inpatient procedure.

C. For evaluation and treatment of cauda equina syndrome, according to part 5221.6200, subpart 13.

D. For evaluation and treatment of foot drop or progressive neurologic deficit, according to part 5221.6200, subpart 13.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6500. PARAMETERS FOR SURGICAL PROCEDURES.

Subpart 1. General.

A. The health care provider must provide prior notification according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9, before proceeding with any elective inpatient surgery.

B. Emergency surgery may proceed without prior notification. The reasonableness and necessity for the emergency surgery is subject to retrospective review based on the information available at the time of the emergency surgery.

Subpart 2. Spinal surgery.

Initial nonsurgical, surgical, and chronic management parameters are also included in parts 5221.6200, low back pain; 5221.6205, neck pain; and 5221.6210, thoracic back pain.

A. Surgical decompression of a lumbar nerve root or roots includes, but is not limited to, the following lumbar procedures: laminectomy, laminotomy, discectomy, microdiscectomy, percutaneous discectomy, or foraminotomy. When providing prior notification for decompression of multiple nerve roots, the procedure at each nerve root is subject independently to the requirements of subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Diagnoses: surgical decompression of a lumbar nerve root may be performed for the following diagnoses:

(a) intractable and incapacitating regional low back pain with positive nerve root tension signs and an imaging study showing displacement of lumbar intervertebral disc which impinges significantly on a nerve root or the thecal sac, ICD-9-CM code 722.10;

(b) sciatica, ICD-9-CM code 724.3; or

(c) lumbosacral radiculopathy or radiculitis, ICD-9-CM code 724.4.

(2) Indications: both of the following conditions in units (a) and (b) must be satisfied to indicate that the surgery is reasonably required.

(a) Response to nonsurgical care: the employee's condition includes one of the following:

i. failure to improve with a minimum of eight weeks of initial nonsurgical care; or

ii. cauda equina syndrome, ICD-9-CM code 344.6, 344.60, or 344.61; or

iii. progressive neurological deficits.

(b) Clinical findings: the employee exhibits one of the findings of subunit i in combination with the test results of subunit ii or, in the case of diagnosis in subitem (1), unit (a), a second opinion confirms that decompression of the lumbar nerve root is the appropriate treatment for the patient's condition:

i. subjective sensory symptoms in a dermatomal distribution which may include radiating pain, burning, numbness, tingling, or paresthesia, or objective clinical findings of nerve root specific motor deficit, including, but not limited to, foot drop or quadriceps weakness, reflex changes, or positive EMG; and

ii. medical imaging test results that correlate with the level of nerve root involvement consistent with both the subjective and objective findings.

(3) Repeat surgical decompression of a lumbar nerve root is not indicated at the same nerve root unless a second opinion, if requested by the insurer, confirms that surgery is indicated.

B. Surgical decompression of a cervical nerve root. Surgical decompression of a cervical nerve root or roots includes, but is not limited to, the following cervical procedures: laminectomy, laminotomy, discectomy, foraminotomy with or without fusion. When providing prior notification for decompression of multiple nerve roots, the procedure at each nerve root is subject independently to the requirements of subitems (1) to (3).

(1) Diagnoses: surgical decompression of a cervical nerve root may be performed for the following diagnoses:

(a) displacement of cervical intervertebral disc, ICD-9-CM code 722.0, excluding fracture; or

(b) cervical radiculopathy or radiculitis, ICD-9-CM code 723.4, excluding fracture.

(2) Indications: the requirements in units (a) and (b) must be satisfied to indicate that surgery is reasonably required:

(a) response to nonsurgical care, the employee's condition includes one of the following:

i. failure to improve with a minimum of eight weeks of initial nonsurgical care;

ii. cervical compressive myelopathy; or

iii. progressive neurologic deficits;

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits one of the findings of subunit i, in combination with the test results of subunit ii:

i. subjective sensory symptoms in a dermatomal distribution which may include radiating pain, burning, numbness, tingling, or paresthesia, or objective clinical findings of nerve root specific motor deficit, reflex changes, or positive EMG; and

ii. medical imaging test results that correlate with the level of nerve root involvement consistent with both the subjective and objective findings.

(3) Second opinions: surgical decompression of a cervical nerve root is not indicated for the following conditions, unless a second opinion, if requested by the insurer, confirms that the surgery is indicated:

(a) repeat surgery at same level; or

(b) request for surgery at the C3-4 level.

C. Lumbar arthrodesis with or without instrumentation.

(1) Indications: one of the following conditions must be satisfied to indicate that the surgery is reasonably required:

(a) unstable lumbar vertebral fracture, ICD-9-CM codes 805.4, 805.5, 806.4, and 806.5; or

(b) for a second or third surgery only, documented reextrusion or redisplacement of lumbar intervertebral disc, ICD-9-CM code 722.10, after previous successful disc surgery at the same level and new lumbar radiculopathy with or without incapacitating back pain, ICD-9-CM code 724.4. Documentation under this item must include an MRI or CT scan or a myelogram; or

(c) traumatic spinal deformity including a history of compression (wedge) fracture or fractures, ICD-9-CM code 733.1, and demonstrated acquired kyphosis or scoliosis, ICD-9-CM codes 737.1, 737.10, 737.30, 737.41, and 737.43; or

(d) incapacitating low back pain, ICD-9-CM code 724.2, for longer than three months, and one of the following conditions involving lumbar segments L-3 and below is present:

i. for the first surgery only, degenerative disc disease, ICD-9-CM code 722.4, 722.5, 722.6, or 722.7, with postoperative documentation of instability created or found at the time of surgery, or positive discogram at one or two levels; or

ii. pseudoarthrosis, ICD-9-CM code 733.82;

iii. for the second or third surgery only, previously operated disc; or

iv. spondylolisthesis.

(2) Contraindications: lumbar arthrodesis is not indicated as the first primary surgical procedure for a new, acute lumbosacral disc herniation with unilateral radiating leg pain in a radicular pattern with or without neurological deficit.

(3) Retrospective review: when lumbar arthrodesis is performed to correct instability created during a decompression, laminectomy, or discectomy, approval for the arthrodesis will be based on a retrospective review of the operative report.

Subpart 3. Upper extremity surgery.

Initial nonsurgical, surgical, and chronic management parameters for upper extremity disorders are found in part 5221.6300, subparts 1 to 16.

A. Rotator cuff repair:

(1) Diagnoses: rotator cuff surgery may be performed for the following diagnoses:

(a) rotator cuff syndrome of the shoulder, ICD-9-CM code 726.1, and allied disorders: unspecified disorders of shoulder bursae and tendons, ICD-9-CM code 726.10, calcifying tendinitis of shoulder, ICD-9-CM code 726.11, bicipital tenosynovitis, ICD-9-CM code 726.12, and other specified disorders, ICD-9-CM code 726.19; or

(b) tear of rotator cuff, ICD-9-CM code 727.61.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnoses in subitem (1), both of the following conditions must be satisfied to indicate that surgery is reasonably required:

(a) response to nonsurgical care: the employee's condition has failed to improve with adequate initial nonsurgical treatment; and

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits:

i. severe shoulder pain and inability to elevate the shoulder; or

ii. weak or absent abduction and tenderness over rotator cuff, or pain relief obtained with an injection of anesthetic for diagnostic or therapeutic trial; and

iii. positive findings in arthrogram, MRI, or ultrasound, or positive findings on previous arthroscopy, if performed.

B. Acromioplasty:

(1) Diagnosis: acromioplasty may be performed for acromial impingement syndrome, ICD-9-CM codes 726.0 to 726.2.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to the diagnosis in subitem (1), both of the following conditions must be satisfied for acromioplasty:

(a) response to nonsurgical care: the employee's condition has failed to improve after adequate initial nonsurgical care; and

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits pain with active elevation from 90 to 130 degrees and pain at night, and a positive impingement test.

C. Repair of acromioclavicular or costoclavicular ligaments:

(1) Diagnosis: surgical repair of acromioclavicular or costoclavicular ligaments may be performed for acromioclavicular separation, ICD-9-CM codes 831.04 to 831.14.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to the diagnosis in subitem (1), the requirements of units (a) and (b) must be satisfied for repair of acromioclavicular or costoclavicular ligaments:

(a) response to nonsurgical care: the employee's condition includes:

i. failure to improve after at least a one-week trial period in a support brace; or

ii. separation cannot be reduced and held in a brace; or

iii. grade III separation has occurred; and

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits localized pain at the acromioclavicular joint and prominent distal clavicle and radiographic evidence of separation at the acromioclavicular joint.

D. Excision of distal clavicle:

(1) Diagnosis: excision of the distal clavicle may be performed for the following conditions:

(a) acromioclavicular separation, ICD-9-CM codes 831.01 to 831.14;

(b) osteoarthrosis of the acromioclavicular joint, ICD-9-CM codes 715.11, 715.21, and 715.31; or

(c) shoulder impingement syndrome.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnosis in subitem (1), the following conditions must be satisfied for excision of distal clavicle:

(a) response to nonsurgical care: the employee's condition fails to improve with adequate initial nonsurgical care; and

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits:

i. pain at the acromioclavicular joint, with aggravation of pain with motion of shoulder or carrying weight;

ii. confirmation that separation of AC joint is unresolved and prominent distal clavicle, or pain relief obtained with an injection of anesthetic for diagnostic/therapeutic trial; and

iii. separation at the acromioclavicular joint with weight-bearing films, or severe degenerative joint disease at the acromioclavicular joint noted on X-rays.

E. Repair of shoulder dislocation or subluxation (any procedure):

(1) Diagnosis: surgical repair of a shoulder dislocation may be performed for the following diagnoses:

(a) recurrent dislocations, ICD-9-CM code 718.31;

(b) recurrent subluxations; or

(c) persistent instability following traumatic dislocation.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnoses in subitem (1), the following clinical findings must exist for repair of a shoulder dislocation:

(a) the employee exhibits a history of multiple dislocations or subluxations that inhibit activities of daily living; and

(b) X-ray findings are consistent with multiple dislocations or subluxations.

F. Repair of proximal biceps tendon:

(1) Diagnosis: surgical repair of a proximal biceps tendon may be performed for proximal rupture of the biceps, ICD-9-CM code 727.62 or 840.8.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to the diagnosis in subitem (1), both of the following conditions must be satisfied for repair of proximal biceps tendon:

(a) the procedure may be done alone or in conjunction with another indicated repair of the rotator cuff; and

(b) clinical findings: the employee exhibits:

i. complaint of pain that does not resolve with attempt to use arm; and

ii. palpation of "bulge" in upper aspect of arm.

G. Epicondylitis. Specific requirements for surgery for epicondylitis are included in part 5221.6300, subpart 11.

H. Tendinitis. Specific requirements for surgery for tendinitis are included in part 5221.6300, subpart 12.

I. Nerve entrapment syndromes. Specific requirements for nerve entrapment syndromes are included in part 5221.6300, subpart 13.

J. Muscle pain syndromes. Surgery is not indicated for muscle pain syndromes.

K. Traumatic sprains and strains. Surgery is not indicated for the treatment of traumatic sprains and strains, unless there is clinical evidence of complete tissue disruption. Patients with complete tissue disruption may need immediate surgery.

Subpart 4. Lower extremity surgery.

A. Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction:

(1) Diagnoses: surgical repair of the anterior cruciate ligament, including arthroscopic repair, may be performed for the following diagnoses:

(a) old disruption of anterior cruciate ligament, ICD-9-CM code 717.83; or

(b) sprain of cruciate ligament of knee, ICD-9-CM code 844.2.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnoses in subitem (1) the conditions in units (a) to (c) must be satisfied for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Pain alone is not an indication:

(a) the employee gives a history of instability of the knee described as "buckling or giving way" with significant effusion at time of injury, or description of injury indicates a rotary twisting or hyperextension occurred;

(b) there are objective clinical findings of positive Lachman's sign, positive pivot shift, and/or positive anterior drawer; and

(c) there are positive diagnostic findings with arthrogram, MRI, or arthroscopy and there is no evidence of severe compartmental arthritis.

B. Patella tendon realignment or Maquet procedure:

(1) Diagnosis: patella tendon realignment may be performed for dislocation of patella, open, ICD-9-CM code 836.3, or closed, ICD-9-CM code 836.4, or chronic residuals of dislocation.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to the diagnosis in subitem (1), all of the following conditions must be satisfied for a patella tendon realignment:

(a) the employee gives a history of rest pain as well as pain with patellofemoral movement, and recurrent effusion, or recurrent dislocation; and

(b) there are objective clinical findings of patellar apprehension, synovitis, lateral tracking, or Q angle greater than 15 degrees.

C. Knee joint replacement:

(1) Diagnoses: knee joint replacement may be performed for degeneration of articular cartilage or meniscus of knee, ICD-9-CM codes 717.1 to 717.4.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to the diagnosis in subitem (1), the following conditions must be satisfied for a knee joint replacement:

(a) clinical findings: the employee exhibits limited range of motion, night pain in the joint or pain with weight-bearing, and no significant relief of pain with an adequate course of initial nonsurgical care; and

(b) diagnostic findings: there is significant loss or erosion of cartilage to the bone, and positive findings of advanced arthritis and joint destruction with standing films, MRI, or arthroscopy.

D. Fusion; ankle, tarsal, metatarsal:

(1) Diagnoses: fusion may be performed for the following conditions:

(a) malunion or nonunion of fracture of ankle, tarsal, or metatarsal, ICD-9-CM code 733.81 or 733.82; or

(b) traumatic arthritis (arthropathy), ICD-9-CM code 716.17.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnoses in subitem (1), the following conditions must be satisfied for an ankle, tarsal, or metatarsal fusion:

(a) initial nonsurgical care: the employee must have failed to improve with an adequate course of initial nonsurgical care which included:

i. immobilization which may include casting, bracing, shoe modification, or other orthotics; and

ii. anti-inflammatory medications;

(b) clinical findings:

i. the employee gives a history of pain which is aggravated by activity and weight-bearing, and relieved by xylocaine injection; and

ii. there are objective findings on physical examination of malalignment or specific joint line tenderness, and decreased range of motion; and

(c) diagnostic findings: there are medical imaging studies confirming the presence of:

i. loss of articular cartilage and joint space narrowing;

ii. bone deformity with hypertrophic spurring and sclerosis; or

iii. nonunion or malunion of a fracture.

E. Lateral ligament ankle reconstruction:

(1) Diagnoses: ankle reconstruction surgery involving the lateral ligaments may be performed for the following conditions:

(a) chronic ankle instability, ICD-9-CM code 718.87; or

(b) grade III sprain, ICD-9-CM codes 845.0 to 845.09.

(2) Criteria and indications: in addition to one of the diagnoses in subitem (1), the following conditions must be satisfied for a lateral ligament ankle reconstruction:

(a) initial nonsurgical care: the employee must have received an adequate course of initial nonsurgical care including, at least:

i. immobilization with support, cast, or ankle brace, followed by

ii. a physical rehabilitation program; and

(b) clinical findings:

i. the employee gives a history of ankle instability and swelling; and

ii. there is a positive anterior drawer sign on examination; or

iii. there are positive stress X-rays identifying motion at ankle or subtalar joint with at least a 15 degree lateral opening at the ankle joint, or demonstrable subtalar movement, and negative to minimal arthritic joint changes on X-ray, or ligamentous injury is shown on MRI scan.

(3) Prosthetic ligaments: prosthetic ligaments are not indicated.

(4) Implants: requests for any plastic implant must be confirmed by a second opinion.

(5) Calcaneus osteotomy: requests for calcaneus osteotomies must be confirmed by a second opinion.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.6600. CHRONIC MANAGEMENT.

Subpart 1. Scope.

This part applies to chronic management of all types of physical injuries, even if the injury is not specifically governed by parts 5221.6200 to 5221.6500. If a patient continues with symptoms and physical findings after all appropriate initial nonsurgical and surgical treatment has been rendered, and if the patient's condition prevents the resumption of the regular activities of daily life including regular vocational activities, then the patient may be a candidate for chronic management. The purpose of chronic management is twofold: the patient should be made independent of health care providers in the ongoing care of a chronic condition; and the patient should be returned to the highest functional status reasonably possible.

A. Personality or psychological evaluation may be indicated for patients who are candidates for chronic management. The treating health care provider may perform this evaluation or may refer the patient for consultation with another health care provider in order to obtain a psychological evaluation. These evaluations may be used to assess the patient for a number of psychological conditions which may interfere with recovery from the injury. Since more than one of these psychological conditions may be present in a given case, the health care provider performing the evaluation must consider all of the following:

(1) Is symptom magnification occurring?

(2) Does the patient exhibit an emotional reaction to the injury, such as depression, fear, or anger, which is interfering with recovery?

(3) Are there other personality factors or disorders which are interfering with recovery?

(4) Is the patient chemically dependent?

(5) Are there any interpersonal conflicts interfering with recovery?

(6) Does the patient have a chronic pain syndrome or psychogenic pain?

(7) In cases in which surgery is a possible treatment, are psychological factors likely to interfere with the potential benefit of the surgery?

B. Any of the chronic management modalities of subpart 2 may be used singly or in combination as part of a program of chronic management.

C. No further passive treatment modalities or therapeutic injections are indicated, except as otherwise provided in parts 5221.6200, subpart 3, item B; 5221.6205, subpart 3, item B; 5221.6210, subpart 3, item B; and 5221.6300, subpart 3, item B.

D. No further diagnostic evaluation is indicated unless there is the development of symptoms or physical findings which would in themselves warrant diagnostic evaluation.

E. A program of chronic management must include appropriate means by which use of scheduled medications can be discontinued or severely limited.

Subpart 2. Chronic management modalities.

The health care provider must provide prior notification of the chronic management modalities in items B to F according to part 5221.6050, subpart 9. Prior notification is not required for home-based exercises in item A, unless durable medical equipment is prescribed for home use. The insurer may not deny payment for a program of chronic management that the insurer has previously authorized for an employee, either in writing or by routine payment for services, without providing the employee and the employee's health care provider with at least 30 days' notice of intent to apply any of the chronic management parameters in part 5221.6600 to future treatment. The notice must include the specific parameters that will be applied in future determinations of compensability by the insurer.

A. Home-based exercise programs consist of aerobic conditioning, stretching and flexibility exercises, and strengthening exercises done by the patient on a regular basis at home without the need for supervision or attendance by a health care provider. Maximum effectiveness may require the use of certain durable medical equipment that may be prescribed and reimbursed within any applicable treatment parameters in parts 5221.6200 to 5221.6305.

(1) Indications: exercise is necessary on a long-term basis to maintain function.

(2) Requirements: the patient should receive specific instruction and training in the exercise program. Repetitions, durations, and frequencies of exercises must be specified. Any durable medical equipment needed must be prescribed in advance and the insurer must be given prior notification of proposed purchase.

(3) Treatment period, one to three visits for instruction and monitoring.

B. Health clubs:

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires a structured environment to perform prescribed exercises. The health care provider must document the reasons why reconditioning cannot be accomplished with a home-based program of exercise.

(2) Requirements: the program must have specific prescribed exercises stated in objective terms, for example "30 minutes riding stationary bicycle three times per week." There must be a specific set of prescribed activities and a specific timetable of progression in those activities, designed so that the goals can be achieved in the prescribed time. There must be a prescribed frequency of attendance and the patient must maintain adequate documentation of attendance. There must be a prescribed duration of attendance.

(3) Treatment period, 13 weeks. Additional periods of treatment require additional prior notification of the insurer. Additional periods of treatment at a health club are not indicated unless there is documentation of attendance and progression in activities during the preceding period of treatment. If the employer has an appropriate exercise facility on its premises the insurer may mandate use of that facility instead of providing a health club membership.

C. Computerized exercise programs utilize computer controlled exercise equipment that allows for the isolation of specific muscle groups and the performance of graded exercise designed to increase strength, tone, flexibility, and range of motion. In combination with computerized range of motion or strength measuring tests, these programs allow for quantitative measurement of effort and progress.

(1) Indications: the patient is deconditioned and requires a structured environment to accomplish rehabilitation goals. The health care provider must document the reasons why reconditioning cannot be accomplished with a home-based program of exercise.

(2) Requirements: the program must have specific goals stated in objective terms, for example "improve strength of back extensors 50 percent." There must be a specific set of prescribed activities and a specific timetable of progression in those activities, designed so that the goals can be achieved in the prescribed time. There must be a prescribed frequency and duration of attendance.

(3) Treatment period, six weeks. Additional periods of treatment require additional prior notification of the insurer. Additional periods of treatment are not indicated unless there is documentation of attendance and progression in activities during the preceding period of treatment.

D. Work conditioning and work hardening programs are intensive, highly structured, job oriented, individualized treatment plans based on an assessment of the patient's work setting or job demands, and designed to maximize the patient's return to work. These programs must include real or simulated work activities. Work conditioning is designed to restore an individual's neuromusculoskeletal strength, endurance, movement, flexibility, and motor control, and cardiopulmonary function. Work conditioning uses physical conditioning and functional activities related to the individual's work. Services may be provided by one discipline of health care provider. Work hardening is designed to restore an individual's physical, behavioral, and vocational functions within an interdisciplinary model. Work hardening addresses the issues of productivity, safety, physical tolerances, and work behaviors. An interdisciplinary team includes professionals qualified to evaluate and treat behavioral, vocational, physical, and functional needs of the individual.

(1) Indications: the patient is disabled from usual work and requires reconditioning for specific job tasks or activities and the reconditioning cannot be done on the job. The health care provider must document the reasons why work hardening cannot be accomplished through a structured return to work program. Work conditioning is indicated where only physical and functional needs are identified. Work hardening is indicated where, in addition to physical and functional needs, behavioral and vocational needs are also identified that are not otherwise being addressed.

(2) Requirements: the program must have specific goals stated in terms of work activities, for example "able to type for 30 minutes." There must be an individualized program of activities and the activities must be chosen to simulate required work activities or to enable the patient to participate in simulated work activities. There must be a specific timetable of progression in those activities, designed so that the goals can be achieved in the prescribed time. There must be a set frequency and hours of attendance and the program must maintain adequate documentation of attendance. There must be a set duration of attendance. Activity restrictions must be identified at completion of the program.

(3) Treatment period, six weeks. Additional periods of treatment require prior notification of the insurer. Additional periods of treatment at a work hardening program or work conditioning program are not indicated unless there is documentation of attendance and progression in activities during the preceding period of treatment or unless there has been a change in the patient's targeted return to work job which necessitates a redesign of the program.

E. Chronic pain management programs consist of multidisciplinary teams who provide coordinated, goal-oriented services to reduce pain disability, improve functional status, promote return to work, and decrease dependence on the health system of persons with chronic pain syndrome. Pain management programs must provide physical rehabilitation, education on pain, relaxation training, psychosocial counseling, medical evaluation, and, if indicated, chemical dependency evaluation. The program of treatment must be individualized and based on an organized evaluative process for screening and selecting patients. Treatment may be provided in an inpatient setting, outpatient setting, or both as appropriate.

(1) Indications: the patient is diagnosed as having a chronic pain syndrome.

(2) Requirements: an admission evaluation must be performed by a doctor, and a licensed mental health professional, each with at least two years experience in evaluation of chronic pain patients and chronic pain treatment, or one year of formal training in a pain fellowship program. The evaluation must confirm the diagnosis of chronic pain syndrome and a willingness and ability of the patient to benefit from a pain management program. There must be a specific set of prescribed activities and treatments, and a specific timetable of progression in those activities. There must be a set frequency and hours of attendance and the program must maintain adequate documentation of attendance. There must be a set duration of attendance.

(3) Treatment period: for initial treatment, a maximum of 20 eight-hour days, though fewer or shorter days can be used, and a maximum duration of four weeks no matter how many or how long the days prescribed. For aftercare, a maximum of 12 sessions is allowed. Only one completed pain management program is indicated for an injury.

F. Individual or group psychological or psychiatric counseling.

(1) Indications: a personality or psychosocial evaluation has revealed one or more of the problems listed in subpart 1, item A, which interfere with recovery from the physical injury, but the patient does not need or is not a candidate for a pain management program.

(2) Requirements: there must be a specific set of goals based on the initial personality or psychosocial evaluation and a timetable for achieving those goals within the prescribed number of treatment or therapy sessions. There must be a prescribed frequency of attendance and the treating health care provider must maintain adequate documentation of attendance. There must be a prescribed duration of treatment.

(3) Treatment period: a maximum of 12 sessions. Only one completed program of individual or group psychological or psychiatric counseling is indicated for an injury.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.8900. DISCIPLINARY ACTION; PENALTIES.

Subpart 1. Discipline.

A health care provider is subject to disciplinary action under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, for failure to comply with the requirements in parts 5221.6010 to 5221.6600 or the violation of any of the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, or other rules or orders issued pursuant thereto.

Subpart 2. Complaints.

Complaints about professional behavior or services of health care providers relating to noncompliance with established workers' compensation laws, rules, or orders shall be made in writing to the commissioner. The commissioner or a designee shall assist a person in filing a complaint, if necessary. A complaint may be submitted by any person who becomes aware of a violation, including designees of the commissioner, administrative law judges, and presiding officials at judicial proceedings.

Subpart 3. Review and investigation.

The commissioner shall investigate all complaints to determine whether there has been a violation of established workers' compensation laws, rules, or orders. The commissioner may refer a matter to another agency that has jurisdiction over the provider's license or conduct, or to an agency that has prosecuting authority in the event of suspected theft or fraud or to a peer review organization for an opinion. Absent suspected theft or fraud, providing treatment outside a parameter set forth in parts 5221.6020 to 5221.6500 shall not in itself result in a referral to a prosecuting authority.

If an investigation indicates that discipline may be warranted, the commissioner shall determine whether the violation involves inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive treatment, or whether the violation involves other statutes or rules. The commissioner shall take appropriate action according to subpart 6, 7, or 8.

Subpart 4. Cooperation with disciplinary proceedings.

A health care provider who is the subject of a complaint investigated by the commissioner under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, shall cooperate fully with the investigation. Cooperation includes, but is not limited to, responding fully and promptly to any questions raised by the commissioner relating to the subject of the investigation and providing copies of records, reports, logs, data, and cost information as requested by the commissioner to assist in the investigation. The health care provider shall not charge for services but may charge for the cost of copies of medical records, at the rate set in part 5219.0300, subpart 2, for this investigation. Cooperation includes attending, in person, a meeting scheduled by the commissioner for the purposes of subpart 5. This subpart does not limit the health care provider's right to be represented by an attorney.

Subpart 5. In-person meeting.

When conferring with the parties to a complaint is deemed appropriate, the commissioner shall schedule a meeting for the purpose of clarification of issues, obtaining information, instructing parties to the complaint, or for the purpose of resolving disciplinary issues.

Subpart 6. Resolution by instruction or written agreement.

The commissioner may resolve a complaint through instruction of a provider, or may enter into stipulated consent agreements regarding discipline with a provider in lieu of initiating a contested case or medical services review board proceeding.

Subpart 7. Inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive treatment.

A. Except as otherwise provided in subparts 3 and 6, if the suspected violation involves a treatment standard set forth in parts 5221.6020 to 5221.6500 the commissioner must refer the health care provider to the medical services review board for review under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, subdivision 2, if:

(1) the situation requires medical expertise in matters beyond the department's general scope;

(2) wherever possible under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, a final determination has been made by a workers' compensation presiding official, or provider licensing or registration body that the medical treatment in issue was inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive; and

(3) a pattern of consistently providing inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive services exists for three or more employees.

B. Where the medical service review board's report to the commissioner indicates a violation of treatment standards or other inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive treatment the commissioner shall order a sanction. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, a warning; a fine of up to $200 per violation; a restriction on providing treatment; requiring preauthorization by the board, the payor, or the commissioner for a plan of treatment; and suspension from receiving compensation for the provision of treatment.

C. Within 30 days of receipt of the order of sanction, the health care provider may request in writing a review by the commissioner of the sanction in accordance with the procedure set forth in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, subdivision 2a. Within 30 days following receipt of the compensation judge's decision reviewing the sanction, a provider may petition the workers' compensation court of appeals for review according to the procedures in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, subdivision 2a.

Subpart 8. Violations of statutes and rules other than those involving inappropriate, unnecessary, or excessive treatment.

If the suspected violation warranting discipline involves a statute or rule other than treatment standards, the commissioner shall initiate a contested case hearing for disciplinary action under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, subdivision 3, paragraph (b), and the administrative procedure act in Minnesota Statutes, chapter 14.

A. Upon petition of the commissioner and following receipt of the recommendation of the administrative law judge, the medical services review board may issue a fine of up to $200 for each violation, or disqualify or suspend the health care provider from receiving payment for services, according to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103, subdivision 3, paragraph (b).

B. Within 30 days after service of the board's decision, a provider may petition the Workers' Compensation Court of Appeals for review according to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.421.

Subpart 9. Penalties.

In addition to disciplinary action under subparts 1 to 8, the commissioner may assess a penalty under part 5220.2810 if a health care provider fails to release existing written medical data according to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.138. A penalty may also be assessed under part 5220.2830 and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivision 10, if a health care provider fails to provide reports required by part 5221.0410.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.103; 176.83

History: 19 SR 1412

Posted: June 11, 2008

Chapter 5221. Fees for Medical Services (PART 5221.0100 thru PART 5221.4000)

PART 5221.0100. DEFINITIONS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

The following terms have the meanings given in this chapter unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.

Subpart 1a. Ambulatory surgical center.

"Ambulatory surgical center" means a distinct entity that operates exclusively for the purpose of providing surgical services to patients not requiring hospitalization and is accredited by Medicare or is an outpatient surgical center as defined in part 4675.0100, subpart 8, and licensed by the Minnesota Department of Health.

Subpart 1b. Appropriate record.

"Appropriate record" is a legible medical record or report which substantiates the nature and necessity of a service being billed and its relationship to the work injury.

Subpart 2. Bill or billing.

"Bill" or "billing" means a provider's statement of charges and services rendered for treatment of a work related injury.

Subpart 3. Charge.

"Charge" means the payment requested by a provider on a bill for a particular service. This chapter does not prohibit a provider from billing usual and customary charges which are in excess of the amount listed in the fee schedule.

Subpart 4. Code.

"Code" means the alphabetic, numeric, or alphanumeric symbol used to identify a specific health care service, place of service, or diagnosis as follows:

A. "Billing code" means a procedure code as defined in item F plus any applicable modifiers as defined in subpart 10a. A billing code is used to identify a specific health care service, article, or supply for billing purposes.

B. "CPT code" means a numeric code included in the Current Procedural Terminology Coding System manual, incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item D. A CPT code is used to identify a specific medical service, article, or supply.

C. "HCPCS code" means a numeric or alphanumeric code included in the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services' Common Procedure Coding System. An HCPCS code is used to identify a specific medical service, article, or supply. HCPCS level I codes are the numeric CPT codes listed in the CPT manual, incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item D. HCPCS level II codes are alphanumeric codes created for national use. HCPCS level II codes are listed in the HCPCS manual, incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item E.

D. "ICD-9-CM code" means a numeric code included in the International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification manual, incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item A. An ICD-9-CM code is used to identify a particular medical or chiropractic diagnosis.

E. "Place of service code" means the code used to identify the type of facility and classification of service as inpatient or outpatient service on the CMS 1500 claim form or the Uniform Billing Claim Form (UB-92 CMS 1450), incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, items B and C.

F. "Procedure code" means a numeric or alphanumeric code used to identify a particular health care service. Procedure codes used in this chapter include CPT codes, HCPCS codes, revenue codes, dental codes, and codes in the National Drug Code Directory (NDC).

G. "Revenue code" means a numeric or alphanumeric code included in the UB-92 manual, incorporated by reference in part 5221.0405, item G. Revenue codes are used in institutional settings such as hospitals to identify an individual or group of medical services, articles, or supplies.

Subpart 5. Commissioner.

"Commissioner" means the commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry.

Subpart 6. Compensable injury.

"Compensable injury" means an injury or condition for which a payer is liable under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 6a. Conversion factor.

"Conversion factor" means the dollar value of the maximum fee payable for one relative value unit of a compensable health care service delivered under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 6b. Division.

"Division" means the Workers' Compensation Division of the Department of Labor and Industry.

Subpart6c. Emergency care.

"Emergency care" means those medical services that are required for the immediate diagnosis and treatment of medical conditions that, if not immediately diagnosed and treated, could lead to serious physical or mental disability or death, or that are immediately necessary to alleviate severe pain. Emergency treatment includes treatment delivered in response to symptoms that may or may not represent an actual emergency, but is necessary to determine whether an emergency exists.

Subpart 7. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 8. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 9. Injury.

"Injury" is as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 16 as a "personal injury."

Subpart 10. Medical fee schedule.

"Medical fee schedule" means the list of codes, service descriptions, and corresponding dollar amounts allowed under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivisions 1 and 5, and parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070.

Subpart 10a. Modifier.

"Modifier" means a two-digit number or two-letter symbol that is added to a procedure code to indicate that the service rendered differs in some material respect from the service as described in this chapter or in the CPT or HCPCS manual in effect on the date the service was rendered. Only those modifiers listed and described in the CPT or HCPCS manual in effect on the date the service was rendered may be used. Applicable modifiers must be used with a procedure code, even if the modifier has no effect on the payment level.

Subpart 11. Payer.

"Payer" refers to any entity responsible for payment and administration of workers' compensation claims under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 11a. Physician.

"Physician" means a person who is authorized by law to practice the medical profession within the United States, is in good standing in the profession, and includes only those persons holding the degree D.O. (Doctor of Osteopathy) or M.D. (Doctor of Medicine), as defined in Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.011, subdivision 17, and 176.135, subdivision 2a.

Subpart 12. Provider.

"Provider" is as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 24.

Subpart 13. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 14. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 14a. Relative value unit or RVU.

"Relative value unit" or "RVU" means the numeric value assigned to a health care service or procedure to represent or quantify its worth, as compared to a standard service.

Subpart 15. Service or treatment.

"Service" or "treatment" means any procedure, operation, consultation, supply, product, or other thing performed or provided for the purpose of curing or relieving an injured worker from the effects of a compensable injury under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, subdivision 1.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 15 SR 124; 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; L 2002 c 277 s 32; 30 SR 1053

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0200. AUTHORITY.

This chapter is adopted under the authority of Minnesota Statutes, sections 175.171; 176.101, subdivision 3e; 176.135, subdivisions 2 and 7; 176.136; 176.231; and 176.83.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 1472

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0300. PURPOSE.

This chapter is intended to prohibit health care providers treating employees with compensable injuries from receiving excessive reimbursement for their services. This chapter defines the payer's maximum liability for medical services, articles, and supplies. This chapter also governs health care provider communication with parties; required reporting of medical, disability, and billing information under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176; change of health care provider; and criteria for determining, serving, and filing maximum medical improvement.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 1472

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0400. SCOPE.

The following are subject to this chapter: all entities responsible for payment and administration of medical claims compensable under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176; providers of medical services or supplies for compensable injuries under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, subdivision 1; and employees as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 9. This chapter shall be applied in all relevant determinations made by compensation judges at the department and the Office of Administrative Hearings, and by the commissioner.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 2545

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0405. INCORPORATIONS BY REFERENCE.

The following documents are incorporated by reference to the extent cited in this chapter. Many of these documents may be accessed through the Internet by contacting the organization listed.

A. The International Classification of Diseases, Clinical Modification, 9th revision, 1991 (ICD-9-CM). It is subject to frequent change. It is published by the United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and may be purchased through the Superintendent of Documents, United States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

B. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services claim form (CMS-1500)(U2)(12-90), and any subsequent revisions. It is not subject to frequent change. It is developed by the National Uniform Claim Committee, and may be purchased through the Superintendent of Documents, United States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, telephone number (202) 512-1800. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

C. The Uniform Billing Claim form (UB-92, CMS-1450) developed by the National Uniform Billing Committee, and any subsequent revisions. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services determines the standards for printing this form. It is not subject to frequent change. It may be purchased through the Superintendent of Documents, United States Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA, 15250, telephone number (202) 512-1800 or from local commercial business office supply stores. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

D. The Physician's Current Procedural Terminology, (CPT manual) 4th edition, 1998, 1999, 2000, and any subsequent revisions. CPT codes are subject to frequent change. They are published by and may be purchased from the American Medical Association, Order Department: OP054196, P.O. Box 10950, Chicago, Illinois 60610. They are available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

E. The alphanumeric Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS manual), 2006 edition, (previously known as the HCFA Common Procedural Coding System (HCPCS manual) for the 1998 through 2003 editions and Healthcare Procedure Coding System (HCPSC manual) for the 2004 and 2005 editions), and any subsequent revisions. It is subject to frequent change. It is published by the Practice Management Information Corporation (PMIC) under the authority of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and may be purchased from Minnesota's Bookstore, (651) 297-3000 or (800) 657-3757, medical bookstores, or through PMIC, 4727 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 300, Los Angeles, CA 90010, (800) 633-7467, or www.pmiconline.com. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

F. Minnesota Standards for the Use of the CMS 1500 Claim Form, CMS-1500 Manual, fifth edition, effective May 19, 2004 (previous editions were known as the Minnesota Standards for the Use of the HCFA 1500 Claim Form), and any subsequent revisions adopted by the Department of Health under Minnesota Statutes, sections 62J.52 and 62J.61. It is subject to frequent change. It is published by the Administrative Uniformity Committee in conjunction with the Department of Health pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, sections 62J.52 and 62J.61. It is available on the Internet at www.mmaonline.net/auc or it may be purchased from Minnesota's Bookstore, (651) 297-3000 or (800) 657-3757. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

G. The Minnesota UB-92 Manual, 1994, and any subsequent revisions adopted by the Department of Health pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, sections 62J.52 and 62J.61. It is subject to frequent change. It is developed by the Minnesota Uniform Billing Committee incorporating standards established by the National Uniform Billing Committee. It is published by and may be purchased from the Minnesota Hospital Association, Education Division, 2550 University Avenue West, Suite 350 S, St. Paul, MN, 55114-1900, (651) 641-1121 or (800) 462-5393. It is available through the Minitex interlibrary loan system.

H. The National Drug Code Directory, published, maintained, and distributed by the federal Department of Health and Human Services, U.S. Food and Drug Administration. The directory is available for viewing or printing free of charge on the Internet at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration's Web site at http://www.fda.gov/cder/ndc/. The directory is subject to frequent change and amendments to the directory are also incorporated by reference into this chapter.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 20 SR 530; 25 SR 1142; L 2002 c 277 s 32; 30 SR 1053

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0410. REQUIRED REPORTING AND FILING OF MEDICAL INFORMATION.

Subpart 1. Scope.

This part prescribes information the health care provider is required to submit to the employer, insurer, or commissioner. This part does not preclude any party or the commissioner from requesting supplementary reports from the health care provider under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivision 4.

Subpart 2. Health care provider report.

Within ten days of receipt of a request for information on the prescribed health care provider report form from an employer, insurer, or the commissioner, a health care provider must respond on the report form or in a narrative report that contains the same information requested on the form.

The health care provider's report form prescribed by the commissioner must include the information required by items A to M:

A. information identifying the employee and employer, and insurer, if known;

B. date of first examination for this injury or disease by the health care provider;

C. diagnosis and appropriate ICD-9-CM diagnostic codes for the injury or disease;

D. history of the injury or disease as given by the employee;

E. the relationship of the injury or disease to employment activities;

F. information regarding any preexisting or other conditions affecting the employee's disability;

G. information about future treatment including, but not limited to, hospital admission, surgery, or referral to another doctor;

H. information regarding any surgery that has been performed;

I. information regarding the employee's ability to work, any work restrictions, and dates of disability;

J. information regarding the employee's permanent partial disability rating, in accordance with subpart 4;

K. information regarding whether the employee is unable to return to former employment for medical reasons attributed to the injury;

L. information regarding maximum medical improvement in accordance with subpart 3; and

M. signature of health care provider, license or registration number, and identification information.

Subpart 3. Maximum medical improvement.

For injuries occurring on or after January 1, 1984, or upon request for earlier injuries, the health care provider must report to the self-insured employer or insurer, maximum medical improvement, when ascertainable, on the health care provider report form or in a narrative report. "Maximum medical improvement" is a medical and legal concept defined by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 25.

A. For purposes of subitems (1) and (2), "the employee's condition" includes the signs, symptoms, physical and clinical findings, and functional status that characterize the complaint, illness, or injury. "Functional status" means the ability of an individual to engage in activities of daily life and vocational activities. Except as otherwise provided in item B:

(1) In determining maximum medical improvement, the following factors shall be considered by the health care provider as an indication that maximum medical improvement has been reached:

(a) there has been no significant lasting improvement in the employee's condition, and significant recovery or lasting improvement is unlikely, even if there is ongoing treatment;

(b) all diagnostic evaluations and treatment options that may reasonably be expected to improve or stabilize the employee's condition have been exhausted, or declined by the employee;

(c) any further treatment is primarily for the purpose of maintaining the employee's current condition or is considered palliative in nature; and

(d) any further treatment is primarily for the purpose of temporarily or intermittently relieving symptoms.

(2) The following factors should be considered by the health care provider as an indication that maximum medical improvement has not been reached:

(a) the employee's condition is significantly improving or likely to significantly improve, with or without additional treatment;

(b) there are diagnostic evaluations that could be performed that have a reasonable probability of changing or adding to the treatment plan leading to significant improvement; or

(c) there are treatment options that have not been applied that may reasonably be expected to significantly improve the employee's condition.

B. This item applies to musculoskeletal injuries that fall within any category under parts 5223.0070, 5223.0080, 5223.0110 to 5223.0150, and 5223.0170 for dates of injury before July 1, 1993, and that fall within any category under parts 5223.0370 to 5223.0390 and 5223.0440 to 5223.0550 for dates of injury on or after July 1, 1993. When more than one year has elapsed since the date of a musculoskeletal injury that falls within any of the above categories, the only factors in determining maximum medical improvement shall be whether a decrease is anticipated in the employee's estimated permanent partial disability rating or a significant improvement is anticipated in the employee's work ability as documented on the report of work ability described in subpart 6. If medical reports show no decrease in the employee's estimated permanent partial disability or no significant improvement in the employee's work ability in any three-month period later than one year after the injury, the employee is presumed to have reached maximum medical improvement. This presumption can only be rebutted by a showing that a decrease in the employee's permanent partial disability rating or significant improvement in the work ability has occurred or is likely to occur beyond this three-month period. The medical reports relied upon as establishing maximum medical improvement under this item must be served on the employee in accordance with item C.

This item applies only to injuries of the musculoskeletal system, except where the injury is a spinal cord injury resulting in permanent paralysis, a head injury with loss of consciousness, or where surgery has been performed within the previous six months. In these cases, the factors listed in item A shall be used to determine maximum medical improvement.

C. If the employer or insurer does not serve a notice of intention to discontinue benefits or a petition to discontinue benefits under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.238, at the same time a narrative maximum medical improvement report is served, then the report must be served with a cover letter containing the information in subitems (1) to (6). Serving the cover letter with the maximum medical improvement report does not replace the notice of intention to discontinue benefits or petition to discontinue benefits required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.238. The cover letter must include:

(1) information identifying the employee by name, social security number, and date of injury;

(2) information identifying the employer and insurer;

(3) the date the report was mailed to the employee;

(4) a statement that the attached report indicates that in the opinion of the health care provider, the employee reached maximum medical improvement by the specified date or an explanation that the attached reports indicate the employee has reached maximum medical improvement under the circumstances specified in item B;

(5) the definition of maximum medical improvement as defined by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 25; and

(6) the statement: "There may be an impact on your temporary total disability benefits. If we propose to stop your benefits, a notice of discontinuance of benefits will be sent to you first. If you have any questions concerning your benefits or maximum medical improvement, you may call the claims person at .............. or the workers' compensation division at .............. (specify telephone numbers)."

Subpart 4. Permanent partial disability.

The health care provider must render an opinion of permanent partial disability when ascertainable, but no later than the date of maximum medical improvement. The rating must be reported on the health care provider report form or in a narrative report. In making a rating of permanent partial disability, the health care provider must specify any applicable category of the permanent partial disability schedule in effect for the employee's date of injury. If a zero rating is appropriate, this rating must also be reported.

The health care provider may refer the employee to another health care provider for an opinion of the employee's permanent partial disability rating if the primary health care provider feels unable to make the determination in complicated cases involving impairments to more than one body part or multiple citations under the permanent partial disability schedule. In such cases, the treating provider must be available for consultation with the evaluating provider, and must make all relevant medical records available, without charge to the payer. The evaluating provider is entitled to reimbursement from the payer for a consultation as limited by the medical fee schedule.

Subpart 5. Required reporting to division.

For those injuries that are required to be reported to the division under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivision 1, the self-insured employer or insurer or third-party administrator shall file with the division the health care provider report form prescribed in subpart 2 or a narrative report that indicates that the employee has reached maximum medical improvement, or that indicates a preliminary or final permanent partial disability rating. The commissioner shall, by written request under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivisions 3 and 7, require the filing of the health care provider report at additional times as necessary to monitor compliance with Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.231, subdivision 6, and 176.251. All reports filed under this subpart must include the appropriate ICD-9-CM diagnostic codes for the injury or disease.

Subpart 6. Report of work ability.

Each primary health care provider as defined in part 5221.0430, subpart 1, must complete and submit to the employee a report of work ability. A health care provider providing service under the direction or prescription of another provider is not required to complete a report of work ability.

A. For all work injuries, the primary health care provider must complete a report of work ability within ten days of a request by an insurer or at the intervals stated in subitems (1) to (3), unless there are no restrictions or the restrictions are permanent and have been so indicated in a report of work ability:

(1) every visit if visits are less frequent than once every two weeks;

(2) every two weeks if visits are more frequent than once every two weeks, unless work restrictions change sooner; or

(3) upon expiration of the ending or review date of the restriction specified in a previous report of work ability. Open-ended durations of disability or restriction may not be given.

B. The report of work ability must be either on the form prescribed by the commissioner or in a report that contains the same information as the report of work ability. The report of work ability prescribed by the commissioner shall include:

(1) information identifying the employee and employer, and insurer, if known;

(2) the date of the most recent examination;

(3) information stating whether the employee is able to work without restrictions, able to work with restrictions, or unable to work;

(4) work restrictions stated in functional terms, if the employee is able to work with restrictions;

(5) the date any restriction of work activity is to begin and the anticipated ending or review date;

(6) the date of the next scheduled visit;

(7) the signature of the health care provider, license or registration number, and identification information; and

(8) a notice to the employee that a copy of the report must be promptly provided to the employer or workers' compensation insurer and assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant.

C. The report of work ability must be based on the health care provider's most recent evaluation of the employee's signs, symptoms, physical and clinical findings, and functional status.

D. The report of work ability must be provided to the employee and a copy of the report must be placed in the employee's medical record. Promptly upon receipt, the employee shall submit the report of work ability to the employer or the insurer and the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant. The commissioner shall, by written request under Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.102, subdivision 7, and 176.231, subdivisions 3 and 7, require the filing of a report of work ability when necessary to monitor compliance with Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.231, subdivision 6, and 176.251.

Subpart 7. Payment and coding for required and supplementary reporting.

A. No charge may be assessed for completion of a health care provider report or report of work ability required by subparts 2 and 6, or for a narrative or other report prepared in lieu of a health care provider report or report of work ability. If a provider itemizes this service on the billing form, the provider must use code 99080 (special reports) when reporting this service.

B. A payer or other party may request supplementary reports from the health care provider for information not required in the health care provider report or the report of work ability. A provider may charge a reasonable amount for requested supplementary reports using code 99199 (unlisted special service or report). Payment for supplementary reports is not subject to the 85 percent payment limit as specified in part 5221.0500, subpart 2, item F.

Subpart 8. Proper filing of documents with division.

A health care provider report or narrative report required by the division under this part may be filed by facsimile or electronic transmission, if available at the division. Filing is completed at the time that the facsimile or electronic transmission is received by the commissioner. A report received after 4:30 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next open state business day. The filed facsimile or transmitted information has the same force and effect as the original. Where the quality of the document is at issue, the commissioner shall require the original document to be filed.

A narrative report filed with the division must, at the top of the first page, identify the employee by name, social security number, and date of injury. The name of the self-insured employer, insurer, and administrator if appropriate, must also be identified. The filer must identify the reason the report is submitted, and must highlight the corresponding pertinent sections of the report.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0420. HEALTH CARE PROVIDER PARTICIPATION WITH RETURN TO WORK PLANNING.

Subpart 1. Cooperation with return to work planning.

In addition to completing the required report of work ability under part 5221.0410, subpart 6, a health care provider must participate cooperatively in the planning of an injured employee's return to work by communicating with the employee, employer, insurer, rehabilitation providers, and the commissioner in accordance with this part. A health care provider must release the employee to return to work, with restrictions if necessary, at the earliest appropriate time.

If no qualified rehabilitation consultant has requested an opinion under subpart 2, item B, subitem (1), the health care provider must respond within ten calendar days of receipt of a request by the employee, employer, or insurer regarding whether the physical requirements of a proposed job are within the employee's medical restrictions or whether the health care provider requires further information. The health care provider may respond in writing, in person, or by telephone. The health care provider may require that the proposed job be described in writing. The provider may also agree to review a videotape of the job.

Subpart 2. Communication with assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant.

When an employee is receiving vocational rehabilitation services under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.102, the health care provider must communicate with the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant as follows:

A. A valid patient authorization is required for communication with the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant. Under part 5220.1802, it is the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant's responsibility to obtain the patient authorization and send it to the health care provider. Within ten calendar days of receipt of a request for information, the health care provider must respond to the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant in person, by telephone, or in writing when any of the circumstances specified in item B occur. When an opinion about a proposed job is requested, the health care provider may require that the proposed job be described in writing. The provider may also agree to review a videotape of the job.

B. The health care provider must respond to a request for communication from the assigned qualified rehabilitation consultant upon initial assignment of a qualified rehabilitation consultant. Thereafter, the health care provider must respond to a request no more than once in any 30-calendar day period, except that the provider must also respond to a request when any of the following occur:

(1) when an opinion is requested regarding whether the physical requirements of a proposed job are within the employee's restrictions;

(2) when there has been an unanticipated or substantial change in the employee's condition;

(3) when a job search is initiated; or

(4) when there has been a change in the employee's work status.

Subpart 3. Reimbursement for services.

A health care provider may not require prepayment for communication required by this part. The provider must bill the employer and insurer for the services rendered. Return to work services for communication directly with the employee alone must be included in the appropriate level of evaluation and management service. For a return to work service provided to anyone other than the employee, a provider may charge a reasonable amount under this part using code 99199 (unlisted special service or report). Payment for return to work services coded as 99199 under this subpart is not subject to the 85 percent payment limit as specified in part 5221.0500, subpart 2, item F.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0430. CHANGE OF HEALTH CARE PROVIDER.

Subpart 1. Primary health care provider.

The individual health care provider directing and coordinating medical care to the employee following the injury is the primary health care provider. If the employee receives medical care after the injury from a provider on two occasions, the provider is considered the primary health care provider if that individual directs and coordinates the course of medical care provided to the employee. The employee may have only one primary health care provider at a time. The selection of a provider by an employee covered by a certified managed care plan is governed by chapter 5218.

Subpart 2. Change of health care provider.

Following selection of a primary provider, the employee may change primary providers once within the first 60 days after initiation of medical treatment for the injury without the need for approval from the insurer, the department, or a workers' compensation judge. After the first 60 days following initiation of medical treatment for the injury, any further changes of primary provider must be approved by the insurer, the department, or a workers' compensation judge. However, at any time throughout the claim, transfer of medical care coordination due to conditions beyond the employee's control, such as retirement, death, cessation from practice of the primary provider, or a referral from the primary provider to another provider, does not require prior approval. If the employee is covered by a certified managed care plan, a change of providers is governed by chapter 5218, Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1351, subdivision 2, clause (11), and procedures under the plan.

Subpart 3. Unauthorized change; prohibited payments.

If the employee or health care provider fails to obtain approval of a change of provider before commencing treatment where required by this part, the insurer is not liable for the treatment rendered prior to approval unless the insurer has agreed to pay for the treatment. Treatment rendered before a change of provider is approved under this subpart is not inappropriate if the treatment was provided in an emergency situation and prior approval could not reasonably have been obtained.

Subpart 4. Change of primary provider not approved.

After the first 60 days following initiation of medical treatment for the injury, or after the employee has exercised the employee's right to change doctors once, the department, a certified managed care organization, or a compensation judge shall not approve a party's request to change primary providers, where:

A. a significant reason underlying the request is an attempt to block reasonable treatment or to avoid acting on the provider's opinion concerning the employee's ability to return to work;

B. the change is to develop litigation strategy rather than to pursue appropriate diagnosis and treatment;

C. the provider lacks the expertise to treat the employee for the injury;

D. the travel distance to obtain treatment is an unnecessary expense and the same care is available at a more reasonable location;

E. at the time of the employee's request, no further treatment is needed; or

F. for another reason, the request is not in the best interest of the employee and the employer.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0500. EXCESSIVE CHARGES; LIMITATION OF PAYER LIABILITY.

Subpart 1. Excessive health care provider charges.

A billing charge for services, articles, or supplies provided to an employee with a compensable injury is excessive if any of the conditions in items A to I apply to the charge. A payer is not liable for a charge which meets any of these conditions.

A. the charge wholly or partially duplicates another charge for the same service, article, or supply, such that the charge has been paid or will be paid in response to another billing; or

B. the charge exceeds the provider's current usual and customary charge, as specified in subpart 2, item B, for the same or similar service, article, or supply in cases unrelated to workers' compensation injuries; or

C. the charge is described by a billing code that does not accurately reflect the actual service provided; or

D. the service does not comply with the treatment standards and requirements adopted under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.83, subdivision 5, concerning the reasonableness and necessity, quality, coordination, level, duration, frequency, and cost of services; or

E. the service was performed by a provider prohibited from receiving reimbursement under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.83, 176.103, 176.1351, and 256B.0644; or

F. the service, article, or supply is not usual, customary, and reasonably required for the cure or relief of the effects of a compensable injury or is provided at a level, duration, or frequency that is excessive, based on accepted medical standards for quality health care and accepted rehabilitation standards under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2, clause (2); or

G. the service, article, or supply was delivered in violation of the federal Medicare anti-kickback statutes and regulations as specified in part 5221.0700, subpart 1a; or

H. where approval for a change of doctor is required by part 5221.0430 for the provider submitting the charge, and approval has not been obtained from the payer, commissioner, or compensation judge; or

I. the service is outside the scope of practice of the particular provider or is not generally recognized within the particular profession of the provider as of therapeutic value for the specific injury or condition, under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2, clause (3).

Subpart 2. Limitation of payer liability.

A payer is not liable for health care charges which are excessive under subpart 1. If the charges are not excessive under subpart 1, a payer's liability for payment of charges is limited as provided in items A to F.

A. If the medical fee schedule applies to the service according to part 5221.4000, subpart 3, the payer's liability shall be limited to the maximum amount allowed for any service, article, or supply in the medical fee schedule in effect on the date of the service, or the provider's usual and customary fee, whichever is lower.

B. Except as provided in items C to F, if the maximum fee for service, article, or supply is not limited by parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070, the payer's liability for payment shall be limited to 85 percent of the provider's usual and customary charge, or 85 percent of the prevailing charge for similar treatment, articles, or supplies furnished to an injured person when paid for by the injured person, whichever is lower.

(1) A usual and customary charge under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, paragraphs (a) and (b), means the amount actually billed by the health care provider to all payers for the same service, whether under workers' compensation or not, and regardless of the amount actually reimbursed under a contract or government payment system.

(2) A prevailing charge under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, paragraph (b), is the 75th percentile of the usual and customary charges as defined in subitem (1) in the previous calendar year for each service, article, or supply if the database for the service meets all of the following criteria:

(a) the database includes only Minnesota providers, with at least three different, identifiable providers of the same provider type, distinguished by whether the service is an inpatient hospital service, or an outpatient physician, pathology, laboratory, chiropractic, physical therapy or occupational therapy service, or provider of other similar service, article, or supply;

(b) there are at least 20 billings for the service, article, or supply; and

(c) the standard deviation is less than or equal to 50 percent of the mean of the billings for each service in the data base or the value of the 75th percentile is not greater than or equal to three times the value of the 25th percentile of the billings.

C. Under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, paragraph (a), payment for services, articles, and supplies provided to an employee while an inpatient or outpatient at a hospital with 100 or fewer licensed beds shall be 100 percent of the usual and customary charge as defined in item B, unless the charge is determined by the commissioner or compensation judge to be unreasonably excessive. The payer's liability for services provided by a nursing home that participates in the medical assistance program shall be the rate established by the commissioner of human services.

D. Under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1b, paragraph (b), payment for services, articles, and supplies provided to an employee who is an inpatient at a hospital with more than 100 licensed beds shall be limited to 85 percent of the hospital's usual and customary charge as defined in item B, or 85 percent of the prevailing charge as defined in item B, whichever is lower. Outpatient charges for hospitals with more than 100 beds are limited by the maximum fees for any service set forth in parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070. For hospitals with more than 100 beds, liability for outpatient charges that are not included in parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070 is limited to 85 percent of the hospitals usual and customary, or prevailing charge, as described in item B. A hospital charge is considered an inpatient charge if the employee spent either the night before or the night after the service in the hospital, and there is an overnight room charge.

E. Charges for cost of copies of medical records and postage are governed by parts 5219.0100 to 5219.0300 and are not subject to the 85 percent reimbursement limit specified in item B. Travel expenses incurred by an employee for compensable medical services shall be paid at the rate equal to the rate paid by the employer for ordinary business travel expenses, or the rate paid by the state of Minnesota under the commissioner's plan for employment-related travel, whichever is lower. Reimbursement for employee travel expenses is not subject to the 85 percent reimbursement limit specified in item B.

F. Charges for supplementary reports that are not required reports under part 5221.0410, subpart 7, and charges for return to work services under part 5221.0420, subpart 3, are not subject to the 85 percent reimbursement limit specified in item B.

Subpart 3. Collection of excessive charges.

A provider may not collect or attempt to collect payment from an injured employee, or any other source, charges for a compensable injury which the payer has determined are excessive under subpart 1 or which exceed the maximum amount payable specified in subpart 2, unless payment is ordered by the commissioner, compensation judge, or Workers' Compensation Court of Appeals. Unless the provider or the employee has filed a claim for a determination of the amount payable with the commissioner, the health care provider must remove the charges from the billing statement. If a dispute exists as to whether an employee's injury is compensable under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, and the employee has general health insurance, payment of medical bills is governed by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 3.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0550. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0600. PAYER RESPONSIBILITIES.

Subpart 1. Compensability.

This chapter does not require a payer to pay a charge for a service that is not for the treatment of a compensable injury or a charge that is the primary obligation of another payer.

Subpart 2. Determination of excessiveness.

Subject to a determination of the commissioner or compensation judge, the payer shall determine whether a charge or service is compensable by evaluating the charge and service according to the conditions of excessiveness and payer liability specified in part 5221.0500, subparts 1 and 2, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2. If the payer determines that the provider has assigned an incorrect code for a service, the payer may determine the correct code for the service and evaluate liability for payment on the basis of the correct code.

Subpart 3. Determination of charges.

As soon as reasonably possible, and no later than 30 calendar days after receiving the bill, the payer shall:

A. pay the charge or any portion of the charge that is not denied;

B. deny all or a portion of a charge on the basis that the injury is noncompensable; the charge is excessive or noncompensable under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2; or part 5221.0500, subparts 1 and 2; or the charges are not submitted on the appropriate billing form prescribed in part 5221.0700; or

C. request specific additional information to determine whether the charge or the condition is compensable. The payer shall make a determination as set forth in items A and B no later than 30 calendar days following receipt of the provider's response to the initial request for specific additional information.

Subpart 4. Notification.

Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the bill, the payer shall provide written notification to the employee and provider of denial of part or all of a charge, or of any request for additional information, except that the employer or insurer is not required to notify the employee of payment of charges that have been reduced according to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 1, 1a, or 1b. Written notification shall include:

A. the basis for denial of all or part of a charge that the payer has determined is not for a compensable injury under part 5221.0100, subpart 6;

B. the basis for denial or reduction of each charge and the specific amounts being denied or reduced for each charge meeting the conditions of an excessive or noncompensable charge under part 5221.0500, subparts 1 and 2, or Minnesota Statutes, section 176.136, subdivision 2;

C. denial of a charge for failure to submit it on the billing form prescribed in part 5221.0700, subpart 2; and

D. a request for an appropriate record or the specific information requested to allow for proper determination of the bill under this part.

The payer shall specify the applicable rule, part, and subpart in this chapter supporting its denial or reduction of a charge. A general statement that a service or charge "exceeds the fee schedule or treatment parameters" is not adequate notification.

If payment is denied under item B, C, or D, the payer shall reconsider the charges in accordance with this rule as soon as reasonably possible, and no later than 30 calendar days after receipt of additional relevant information or documents. Notice of denial of part or all of a charge shall be given by the payer consistent with the guidelines in this subpart.

Subpart 5. Penalties.

Failure to comply with the requirements of this part may subject the payer to the penalties provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.221, 176.225, and 176.194.

Subpart 6. Collection of excessive payment.

Any payment made to a provider which is determined to be wholly or partially excessive, according to the conditions prevailing at the time of payment, may be collected from the provider by the payer in the amount that the reimbursement was excessive. The payer must demand reimbursement of the excessive payment from the provider within one year of the payment.

Statutory Authority: MS s 14.388; 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; 35 SR 2015

Posted: July 6, 2011

PART 5221.0650. DATA COLLECTION, RETENTION, AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

This part applies to workers' compensation insurers, self-insurers, group self-insurers, adjusters, and third-party administrators who act on behalf of an insurer, self-insurer, the assigned risk plan, and the Minnesota Insurance Guaranty Association.

Subpart 2. Purpose.

The purpose of this part is to establish procedures and requirements for reporting medical and related data regarding treatment of work-related injuries. The data shall be provided in order for the department to monitor and evaluate medical services and supplies under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 3. Retention period.

Data described in subpart 4 shall be collected and stored by the parties listed in subpart 1, beginning July 1, 1994, for all medical services and supplies provided to an employee under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, for ten years from the date of injury, or four years from the date the claim is closed, whichever is later.

Subpart 4. Required data.

The data in items A and B shall be collected and stored by the parties listed in subpart 1.

A. Required data for professional services and supplies includes all elements required on the uniform billing form under part 5221.0700, subpart 2a, and:

(1) an indication of open or closed claim status;

(2) an indication of whether the employee was incapacitated from performing labor or service for more than three calendar days under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivision 1;

(3) the amount of payments made for individual medical services, articles, and supplies; and

(4) the name of the managed care plan if services were provided under contract with or referral by a certified workers' compensation managed care plan.

B. Required data for inpatient and outpatient hospital services and supplies includes all elements required on the uniform billing form under part 5221.0700, subpart 2b, and:

(1) an indication of open or closed claim status;

(2) an indication of whether the employee was incapacitated from performing labor or service for more than three calendar days under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.231, subdivision 1; and

(3) the name of the managed care plan if services were provided under a contract with or referral by a certified managed care plan for workers' compensation.

Subpart 5. Reporting requirements.

The data in subpart 4 shall be periodically sampled according to the sampling specifications prescribed by the research design for a study initiated by the commissioner under Minnesota Statutes, sections 175.17, 175.171, 176.103, and 176.1351. The samples shall be reported within 90 days of the request of the commissioner. The requested data shall be provided without charge to the department by a mutually agreeable standard of information exchange such as hard copy, computerized form, or electronic data interchange.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 18 SR 1472

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0700. PROVIDER RESPONSIBILITIES.

Subpart 1. Usual charges.

No provider shall submit a charge for a service which exceeds the amount which the provider charges for the same type of service in cases unrelated to workers' compensation injuries.

Subpart 1a. Conflicts of interest.

All health care providers subject to this chapter are bound by the federal Medicare antikickback statute in section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act, United States Code, title 42, section 1320a-7b(b), and regulations adopted under it, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.23. Any medical services or supplies provided in violation of these provisions are not compensable under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 2. Submission of information.

Providers except for hospitals must supply with the bill a copy of an appropriate record that adequately documents the service and substantiates the nature and necessity of the service or charge. Hospitals must submit an appropriate record upon request by the payer. All charges billed after January 1, 1994, for workers' compensation health care services, articles, and supplies, except for United States government facilities rendering health care services for veterans must be submitted to the payer on the forms prescribed in subparts 2a, 2b, and 2c, and in accordance with items A to C.

A. Charges for services, articles, and supplies must be submitted to the payer directly by the health care provider actually furnishing the service, article, or supply. This includes but is not limited to the following:

(1) diagnostic imaging, laboratory, or pathology testing not actually performed by the health care provider, or employee of the health care provider, who ordered the test;

(2) equipment, supplies, and medication not ordinarily kept in stock by the hospital or other health care provider facility, purchased from a supplier for a specific employee;

(3) services performed by a health care provider at a small or large hospital, as defined in part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items C and D, if the provider has an independent practice, except that a hospital may charge for services furnished by a provider who receives at least a base payment from the hospital, which is paid regardless of the number of patients seen; and

(4) outpatient medications dispensed by a licensed pharmacy pursuant to an order written by a health care provider, as described in this subpart, including both prescription and nonprescription medications.

B. Charges must be submitted to the payer in the manner required by subparts 2a, 2b, and 2c within 60 days from the date the health care provider knew the condition being treated was claimed by the employee as compensable under workers' compensation. Failure to submit charges within the 60 days is not a basis to deny payment, but is a basis for disciplinary action against the provider under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.103. Failure to submit claims within the time frames specified in Minnesota Statutes, section 62Q.75, subdivision 3, may result in denial of payment.

C. This part does not limit the collection of other information the provider may be required to report under any other state or federal jurisdiction.

Subpart 2a. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services CMS 1500 form.

Except as provided in subparts 2b and 2c, charges for all services, articles, and supplies that are provided for a claimed workers' compensation injury must be submitted to the payer on the CMS 1500 form. Charges for dental services may be submitted on the dental claim form required by Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.52, subdivision 3. The CMS 1500 form must be filled out in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.52, and directions set forth in the "Minnesota Standards for the Use of the CMS 1500 Claim Form" manual adopted by the Department of Health under Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.61.

Subpart 2b. Uniform billing claim form UB-92 (CMS 1450).

Hospitals licensed under Minnesota Statutes, section 144.50, must submit itemized charges on the uniform billing claim form, UB-92, (CMS 1450). The UB-92 form must be filled out according to Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.52, and the "Minnesota UB-92 manual" published by the Minnesota Hospital Association.

When the UB-92 form provides only summary information, an itemized listing of all services and supplies provided during the inpatient hospitalization must be attached to the UB-92 form. The itemized list must include:

A. where a code is assigned to a service, the approved procedure codes and modifiers appropriate for the service, in accordance with subpart 3. Charges for supplies need not be coded, but a description and charge for specific articles and supplies must be itemized;

B. the charge for each service;

C. the number of units of each service provided; and

D. the date each service was provided.

Subpart 2c. Submission of drug charges.

A. Itemized charges for drugs dispensed for a claimed workers' compensation injury by a licensed community/retail pharmacy must be submitted to the payer on a pharmacy billing form that includes the data elements required by Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.52, subdivision 4, or according to the electronic transaction standards that apply to retail pharmacies specified in Code of Federal Regulations, title 45, part 162, as amended.

B. Charges for drugs dispensed by a practitioner as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 151.01, subdivision 23, who is permitted to dispense drugs under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 151, may be submitted to the payer according to the applicable requirements of any of the following: subpart 2a; Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.535; or one of the billing methods described in item A.

C. Charges for drugs dispensed by a hospital may be submitted according to the applicable requirements of any of the following: subpart 2b; Minnesota Statutes, section 62J.535; or one of the billing methods described in item A.

D. In addition to the requirements of subpart 3 and part 5221.4070, all bills or claims for reimbursement of drug charges under this part must include the following information:

(1) the workers' compensation file number (the employee's social security number), if provided by the employee;

(2) the employee's name and address;

(3) the insurer's name and address;

(4) the date of the injury;

(5) the name of the health care provider who ordered the drug;

(6) the name and quantity of each drug provided;

(7) the prescription number for the drug;

(8) the date the drug was provided;

(9) the total charge for each drug provided;

(10) the name, address, and telephone number of the pharmacy or practitioner that provided the drug; and

(11) the pharmacy's or practitioner's usual and customary charge for the drug at the time it is dispensed.

E. The terms "community/retail pharmacy," "dispense," "drug," "practitioner," and "usual and customary charge" in this subpart have the meanings given to them in part 5221.4070, subpart 1a.

Subpart 3. Billing code.

A. The provider shall undertake professional judgment to assign the correct approved billing code, and any applicable modifiers, in the CPT, HCPCS, NDC, or UB-92 manual in effect on the date the service, article, or supply was rendered, using the appropriate provider group designation, and according to the instructions and guidelines in this chapter. No provider may use a billing code which is assigned a "D," "G," "H," or "I" status in part 5221.4030. Where several component services which have different CPT codes may be described in one more comprehensive CPT code, only the single CPT code most accurately describing the procedure performed or service rendered may be reported.

Dental procedures not included in CPT or HCPCS shall be coded using any standard dental coding system.

B. The codes for services in parts 5221.4030 to 5221.4070 may be submitted with two-digit or two-letter suffixes called "modifiers" as defined in part 5221.0100, subpart 10a. Except as otherwise specifically provided in parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070, the use of a modifier does not change the maximum fee to be calculated according to part 5221.4020.

C. Provider group designation.

(1) General. The provision of services by all health care providers is limited and governed by each provider's scope of practice as stated in the applicable statute. A provider shall not perform a service which is outside that provider's scope of practice, nor shall a provider use a procedure code for a service which is outside that provider's scope of practice. Services delivered at the direction and under the supervision of a licensed health care provider listed in this item are considered incident to the services of the licensed provider and are coded as though provided directly by the licensed provider. Services delivered by support staff such as aides, assistants, or other unlicensed providers are incident to the services of a licensed provider only if the licensed provider directly responsible for the unlicensed provider is on the premises at the time the service is rendered. Hospital charges are governed by part 5221.0500, subpart 2, items C and D. Outpatient charges by hospitals with more than 100 licensed beds are subject to the maximum fees in parts 5221.4000 to 5221.4070.

(2) Medical and surgical services. Procedure codes for medical and surgical services and supplies are listed in part 5221.4030. These include services delivered by the following types of providers or services provided incident to the services of the following types of providers: medical physicians, surgeons, osteopathic physicians, podiatrists, dentists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, optometrists, opticians, speech pathologists, licensed psychologists, social workers, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, and physician's assistants.

(3) Pathology and laboratory services. Procedure codes for services and supplies provided by a pathologist or by a technician under the supervision of a physician are listed in part 5221.4040.

(4) Physical medicine and rehabilitation services. Procedure codes for services and supplies provided by a physician, an osteopathic physician, a physical therapist, an occupational therapist, a physical therapist assistant under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist, or a certified occupational therapy assistant under the direction and supervision of an occupational therapist, or provided incident to the services of a physician, an osteopathic physician, a physical therapist, or an occupational therapist are listed in part 5221.4050.

(5) Chiropractic services. Procedure codes for services and supplies provided by a chiropractor or provided incident to a chiropractor's services are listed in part 5221.4060.

(6) Pharmacy services. Procedure codes for drugs dispensed pursuant to the order of a health care provider, are described in part 5221.4070.

Subpart 4. Cooperation with payer.

Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.138, providers shall comply within seven working days with payers' proper written requests for copies of existing medical data concerning the services provided, the patient's condition, the plan of treatment, and other issues pertaining to the payer's determination of compensability or excessiveness.

Subpart 5. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.171; 176.101; 176.135; 176.1351; 176.136; 176.231; 176.83

History: 9 SR 601; 13 SR 2609; 18 SR 1472; 25 SR 1142; 30 SR 1053

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0800. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.0900. [Repealed, 13 SR 2609].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1000.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 4. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 5. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 6. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 7. [Renumbered 5221.0700, subpart 3, item C, subitems (1) to (20)].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1100. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1200. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1210. [Repealed, 16 SR 622; 18 SR 1472]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1215. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1220. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1300. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1400. [Repealed, 13 SR 2609].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1410. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1450. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1500. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1600. MR 1987 [Repealed, 12 SR 662].

PART 5221.1600. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1700. [Repealed, 13 SR 2609].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1800. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1900. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.1950. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2000. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2050. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2070. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2100. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2150. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2200. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2250. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2300. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2400. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2500.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 4. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 5. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 6. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 7. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 8. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 9. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 10. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2600.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 2. [Repealed by amendment, 13 SR 2609].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 4. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 5. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2650. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2700. [Repealed, 14 SR 722].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2750. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2800.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 3. MR 1985 [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 4. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.2900. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3000.

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 2. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 3. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Subpart 4. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Subpart 5. [Repealed, 10 SR 765].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3100. [Repealed, 14 SR 722].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3150. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3155. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3160. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3200. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3300. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3310. [Repealed, 14 SR 722].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3400. [Repealed, 13 SR 2609].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.3500. [Repealed, 18 SR 1472].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5221.4000. [Repealed, 35 SR 227].

Posted: September 30, 2010

Chapter 5204. Safety and Health Committees

PART 5204.0010. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060].

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0020. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0030. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0040. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0050. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0060. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0070. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0080. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5204.0090. [REPEALED, 23 SR 2060]

Posted: June 11, 2008

Fired In-house Attorney Can't Invoke Whistleblower Protection, Minnesota Supreme Court Holds

An in-house attorney who was fired after raising suspected illegality with his employer is not entitled to the protection of the state's whistleblower statute since his reporting was part of his normal job duties, the Minnesota Supreme Court held on June 24.

Chapter 268. Unemployment Insurance

268.001 CITATION; MINNESOTA UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE LAW.

This chapter will be known and may be cited as the "Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law."

History: 1987 c 385 s 47; 1994 c 483 s 1; 2004 c 206 s 38; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 2

268.01 [Repealed, 1965 c 45 s 73]

268.011 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.0111

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1987 c 403 art 2 s 164]

Subdivision 3a. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 4]

Subdivision 4a. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 5]

Subdivision 5a. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 6]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 7]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 8]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 116L.19, subd 9]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.012 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.0121

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116J.01, subd 6]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116J.035, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116J.035, subd 6]

268.0122

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116J.401, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116J.035, subd 5]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 116J.401, subd 3]

268.0124 [Renumbered 116J.0124]

268.0125 [Renumbered 116J.0125]

268.013 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.014 [Renumbered 116J.014]

268.02 [Repealed, 1965 c 45 s 73]

268.021 [Repealed, 1999 c 107 s 67]

268.022 [Renumbered 116L.20]

268.025 [Repealed, 1965 c 45 s 73]

268.026 [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

268.027 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.028 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.029 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.03 PUBLIC PURPOSE OF THE MINNESOTA UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE PROGRAM.

Subdivision 1. Statement.

The public purpose of this chapter is: Economic insecurity because of involuntary unemployment of workers in Minnesota is a subject of general concern that requires appropriate action by the legislature. The public good is promoted by providing workers who are unemployed through no fault of their own a temporary partial wage replacement to assist the unemployed worker to become reemployed. This program is the "Minnesota unemployment insurance program."

Subdivision 2. MS 2006 [Renumbered 268.031]

History: (4337-21) Ex1936 c 2 s 1; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 1; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 105; 1998 c 265 s 3; 1999 c 107 s 66; 2000 c 343 s 1; 2001 c 175 s 2,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 1; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 3,4; 2008 c 300 s 51

268.031 STANDARD OF PROOF.

Subdivision 1. Standard of proof.

All issues of fact under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law are determined by a preponderance of the evidence.

Subdivision 2. Statutory application.

This chapter is remedial in nature and must be applied in favor of awarding unemployment benefits. Any legal conclusion that results in an applicant being ineligible for unemployment benefits must be fully supported by the facts. In determining eligibility or ineligibility for benefits, any statutory provision that would preclude an applicant from receiving benefits must be narrowly construed.

History: (4337-21) Ex1936 c 2 s 1; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 1; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 105; 1998 c 265 s 3; 1999 c 107 s 66; 2000 c 343 s 1; 2001 c 175 s 2,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 1; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 3,4; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 1

268.032 ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION; WHEN ALLOWED; SENDING TO LAST KNOWN ADDRESS REQUIRED.

(a) If any required notice, determination, or decision issued under this chapter provides that the commissioner may send the notice, determination, or decision by mail or electronic transmission, the commissioner may send the notice, determination, or decision to an applicant or employer by electronic transmission only if the applicant or employer has affirmatively indicated that the applicant or employer would prefer required notices, determinations, or decisions be sent by electronic transmission rather than by mail. An applicant or employer may withdraw an indicated preference for electronic transmission.

(b) If any required notice, determination, or decision issued under this chapter is sent by mail to an applicant or an employer, the notice, determination, or decision must be sent to the last known address. If any required notice, determination, or decision issued under this chapter is sent by electronic transmission, the notice, determination, or decision must be sent to the last known electronic address of the applicant or employer. If any required notice, determination, or decision issued under this chapter is sent by electronic transmission and the commissioner is notified that the electronic address of the applicant or employer is no longer in service, the commissioner must then send the required notice, determination, or decision by mail to the last known address.

History: 2004 c 183 s 2

268.033 COMPUTATION OF TIME.

The computation of time provisions of section 645.151 apply to this chapter.

History: 2004 c 183 s 3

268.034 COMPUTATIONS OF MONEY ROUNDED DOWN.

Computations of money required under this chapter that do not result in a whole dollar are rounded down to the next lower whole dollar, unless specifically provided otherwise by law.

History: 2009 c 78 art 4 s 2

268.035 DEFINITIONS.

Subdivision 1. Scope.

The words, terms, and phrases in this section, for the purposes of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law, have the meaning stated.

Subdivision 2. Agricultural employment.

"Agricultural employment" means services:

(1) on a farm, in the employ of any person or family farm corporation in connection with cultivating the soil, or in connection with raising or harvesting any agricultural or horticultural commodity, including the raising, shearing, feeding, caring for, training, and management of livestock, bees, poultry, fur-bearing animals, and wildlife;

(2) in the employ of the owner or tenant or other operator of a farm, in connection with the operation, management, conservation, improvement, or maintenance of the farm and its tools and equipment, or in salvaging timber or clearing land of brush and other debris left by a tornado-like storm, if the major part of the employment is performed on a farm;

(3) in connection with the production or harvesting of any commodity defined as an agricultural product in United States Code, title 7, section 1626 of the Agricultural Marketing Act, or in connection with cotton ginning, or in connection with the operation or maintenance of ditches, canals, reservoirs, or waterways, not owned or operated for profit, used exclusively for supplying and storing water for farming purposes;

(4) in the employ of the operator of a farm in handling, planting, drying, packing, packaging, processing, freezing, grading, storing, or delivering to storage or to market or to a carrier for transportation to market, in its unmanufactured state, any agricultural or horticultural commodity; but only if the operator produced more than one-half of the commodity with respect to which the employment is performed, or in the employ of a group of operators of farms or a cooperative organization of which the operators are members, but only if the operators produced more than one-half of the commodity with respect to which the employment is performed; however, this clause is not applicable to employment performed in connection with commercial canning or commercial freezing or in connection with any agricultural or horticultural commodity after its delivery to a terminal market for distribution for consumption; or

(5) on a farm operated for profit if the employment is not in the course of the employer's trade or business.

For purposes of this subdivision, the term "farm" includes stock, dairy, poultry, fruit, fur-bearing animals, and truck farms, plantations, ranches, nurseries, orchards, ranges, greenhouses, or other similar structures used primarily for the raising of agricultural or horticultural commodities.

Subdivision 2a. Applicant.

"Applicant" means an individual who has filed an application for unemployment benefits and has established or is pursuing the establishment of a benefit account.

Subdivision 3. Back pay.

"Back pay" means a retroactive payment of money by an employer to an employee or former employee for lost wages.

Subdivision 4. Base period.

(a) "Base period," unless otherwise provided in this subdivision, means the most recent four completed calendar quarters before the effective date of an applicant's application for unemployment benefits if the application has an effective date occurring after the month following the most recent completed calendar quarter. The base period defined in this paragraph is considered the primary base period. The base period under this paragraph is as follows:

If the application for unemployment benefits is effective on or between these dates: | The base period is the prior:

February 1 - March 31 | January 1 - December 31

May 1 - June 30 | April 1 - March 31

August 1 - September 30 | July 1 - June 30

November 1 - December 31 | October 1 - September 30

(b) If an application for unemployment benefits has an effective date that is during the month following the most recent completed calendar quarter, then the base period is the first four of the most recent five completed calendar quarters before the effective date of an applicant's application for unemployment benefits. The base period defined in this paragraph is considered the secondary base period. The base period under this paragraph is as follows:

If the application for unemployment benefits is effective on or between these dates: | The base period is the prior:

January 1 - January 31 | October 1 - September 30

April 1 - April 30 | January 1 - December 31

July 1 - July 31 | April 1 - March 31

October 1 - October 31 | July 1 - June 30

(c) If the applicant has insufficient wage credits to establish a benefit account under paragraph (a) or (b), but during the base period under paragraph (a) or (b) an applicant received workers' compensation for temporary disability under chapter 176 or a similar federal law or similar law of another state, or if an applicant whose own serious illness caused a loss of work for which the applicant received compensation for loss of wages from some other source, the applicant may request an extended base period as follows:

(1) if an applicant was compensated for a loss of work of seven to 13 weeks, the base period is the first four of the most recent six completed calendar quarters before the effective date of the application for unemployment benefits;

(2) if an applicant was compensated for a loss of work of 14 to 26 weeks, the base period is the first four of the most recent seven completed calendar quarters before the effective date of the application for unemployment benefits;

(3) if an applicant was compensated for a loss of work of 27 to 39 weeks, the base period is the first four of the most recent eight completed calendar quarters before the effective date of the application for unemployment benefits; and

(4) if an applicant was compensated for a loss of work of 40 to 52 weeks, the base period is the first four of the most recent nine completed calendar quarters before the effective date of the application for unemployment benefits.

(d) If the applicant has insufficient wage credits to establish a benefit account using the secondary base period under paragraph (b), an alternate base period of the most recent four completed calendar quarters before the effective date of the applicant's application for unemployment benefits will be used. Establishment of a benefit account is in accordance with section 268.07, subdivision 2.

(e) No base period under paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) may include wage credits upon which a prior benefit account was established.

(f) Regardless of paragraph (a), the secondary base period in paragraph (b) must be used if the applicant has more wage credits under that base period than under the primary base period in paragraph (a).

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered subd 26a]

Subdivision 6. Benefit year.

"Benefit year" means the period of 52 calendar weeks beginning the date a benefit account is effective. For a benefit account established effective any January 1, April 1, July 1, October 1, or January 2, 2000, or October 2, 2011, the benefit year will be a period of 53 calendar weeks.

Subdivision 7. Calendar quarter.

"Calendar quarter" means the period of three consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31.

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered subd 2a]

Subdivision 8a. Commissioner.

"Commissioner" means the commissioner of employment and economic development.

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 2007 c 135 art 3 s 42]

Subdivision 9a. Construction; independent contractor.

For purposes of this chapter, section 181.723 determines whether a worker is an independent contractor or an employee when performing public or private sector commercial or residential building construction or improvement services.

Subdivision 10. Corporation.

"Corporation" includes associations, joint-stock companies, and insurance companies. This definition is not exclusive.

Subdivision 11. Covered agricultural employment.

"Covered agricultural employment" means agricultural employment where:

(1) The employment is performed for a person who:

(i) during any calendar quarter in either the current or the prior calendar year paid wages of $20,000 or more to employees in agricultural employment; or

(ii) for some portion of a day in each of 20 different calendar weeks, whether or not the weeks were consecutive, in either the current or prior calendar year employed in agricultural employment four or more employees, regardless of whether they were employed at the same time.

(2) Any employee who is a member of a crew furnished by a crew leader to be employed in agricultural employment for any other person is treated as an employee of the crew leader:

(i) if the crew leader holds a valid certificate of registration under United States Code, title 29, section 1802, the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act; or substantially all of the members of the crew operate or maintain tractors, mechanized harvesting or crop dusting equipment, or any other mechanized equipment, that is provided by the crew leader; and

(ii) if the employee is not an employee of another person.

(3) Any employee who is furnished by a crew leader to be employed in agricultural employment for any other person and who is not treated as an employee of the crew leader under clause (2):

(i) the other person and not the crew leader is treated as the employer of the employee; and

(ii) the other person is treated as having paid wages to the employee in an amount equal to the amount of wages paid to the employee by the crew leader (either on the crew leader's behalf or on behalf of the other person) for the agricultural employment performed for the other person.

(4) The term "crew leader" means an individual who:

(i) furnishes employees to be employed in agricultural employment for any other person;

(ii) pays (either on the crew leader's own behalf or on behalf of the other person) the employees furnished by the crew leader for the agricultural employment performed by them; and

(iii) has not entered into a written agreement with the other person under which the furnished employee is designated as an employee of the other person.

(5) Employment of an officer or shareholder of a family farm corporation is excluded from covered agricultural employment unless the corporation is an employer under United States Code, title 26, section 3306(a)(2) of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act.

(6) Employment of an individual 16 years of age or under is excluded from covered agricultural employment unless the employer is an employer under United States Code, title 26, section 3306(a)(2) of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act.

Subdivision 12. Covered employment.

"Covered employment" means the following unless excluded as "noncovered employment" under subdivision 20:

(1) an employee's entire employment during the calendar quarter if:

(i) the employment is performed entirely in Minnesota;

(ii) the employment is performed primarily in Minnesota, and the employment performed outside Minnesota is incidental to the employment in Minnesota; or

(iii) the employment is not performed primarily in any one state but some of the employment is performed in Minnesota and the base of operations or the place from which the employment is directed or controlled is in Minnesota; or the base of operations or place from which the employment is directed or controlled is not in any state where part of the employment is performed, but the employee's residence is in Minnesota;

(2) an employee's employment during the calendar quarter wherever performed within the United States or Canada, if:

(i) the employment is not covered under the unemployment insurance program of any other state or Canada; and

(ii) the place from which the employment is directed or controlled is in Minnesota;

(3) the employment during the calendar quarter of an employee who is a citizen of the United States, performed outside the United States, except in Canada, in the employ of an American employer if:

(i) the employer's principal place of business in the United States is located in Minnesota;

(ii) the employer has no place of business in the United States, but the employer is an individual who is a resident of Minnesota, or the employer is a corporation that is organized under the laws of Minnesota, or the employer is a partnership or a trust and the number of partners or trustees who are residents of Minnesota is greater than the number who are residents of any one other state;

(iii) none of the criteria of subclauses (i) and (ii) is met but the employer has elected coverage in Minnesota, or the employer having failed to elect coverage in any state, an applicant has made an application for unemployment benefits under section 268.07, based on the employment;

(iv) an "American employer," for the purposes of this subdivision, means an individual who is a resident of the United States, or a partnership if two-thirds or more of the partners are residents of the United States, or a trust, if all of the trustees are residents of the United States, or a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or of any state; or

(v) as used in this subdivision, the term "United States" includes the states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands;

(4) all employment during the calendar quarter performed by an officer or member of the crew of an American vessel on or in connection with the vessel, if the operating office from which the operations of the vessel operating on navigable waters within, or within and without, the United States are ordinarily and regularly supervised, managed, directed, and controlled is in Minnesota; and

(5) for the purposes of satisfying the period of ineligibility under section 268.095, subdivision 10, "covered employment" includes covered employment under an unemployment insurance program of any other state or employment covered under an unemployment insurance program established by an act of Congress.

Subdivision 12a. Department.

"Department" means the Department of Employment and Economic Development.

Subdivision 12b. Electronic transmission.

"Electronic transmission" means a communication sent by electronic, digital, magnetic, wireless, optical, electromagnetic or similar capabilities, and, when permitted by the commissioner, a telephone communication.

Subdivision 12c. Determination.

"Determination" means a document sent to an applicant or employer by mail or electronic transmission that is an initial department ruling on a specific issue. All documents that are determinations under this chapter use that term in the title of the document and are appealable to an unemployment law judge under section 268.105, subdivision 1.

Subdivision 13. Employee.

"Employee" means:

(1) every individual who is performing or has performed services for an employer in employment; or

(2) each individual employed to perform or assist in performing the work of any agent or employee of the employer is considered to be an employee of that employer whether the individual was hired or paid directly by that employer or by the agent or employee, provided the employer had actual or constructive knowledge of the work.

Subdivision 14. Employer.

"Employer" means any person that has had one or more employees during the current or the prior calendar year including any person that has elected, under section 268.042, to be subject to the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law and a joint venture composed of one or more employers.

An employee leasing company, professional employer organization, or similar person that has been assigned a tax account under section 268.046 is an employer for purposes of this chapter.

Subdivision 15. Employment.

(a) "Employment" means service performed by:

(1) an individual who is considered an employee under the common law of employer-employee and not considered an independent contractor;

(2) an officer of a corporation;

(3) a member of a limited liability company who is considered an employee under the common law of employer-employee;

(4) product demonstrators in retail stores or other locations to aid in the sale of products. The person that pays the wages is considered the employer; or

(5) an individual who performs services for a person for compensation, as:

(i) an agent-driver or commission-driver engaged in distributing meat products, vegetable products, fruit products, beverages, or laundry or dry cleaning services; or

(ii) a traveling or city salesperson, other than as an agent-driver or commission-driver, engaged full-time in the solicitation on behalf of the person, of orders from wholesalers, retailers, contractors, or operators of hotels, restaurants, or other similar establishments for merchandise for resale or supplies for use in their business operations.

This clause applies only if the contract of service provides that substantially all of the services are to be performed personally by the individual, and the services are part of a continuing relationship with the person for whom the services are performed, and the individual does not have a substantial investment in facilities used in connection with the performance of the services, other than facilities for transportation.

(b) Employment does not include service as a juror.

Subdivision 16. Family farm corporation.

"Family farm corporation" has the meaning given to it in section 500.24, subdivision 2.

Subdivision 17. Filing; filed.

"Filing" or "filed" means the personal delivery of an application, appeal, or other required action to the commissioner or any of the commissioner's agents, or if done by mail, deposited in the United States mail properly addressed to the department with postage prepaid, in which case it is considered filed on the day indicated by the cancellation mark of the United States Postal Service.

If an application, appeal, or other required action is made by electronic transmission, it is considered filed on the day received by the department.

Subdivision 18. [Renumbered subd 25a]

Subdivision 19. High quarter.

"High quarter" means the calendar quarter in an applicant's base period with the highest amount of wage credits.

Subdivision 19a. Immediate family member.

"Immediate family member" means an individual's spouse, parent, stepparent, grandparent, son or daughter, stepson or stepdaughter, or grandson or granddaughter.

Subdivision 20. Noncovered employment.

"Noncovered employment" means:

(1) employment for the United States government or an instrumentality thereof, including military service;

(2) employment for a state, other than Minnesota, or a political subdivision or instrumentality thereof;

(3) employment for a foreign government;

(4) employment for an instrumentality wholly owned by a foreign government, if the employment is of a character similar to that performed in foreign countries by employees of the United States government or an instrumentality thereof and the United States Secretary of State has certified that the foreign government grants an equivalent exemption to similar employment performed in the foreign country by employees of the United States government and instrumentalities thereof;

(5) employment covered under United States Code, title 45, section 351, the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act;

(6) employment covered by a reciprocal arrangement between the commissioner and another state or the federal government that provides that all employment performed by an individual for an employer during the period covered by the reciprocal arrangement is considered performed entirely within another state;

(7) employment for a church or convention or association of churches, or an organization operated primarily for religious purposes that is operated, supervised, controlled, or principally supported by a church or convention or association of churches described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code and exempt from income tax under section 501(a);

(8) employment of a duly ordained or licensed minister of a church in the exercise of a ministry or by a member of a religious order in the exercise of duties required by the order, for Minnesota or a political subdivision or an organization described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code and exempt from income tax under section 501(a);

(9) employment of an individual receiving rehabilitation of "sheltered" work in a facility conducted for the purpose of carrying out a program of rehabilitation for individuals whose earning capacity is impaired by age or physical or mental deficiency or injury or a program providing "sheltered" work for individuals who because of an impaired physical or mental capacity cannot be readily absorbed in the competitive labor market. This clause applies only to services performed for Minnesota or a political subdivision or an organization described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code and exempt from income tax under section 501(a) in a facility certified by the Rehabilitation Services Branch of the department or in a day training or habilitation program licensed by the Department of Human Services;

(10) employment of an individual receiving work relief or work training as part of an unemployment work relief or work training program assisted or financed in whole or in part by any federal agency or an agency of a state or political subdivision thereof. This clause applies only to employment for Minnesota or a political subdivision or an organization described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code and exempt from income tax under section 501(a). This clause does not apply to programs that require unemployment benefit coverage for the participants;

(11) employment for Minnesota or a political subdivision as an elected official, a member of a legislative body, or a member of the judiciary;

(12) employment as a member of the Minnesota National Guard or Air National Guard;

(13) employment for Minnesota, a political subdivision, or instrumentality thereof, as an employee serving only on a temporary basis in case of fire, flood, tornado, or similar emergency;

(14) employment as an election official or election worker for Minnesota or a political subdivision, but only if the compensation for that employment was less than $1,000 in a calendar year;

(15) employment for Minnesota that is a major policy-making or advisory position in the unclassified service, including those positions established under section 43A.08, subdivision 1a;

(16) employment for a political subdivision of Minnesota that is a nontenured major policy making or advisory position;

(17) domestic employment in a private household, local college club, or local chapter of a college fraternity or sorority performed for a person, only if the wages paid in any calendar quarter in either the current or prior calendar year to all individuals in domestic employment totaled less than $1,000.

"Domestic employment" includes all service in the operation and maintenance of a private household, for a local college club, or local chapter of a college fraternity or sorority as distinguished from service as an employee in the pursuit of an employer's trade or business;

(18) employment of an individual by a son, daughter, or spouse, and employment of a child under the age of 18 by the child's father or mother;

(19) employment for a personal care assistance provider agency by an immediate family member of a recipient who provides the direct care to the recipient through the personal care assistance program under section 256B.0659;

(20) employment of an inmate of a custodial or penal institution;

(21) employment for a school, college, or university by a student who is enrolled and whose primary relation to the school, college, or university is as a student. This does not include an individual whose primary relation to the school, college, or university is as an employee who also takes courses;

(22) employment of an individual who is enrolled as a student in a full-time program at a nonprofit or public educational institution that maintains a regular faculty and curriculum and has a regularly organized body of students in attendance at the place where its educational activities are carried on, taken for credit at the institution, that combines academic instruction with work experience, if the employment is an integral part of the program, and the institution has so certified to the employer, except that this clause does not apply to employment in a program established for or on behalf of an employer or group of employers;

(23) employment of university, college, or professional school students in an internship or other training program with the city of St. Paul or the city of Minneapolis under Laws 1990, chapter 570, article 6, section 3;

(24) employment for a hospital by a patient of the hospital. "Hospital" means an institution that has been licensed by the Department of Health as a hospital;

(25) employment as a student nurse for a hospital or a nurses' training school by an individual who is enrolled and is regularly attending classes in an accredited nurses' training school;

(26) employment as an intern for a hospital by an individual who has completed a four-year course in an accredited medical school;

(27) employment as an insurance salesperson, by other than a corporate officer, if all the wages from the employment is solely by way of commission. The word "insurance" includes an annuity and an optional annuity;

(28) employment as an officer of a township mutual insurance company or farmer's mutual insurance company operating under chapter 67A;

(29) employment of a corporate officer, if the officer directly or indirectly, including through a subsidiary or holding company, owns 25 percent or more of the employer corporation, and employment of a member of a limited liability company, if the member directly or indirectly, including through a subsidiary or holding company, owns 25 percent or more of the employer limited liability company;

(30) employment as a real estate salesperson, by other than a corporate officer, if all the wages from the employment is solely by way of commission;

(31) employment as a direct seller as defined in United States Code, title 26, section 3508;

(32) employment of an individual under the age of 18 in the delivery or distribution of newspapers or shopping news, not including delivery or distribution to any point for subsequent delivery or distribution;

(33) casual employment performed for an individual, other than domestic employment under clause (17), that does not promote or advance that employer's trade or business;

(34) employment in "agricultural employment" unless considered "covered agricultural employment" under subdivision 11; or

(35) if employment during one-half or more of any pay period was covered employment, all the employment for the pay period is considered covered employment; but if during more than one-half of any pay period the employment was noncovered employment, then all of the employment for the pay period is considered noncovered employment. "Pay period" means a period of not more than a calendar month for which a payment or compensation is ordinarily made to the employee by the employer.

Subdivision 20a. Preponderance of the evidence.

"Preponderance of the evidence" means evidence in substantiation of a fact that, when weighed against the evidence opposing the fact, is more convincing and has a greater probability of truth.

Subdivision 21. Person.

"Person" means:

(1) an individual or any type of organization or entity, resident or nonresident, for profit or nonprofit, religious, charitable or educational, including any receiver or trustee in a bankruptcy, successor of any of the foregoing, or legal representative of a deceased individual; and

(2) any government entity, state or federal, foreign or domestic, or Indian tribe, including any subdivision or instrumentality thereof owned wholly or in part.

Subdivision 21a. [Renumbered subd 21c]

Subdivision 21b. Preponderance of the evidence.

"Preponderance of the evidence" means evidence in substantiation of a fact that, when weighed against the evidence opposing the fact, is more convincing and has a greater probability of truth.

Subdivision 21c. Reemployment assistance training.

(a) An applicant is in "reemployment assistance training" when:

(1) a reasonable opportunity for suitable employment for the applicant does not exist in the labor market area and additional training will assist the applicant in obtaining suitable employment;

(2) the curriculum, facilities, staff, and other essentials are adequate to achieve the training objective;

(3) the training is vocational or short term academic training directed to an occupation or skill that will substantially enhance the employment opportunities available to the applicant in the applicant's labor market area;

(4) the training course is considered full time by the training provider; and

(5) the applicant is making satisfactory progress in the training.

(b) Full-time training provided through the dislocated worker program, the Trade Act of 1974, as amended, or the North American Free Trade Agreement is considered "reemployment assistance training," if that training course is in accordance with the requirements of that program.

(c) Apprenticeship training provided in order to meet the requirements of an apprenticeship program under chapter 178 is considered "reemployment assistance training."

(d) An applicant is considered in reemployment assistance training only if the training course has actually started or is scheduled to start within 30 calendar days.

Subdivision 21d. Staffing service.

A "staffing service" is an employer whose business involves employing individuals directly for the purpose of furnishing temporary assignment workers to clients of the staffing service.

Subdivision 22. State.

"State" includes, in addition to the states of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, and the Virgin Islands.

Subdivision 23. State's average annual and average weekly wage.

(a) On or before June 30 of each year, the commissioner shall calculate the state's average annual wage and the state's average weekly wage in the following manner:

(1) The sum of the total monthly covered employment reported by all employers for the prior calendar year is divided by 12 to calculate the average monthly covered employment.

(2) The sum of the total wages paid for all covered employment reported by all employers for the prior calendar year is divided by the average monthly covered employment to calculate the state's average annual wage.

(3) The state's average annual wage is divided by 52 to calculate the state's average weekly wage.

(b) For purposes of calculating the amount of taxable wages, the state's average annual wage applies to the calendar year following the calculation.

(c) For purposes of calculating (1) the state's maximum weekly unemployment benefit amount available on any benefit account under section 268.07, subdivision 2a, and (2) the wage credits necessary to establish a benefit account under section 268.07, subdivision 2, the state's average weekly wage applies to the one-year period beginning the last Sunday in October of the calendar year of the calculation.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 23a. Suitable employment.

(a) Suitable employment means employment in the applicant's labor market area that is reasonably related to the applicant's qualifications. In determining whether any employment is suitable for an applicant, the degree of risk involved to the health and safety, physical fitness, prior training, experience, length of unemployment, prospects for securing employment in the applicant's customary occupation, and the distance of the employment from the applicant's residence is considered.

(b) In determining what is suitable employment, primary consideration is given to the temporary or permanent nature of the applicant's separation from employment and whether the applicant has favorable prospects of finding employment in the applicant's usual or customary occupation at the applicant's past wage level within a reasonable period of time.

If prospects are unfavorable, employment at lower skill or wage levels is suitable if the applicant is reasonably suited for the employment considering the applicant's education, training, work experience, and current physical and mental ability.

The total compensation must be considered, including the wage rate, hours of employment, method of payment, overtime practices, bonuses, incentive payments, and fringe benefits.

(c) When potential employment is at a rate of pay lower than the applicant's former rate, consideration must be given to the length of the applicant's unemployment and the proportion of difference in the rates. Employment that may not be suitable because of lower wages during the early weeks of the applicant's unemployment may become suitable as the duration of unemployment lengthens.

(d) For an applicant seasonally unemployed, suitable employment includes temporary work in a lower skilled occupation that pays average gross weekly wages equal to or more than 150 percent of the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount.

(e) If a majority of the applicant's weeks of employment in the base period includes part-time employment, part-time employment in a position with comparable skills and comparable hours that pays comparable wages is considered suitable employment.

Full-time employment is not considered suitable employment for an applicant if a majority of the applicant's weeks of employment in the base period includes part-time employment.

(f) To determine suitability of employment in terms of shifts, the arrangement of hours in addition to the total number of hours is to be considered. Employment on a second, third, rotating, or split shift is suitable employment if it is customary in the occupation in the labor market area.

(g) Employment is not considered suitable if:

(1) the position offered is vacant because of a labor dispute;

(2) the wages, hours, or other conditions of employment are substantially less favorable than those prevailing for similar employment in the labor market area;

(3) as a condition of becoming employed, the applicant would be required to join a company union or to resign from or refrain from joining any bona fide labor organization; or

(4) the employment is with a staffing service and less than 25 percent of the applicant's wage credits are from a job assignment with the client of a staffing service.

(h) A job assignment with a staffing service is considered suitable only if 25 percent or more of the applicant's wage credits are from job assignments with clients of a staffing service and the job assignment meets the definition of suitable employment under paragraph (a).

Subdivision 24. Taxable wages.

(a) "Taxable wages" means those wages paid to an employee in covered employment each calendar year up to an amount equal to 60 percent of the state's average annual wage, rounded to the nearest $1,000.

(b) Taxable wages includes the amount of wages paid for covered employment by the employer's predecessor when there has been an experience rating history transfer under section 268.051, subdivision 4.

Subdivision 25. Taxes.

"Taxes" means the money payments required by the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law to be paid into the trust fund by an employer on account of paying wages to employees in covered employment.

Subdivision 25a. Trust fund.

"Trust fund" means the Minnesota unemployment insurance trust fund established by section 268.194.

Subdivision 25b. Trucking and messenger/courier industries; independent contractors.

In the trucking and messenger/courier industries, an operator of a car, van, truck, tractor, or truck-tractor that is licensed and registered by a governmental motor vehicle agency is an employee unless each of the following factors is present, and if each factor is present, the operator is an independent contractor:

(1) the individual owns the equipment or holds it under a bona fide lease arrangement;

(2) the individual is responsible for the maintenance of the equipment;

(3) the individual is responsible for the operating costs, including fuel, repairs, supplies, vehicle insurance, and personal expenses. The individual may be paid the carrier's fuel surcharge and incidental costs, including, but not limited to, tolls, permits, and lumper fees;

(4) the individual is responsible for supplying the necessary personal services to operate the equipment;

(5) the individual's compensation is based on factors related to the work performed, such as a percentage of any schedule of rates, and not on the basis of the hours or time expended;

(6) the individual enters into a written contract that specifies the relationship to be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee; and

(7) the individual substantially controls the means and manner of performing the services, in conformance with regulatory requirements and specifications of the shipper.

Subdivision 26. Unemployed.

An applicant is considered "unemployed" (1) in any week that the applicant performs less than 32 hours of service in employment, covered employment, noncovered employment, self-employment, or volunteer work; and (2) any earnings with respect to that week are less than the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount.

Subdivision 26a. Unemployment benefits.

"Unemployment benefits" means the money payments portion of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program available to an applicant.

Subdivision 27. Wage credits.

"Wage credits" mean the amount of wages paid within an applicant's base period for covered employment.

Subdivision 28. Wage detail report.

"Wage detail report" means the report on each employee in covered employment required from an employer on a calendar quarter basis under section 268.044.

Subdivision 29. Wages.

(a) "Wages" means all compensation for services, including commissions; bonuses, awards, and prizes; severance payments; standby pay; vacation and holiday pay; back pay as of the date of payment; tips and gratuities paid to an employee by a customer of an employer and accounted for by the employee to the employer; sickness and accident disability payments, except as otherwise provided in this subdivision; and the cash value of housing, utilities, meals, exchanges of services, and any other goods and services provided to compensate for an employee's services, except:

(1) the amount of any payment made to, or on behalf of, an employee under a plan established by an employer that makes provision for employees generally or for a class or classes of employees, including any amount paid by an employer for insurance or annuities, or into a plan, to provide for a payment, on account of (i) retirement or (ii) medical and hospitalization expenses in connection with sickness or accident disability, or (iii) death;

(2) the payment by an employer of the tax imposed upon an employee under United States Code, title 26, section 3101 of the Federal Insurance Contribution Act, with respect to compensation paid to an employee for domestic employment in a private household of the employer or for agricultural employment;

(3) any payment made to, or on behalf of, an employee or beneficiary (i) from or to a trust described in United States Code, title 26, section 401(a) of the federal Internal Revenue Code, that is exempt from tax under section 501(a) at the time of the payment unless the payment is made to an employee of the trust as compensation for services as an employee and not as a beneficiary of the trust, or (ii) under or to an annuity plan that, at the time of the payment, is a plan described in section 403(a);

(4) the value of any special discount or markdown allowed to an employee on goods purchased from or services supplied by the employer where the purchases are optional and do not constitute regular or systematic payment for services;

(5) customary and reasonable directors' fees paid to individuals who are not otherwise employed by the corporation of which they are directors;

(6) the payment to employees for reimbursement of meal expenses when employees are required to perform work after their regular hours;

(7) the payment into a trust or plan for purposes of providing legal or dental services if provided for all employees generally or for a class or classes of employees;

(8) the value of parking facilities provided or paid for by an employer, in whole or in part, if provided for all employees generally or for a class or classes of employees;

(9) royalties to an owner of a franchise, license, copyright, patent, oil, mineral, or other right;

(10) advances or reimbursements for traveling or other bona fide ordinary and necessary expenses incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred in the business of the employer. Traveling and other reimbursed expenses must be identified either by making separate payments or by specifically indicating the separate amounts where both wages and expense allowances are combined in a single payment;

(11) residual payments to radio, television, and similar artists that accrue after the production of television commercials, musical jingles, spot announcements, radio transcriptions, film sound tracks, and similar activities;

(12) payments made to supplement unemployment benefits under a plan established by an employer, that makes provisions for employees generally or for a class or classes of employees under the written terms of an agreement, contract, trust arrangement, or other instrument. The plan must provide supplemental payments solely for the supplementing of weekly state or federal unemployment benefits. The plan must provide supplemental payments only for those weeks the applicant has been paid regular, extended, or additional unemployment benefits available. The supplemental payments, when combined with the applicant's weekly unemployment benefits paid, may not exceed the applicant's regular weekly pay. The plan must not allow the assignment of supplemental payments or provide for any type of additional payment. The plan must not require any consideration from the applicant and must not be designed for the purpose of avoiding the payment of Social Security obligations, or unemployment taxes on money disbursed from the plan;

(13) sickness or accident disability payments made by the employer after the expiration of six calendar months following the last calendar month that the individual worked for the employer;

(14) disability payments made under the provisions of any workers' compensation law;

(15) sickness or accident disability payments made by a third-party payer such as an insurance company; or

(16) payments made into a trust fund, or for the purchase of insurance or an annuity, to provide for sickness or accident disability payments to employees under a plan or system established by the employer that provides for the employer's employees generally or for a class or classes of employees.

(b) Nothing in this subdivision excludes from the term "wages" any payment made under any type of salary reduction agreement, including payments made under a cash or deferred arrangement and cafeteria plan, as defined in United States Code, title 26, sections 401(k) and 125 of the federal Internal Revenue Code, to the extent that the employee has the option to receive the payment in cash.

(c) Wages includes payments made for services as a caretaker. Unless there is a contract or other proof to the contrary, compensation is considered as being equally received by a married couple where the employer makes payment to only one spouse, or by all tenants of a household who perform services where two or more individuals share the same dwelling and the employer makes payment to only one individual.

(d) Wages includes payments made for services by a migrant family. Where services are performed by a married couple or a family and an employer makes payment to only one individual, each worker is considered as having received an equal share of the compensation unless there is a contract or other proof to the contrary.

(e) Wages includes advances or draws against future earnings, when paid, unless the payments are designated as a loan or return of capital on the books of the employer at the time of payment.

(f) Wages includes payments made by a subchapter "S" corporation, as organized under the Internal Revenue Code, to or on behalf of officers and shareholders that are reasonable compensation for services performed for the corporation.

For a subchapter "S" corporation, wages does not include:

(1) a loan for business purposes to an officer or shareholder evidenced by a promissory note signed by an officer before the payment of the loan proceeds and recorded on the books and records of the corporation as a loan to an officer or shareholder;

(2) a repayment of a loan or payment of interest on a loan made by an officer to the corporation and recorded on the books and records of the corporation as a liability;

(3) a reimbursement of reasonable corporation expenses incurred by an officer and documented by a written expense voucher and recorded on the books and records of the corporation as corporate expenses; and

(4) a reasonable lease or rental payment to an officer who owns property that is leased or rented to the corporation.

Subdivision 30. Wages paid.

(a) "Wages paid" means the amount of wages that have been actually paid or that have been credited to or set apart so that payment and disposition is under the control of the employee. Wage payments delayed beyond the regularly scheduled pay date are considered "wages paid" on the missed pay date. Back pay is considered "wages paid" on the date of actual payment. Any wages earned but not paid with no scheduled date of payment is considered "wages paid" on the last day of employment.

(b) Wages paid does not include wages earned but not paid except as provided for in this subdivision.

Subdivision 31. Week.

"Week" means calendar week, ending at midnight Saturday.

Subdivision 32. Weekly unemployment benefit amount.

"Weekly unemployment benefit amount" means the amount of unemployment benefits computed under section 268.07, subdivision 2a.

History: 1998 c 265 s 4; 1999 c 107 s 2-15,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 3-8,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 1,2,20; 2004 c 183 s 4-12; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 2-7; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 1,2; art 2 s 1; art 3 s 1-3; art 4 s 2-4; art 5 s 2; art 6 s 5-13; 2009 c 1 s 1; 2009 c 15 s 1-4; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 3-7; 2009 c 89 s 3; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 1-4,27; 2011 c 84 art 1 s 1-4; art 2 s 1-3

NOTE: The amendment to subdivision 23 by Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 2, is effective October 28, 2012. Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 2, the effective date.

268.04 [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

268.041 [Renumbered 268.043]

268.042 EMPLOYERS COVERAGE.

Subdivision 1. Employer registration.

(a) Each employer must, upon or before the submission of its first wage detail report under section 268.044, register with the commissioner for a tax account or a reimbursable account, by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner. The employer must provide all required information for registration, including the actual physical street and city address of the employer.

(b) Within 30 calendar days, each employer must notify the commissioner by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed, of a change in legal entity, of the transfer, sale, or acquisition of a business conducted in Minnesota, in whole or in part, if the transaction results in the creation of a new or different employer or affects the establishment of employer accounts, the assignment of tax rates, or the transfer of experience rating history.

(c) Except as provided in subdivision 3, any person that is or becomes an employer subject to the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law because of the application of section 268.035, subdivision 20, clause (14), (17), or (33), within any calendar year is considered to be subject to this chapter the entire calendar year.

(d) Within 30 calendar days of the termination of business, an employer that has been assigned a tax account or reimbursable account must notify the commissioner by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed by the commissioner, that the employer no longer has employees and does not intend or expect to pay wages to any employees in the next calendar year and into the foreseeable future. Upon notification, the employer is no longer required to file wage detail reports under section 268.044, subdivision 1, paragraph (d).

(e) An employer that has terminated business regains its previous tax account under section 268.045, with the experience rating history of that account, if the employer again commences business and if:

(1) less than 14 calendar quarters have elapsed in which no wages were paid for covered employment;

(2) the experience rating history regained contains taxable wages; and

(3) the experience rating history has not been transferred to a successor under section 268.051, subdivision 4.

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

Subdivision 3. Election to have noncovered employment considered covered employment.

(a) Any employer that has employment performed for it that is noncovered employment under section 268.035, subdivision 20, may file with the commissioner, by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner, an election that all employees in that class of employment, in one or more distinct establishments or places of business, is considered covered employment for not less than two calendar years. The commissioner has discretion on the approval of any election. Upon the approval of the commissioner, sent by mail or electronic transmission, the employment constitutes covered employment beginning the calendar quarter after the date of approval or beginning a later calendar quarter if requested by the employer. The employment ceases to be considered covered employment as of the first day of January of any calendar year only if at least 30 calendar days before the first day of January the employer has filed with the commissioner, by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner, a notice to that effect.

(b) The commissioner must terminate any election agreement under this subdivision upon 30 calendar days' notice sent by mail or electronic transmission, if the employer is delinquent on any taxes due or reimbursements due the trust fund.

Subdivision 4. Authorization.

The commissioner is authorized to enter into reciprocal arrangements with other states and the federal government, or both, whereby employment by an employee or employees for a single employer that is customarily performed in more than one state is considered performed entirely within any one of the states:

(1) where any part of the employee's employment is performed, or

(2) where the employee has a residence, or

(3) where the employer maintains a place of business; provided, there is in effect, as to the employment, an election, approved by the state, under which all the employment by the employee or employees for the employer is considered to be performed entirely within that state.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 9,11; 1937 c 306 s 6,8; 1939 c 443 s 9; 1941 c 554 s 8,10; 1943 c 650 s 8; 1945 c 376 s 8,10; 1947 c 432 s 8-10; 1947 c 600 s 2; 1949 c 605 s 10; 1953 c 97 s 13,14; 1965 c 45 s 41,45; 1969 c 9 s 64; 1969 c 854 s 9,10; 1971 c 942 s 13; 1979 c 181 s 16; 1983 c 372 s 35,36; 1986 c 444; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 66 s 61,79; 1998 c 265 s 5,6,33-35,45; 1999 c 107 s 16; 2001 c 175 s 9,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 13,14; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 8; 2007 c 128 art 4 s 5; art 6 s 14,15; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 8

268.0425 ELECTRONIC TRANSACTION PRESUMPTION.

If any electronic transaction is done under this chapter using an identification number or code assigned an employer by the commissioner, the transaction is presumed as done by that employer unless a preponderance of the available evidence displays clearly that it was not done by that employer.

History: 2004 c 183 s 15,86

268.043 DETERMINATIONS OF COVERAGE.

(a) The commissioner, upon the commissioner's own motion or upon application of a person, must determine if that person is an employer or whether services performed for it constitute employment and covered employment, or whether any compensation constitutes wages, and notify the person of the determination. The determination is final unless the person files an appeal within 20 calendar days after the commissioner sends the determination by mail or electronic transmission. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

(b) No person may be initially determined an employer, or that services performed for it were in employment or covered employment, for periods more than four years before the year in which the determination is made, unless the commissioner finds that there was fraudulent action to avoid liability under this chapter.

History: 1995 c 54 s 2; 1996 c 417 s 4; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 7; 2004 c 183 s 16; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 9; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 3; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 9

268.0435 [Repealed, 2007 c 128 art 1 s 23]

268.044 WAGE REPORTING.

Subdivision 1. Wage detail report.

(a) Each employer must submit, under the account provided for in section 268.045 or 268.046, a quarterly wage detail report by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed by the commissioner. The report must include for each employee in covered employment during the calendar quarter, the employee's name, Social Security number, the total wages paid to the employee, and total number of paid hours worked. For employees exempt from the definition of employee in section 177.23, subdivision 7, clause (6), the employer must report 40 hours worked for each week any duties were performed by a full-time employee and must report a reasonable estimate of the hours worked for each week duties were performed by a part-time employee. In addition, the wage detail report must include the number of employees employed during the payroll period that includes the 12th day of each calendar month and, if required by the commissioner, the report must be broken down by business location and, if section 268.046, subdivision 1, paragraph (b), or subdivision 2, paragraph (b), applies, by separate unit. The report is due and must be received by the commissioner on or before the last day of the month following the end of the calendar quarter. The commissioner may delay the due date on a specific calendar quarter in the event the department is unable to accept wage detail reports electronically.

(b) The employer may report the wages paid to the next lower whole dollar amount.

(c) An employer need not include the name of the employee or other required information on the wage detail report if disclosure is specifically exempted from being reported by federal law.

(d) A wage detail report must be submitted for each calendar quarter even though no wages were paid, unless the employer has notified the commissioner, under section 268.042, subdivision 1, paragraph (c), of termination of business.

Subdivision 1a. Electronic transmission of report required.

Each employer must submit the quarterly wage detail report by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner. The commissioner has the discretion to accept wage detail reports that are submitted by any other means or the commissioner may return the report submitted by other than electronic transmission to the employer, and reports returned are considered as not submitted and the late fees under subdivision 2 may be imposed.

Subdivision 2. Failure to timely file report; late fees.

(a) Any employer that fails to submit the quarterly wage detail report when due must pay a late fee of $10 per employee, computed based upon the highest of:

(1) the number of employees reported on the last wage detail report submitted;

(2) the number of employees reported in the corresponding quarter of the prior calendar year; or

(3) if no wage detail report has ever been submitted, the number of employees listed at the time of employer registration.

The late fee is canceled if the wage detail report is received within 30 calendar days after a demand for the report is sent to the employer by mail or electronic transmission. A late fee assessed an employer may not be canceled more than twice each 12 months. The amount of the late fee assessed may not be less than $250.

(b) If the wage detail report is not received in a manner and format prescribed by the commissioner within 30 calendar days after demand is sent under paragraph (a), the late fee assessed under paragraph (a) doubles and a renewed demand notice and notice of the increased late fee will be sent to the employer by mail or electronic transmission.

(c) Late fees due under this subdivision may be canceled, in whole or in part, under section 268.066 where good cause for late submission is found by the commissioner.

Subdivision 3. Missing or erroneous information.

(a) Any employer that submits the wage detail report, but fails to include all employee information or enters erroneous information, is subject to an administrative service fee of $25 for each employee for whom the information is partially missing or erroneous.

(b) Any employer that submits the wage detail report, but fails to include an employee, is subject to an administrative service fee equal to two percent of the total wages for each employee for whom the information is completely missing.

(c) An administrative service fee under this subdivision must be canceled if the commissioner determines that the failure or error by the employer occurred because of ignorance or inadvertence.

Subdivision 4. Fees.

The fees provided for in subdivisions 2 and 3 are in addition to interest and other penalties imposed by this chapter and are collected in the same manner as delinquent taxes and credited to the contingent account.

History: 1Sp1982 c 1 s 42; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 24; 1987 c 370 art 2 s 16; 1987 c 385 s 26; 1997 c 66 s 64,79,80; 1997 c 74 s 1; 1Sp1997 c 5 s 7; 1998 c 265 s 8; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 3,4; 2004 c 183 s 17-21; 2005 c 112 art 1 s 2,3; art 2 s 10,42; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 4,5; art 6 s 17-19; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 10

268.045 EMPLOYER TAX OR REIMBURSABLE ACCOUNTS.

Subdivision 1. Account for each employer.

The commissioner must maintain (1) a tax account for each taxpaying employer and (2) a reimbursable account for each nonprofit or government employer that has elected under section 268.052 or 268.053 to be liable for reimbursements, except as provided in section 268.046. The commissioner must assess the tax account for all the taxes due under section 268.051 and credit the tax account with all taxes paid. The commissioner must charge the reimbursable account for any unemployment benefits determined chargeable under section 268.047 and credit the reimbursable account with the payments made.

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2005 c 112 art 1 s 16]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 2005 c 112 art 1 s 16]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 2005 c 112 art 1 s 16]

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 4; 1937 c 306 s 2; 1939 c 443 s 3; 1941 c 554 s 3; 1943 c 650 s 2; 1945 c 376 s 3; 1947 c 32 s 1-8; 1947 c 432 s 3-5,11; 1947 c 600 s 7; 1949 c 526 s 1; 1949 c 605 s 3-6,17,18; 1951 c 442 s 2; 1953 c 97 s 5,6,8; 1953 c 288 s 1; 1955 c 380 s 2-4,6; 1957 c 25 s 1; 1957 c 873 s 2; 1959 c 702 s 2-4; 1965 c 45 s 40; 1965 c 741 s 6-11; 1967 c 573 s 3; 1967 c 617 s 1; 1967 c 856 s 1; 1969 c 3 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 6; 1971 c 860 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 3-6; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 599 s 2-4; 1975 c 336 s 6-10; 1977 c 4 s 4,5; 1977 c 297 s 6-11; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1977 c 455 s 82; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 4-8; 1980 c 508 s 2-7; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 5-12; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 112; 1983 c 372 s 9-15; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1986 c 451 s 1; 1987 c 242 s 1; 1987 c 362 s 9-12; 1987 c 385 s 10-18; 1989 c 65 s 3-5; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 4-7; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 3-7; 1996 c 417 s 5-7,31; 1997 c 66 s 19,26,79; 1998 c 265 s 9; 1999 c 107 s 17; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 10; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 22; 2005 c 112 art 1 s 4; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 20; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.046 TAX AND REIMBURSABLE ACCOUNTS ASSIGNED TO EMPLOYEE LEASING COMPANIES, PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYER ORGANIZATIONS, OR SIMILAR PERSON.

Subdivision 1. Tax accounts assigned.

(a) Any person that contracts with a taxpaying employer to have that person obtain the taxpaying employer's workforce and provide workers to the taxpaying employer for a fee is, as of the effective date of the contract, assigned for the duration of the contract the taxpaying employer's account under section 268.045. That tax account must be maintained by the person separate and distinct from every other tax account held by the person and identified in a manner prescribed by the commissioner. The tax account is, for the duration of the contract, considered that person's account for all purposes of this chapter. The workers obtained from the taxpaying employer and any other workers provided by that person to the taxpaying employer, including officers of the taxpaying employer as defined in section 268.035, subdivision 20, clause (29), whose wages paid by the person are considered paid in covered employment under section 268.035, subdivision 24, for the duration of the contract between the taxpaying employer and the person, must, under section 268.044, be reported on the wage detail report under that tax account, and that person must pay any taxes due at the tax rate computed for that account under section 268.051, subdivision 2.

(b) Any workers of the taxpaying employer who are not covered by the contract under paragraph (a) must be reported by the taxpaying employer as a separate unit on the wage detail report under the tax account assigned under paragraph (a). Taxes and any other amounts due on the wages reported by the taxpaying employer under this paragraph may be paid directly by the taxpaying employer.

(c) If the taxpaying employer that contracts with a person under paragraph (a) does not have a tax account at the time of the execution of the contract, an account must be registered for the taxpaying employer under section 268.042 and the new employer tax rate under section 268.051, subdivision 5, must be assigned. The tax account is then assigned to the person as provided for in paragraph (a).

(d) A person that contracts with a taxpaying employer under paragraph (a) must, within 30 calendar days of the execution or termination of a contract, notify the commissioner by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed by the commissioner, of that execution or termination. The taxpaying employer's name, the account number assigned, and any other information required by the commissioner must be provided by that person.

(e) Any contract subject to paragraph (a) must specifically inform the taxpaying employer of the assignment of the tax account under this section and the taxpaying employer's obligation under paragraph (b). If there is a termination of the contract, the tax account is, as of the date of termination, immediately assigned to the taxpaying employer.

Subdivision 2. Nonprofit and government reimbursable accounts assigned.

(a) Any person that contracts with a nonprofit or government employer that is a reimbursing employer to have that person obtain the nonprofit or government employer's workforce and provide workers to the nonprofit or government employer for a fee, is, as of the effective date of the contract, assigned for the duration of the contract the nonprofit or government employer's account under section 268.045. That reimbursable account must be maintained by the person separate and distinct from every other account held by the person and identified in a manner prescribed by the commissioner. That reimbursable account is, for the duration of the contract, considered that person's account for all purposes of this chapter. The workers obtained from the nonprofit or government employer and any other workers provided by that person to the nonprofit or government employer must, under section 268.044, be reported on the wage detail report under that reimbursable account, and that person must pay any reimbursements due.

(b) Any workers of the nonprofit or government employer who are not covered by the contract under paragraph (a) must be reported by the nonprofit or government employer as a separate unit on the wage detail report under the reimbursable account assigned under paragraph (a). Reimbursements and any other amounts due on the wages reported by the nonprofit or government employer under this paragraph may be paid directly by the nonprofit or government employer.

(c) If the nonprofit or government employer that contracts with a person under paragraph (a) does not have an account at the time of the execution of the contract, an account must be registered for the nonprofit or government employer under section 268.042. The reimbursable account is then assigned to the person as provided for in paragraph (a).

(d) A person that contracts with a nonprofit or government employer under paragraph (a) must, within 30 calendar days of the execution or termination of a contract, notify the commissioner of that execution or termination by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed by the commissioner. The nonprofit or government employer's name, the account number assigned, and any other information required by the commissioner must be provided by that person.

(e) Any contract subject to paragraph (a) must specifically inform the nonprofit or government employer of the assignment of the reimbursable account under this section and the nonprofit or government employer's obligation under paragraph (b). If there is a termination of the contract, the reimbursable account is, as of the date of termination, immediately assigned to the nonprofit or government employer.

Subdivision 3. Penalties; application.

(a) Any person that violates the requirements of this section and any taxpaying employer that violates subdivision 1, paragraph (b), or any nonprofit or government employer that violates subdivision 2, paragraph (b), is subject to the penalties under section 268.184, subdivision 1a. Penalties are credited to the administration account to be used to ensure integrity in the unemployment insurance program.

(b) Section 268.051, subdivision 4, does not apply to contracts under this section. This section does not limit or prevent the application of section 268.051, subdivision 4, to any other transactions or acquisitions involving the taxpaying employer. This section does not limit or prevent the application of section 268.051, subdivision 4a.

(c) An assignment of an account upon the execution of a contract under this section and a termination of a contract with the corresponding assignment of the account is not considered a separation from employment of any worker covered by the contract. Nothing under this subdivision causes the person to be liable for any amounts past due under this chapter from the taxpaying employer or the nonprofit or government employer.

(d) This section applies to, but is not limited to, persons registered under section 79.255, but does not apply to persons that obtain an exemption from registration under section 79.255, subdivision 9.

History: 2005 c 112 art 1 s 5; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 21; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 5; 2011 c 76 art 1 s 39

268.047 EFFECT ON EMPLOYER OF UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS PAID.

Subdivision 1. General rule.

Unemployment benefits paid to an applicant, including extended and shared work benefits, will be used in computing the future tax rate of a taxpaying base period employer or charged to the reimbursable account of a base period nonprofit or government employer that has elected to be liable for reimbursements except as provided in subdivisions 2 and 3. The amount of unemployment benefits used in computing the future tax rate of taxpaying employers or charged to the reimbursable account of a nonprofit or government employer that has elected to be liable for reimbursements is the same percentage of the total amount of unemployment benefits paid as the percentage of wage credits from the employer is of the total amount of wage credits from all the applicant's base period employers.

Subdivision 2. Exceptions for all employers.

Unemployment benefits paid will not be used in computing the future tax rate of a taxpaying base period employer or charged to the reimbursable account of a base period nonprofit or government employer that has elected to be liable for reimbursements when:

(1) the applicant was discharged from the employment because of aggravated employment misconduct as determined under section 268.095. This exception applies only to unemployment benefits paid for periods after the applicant's discharge from employment;

(2) an applicant's discharge from that employment occurred because a law required removal of the applicant from the position the applicant held;

(3) the employer provided regularly scheduled part-time employment to the applicant during the applicant's base period and continues to provide the applicant with regularly scheduled part-time employment during the benefit year of at least 90 percent of the part-time employment provided in the base period, and is an involved employer because of the applicant's loss of other employment. This exception terminates effective the first week that the employer fails to meet the benefit year employment requirements. This exception applies to educational institutions without consideration of the period between academic years or terms;

(4) the employer is a fire department or firefighting corporation or operator of a life-support transportation service, and continues to provide employment for the applicant as a volunteer firefighter or a volunteer ambulance service personnel during the benefit year on the same basis that employment was provided in the base period. This exception terminates effective the first week that the employer fails to meet the benefit year employment requirements;

(5) the applicant's unemployment from this employer was a direct result of the condemnation of property by a governmental agency, a fire, flood, or act of nature, where 25 percent or more of the employees employed at the affected location, including the applicant, became unemployed as a result. This exception does not apply where the unemployment was a direct result of the intentional act of the employer or a person acting on behalf of the employer;

(6) the unemployment benefits were paid by another state as a result of the transferring of wage credits under a combined wage arrangement provided for in section 268.131;

(7) the applicant stopped working because of a labor dispute at the applicant's primary place of employment if the employer was not a party to the labor dispute;

(8) the unemployment benefits were determined overpaid unemployment benefits under section 268.18;

(9) the applicant was employed as a replacement worker, for a period of six months or longer, for an employee who is in the military reserve and was called for active duty during the time the applicant worked as a replacement, and the applicant was laid off because the employee returned to employment after active duty; or

(10) the trust fund was reimbursed for the unemployment benefits by the federal government.

Subdivision 3. Exceptions for taxpaying employers.

Unemployment benefits paid will not be used in computing the future tax rate of a taxpaying base period employer when:

(1) the applicant's wage credits from that employer are less than $500;

(2) the applicant quit the employment, unless it was determined under section 268.095, to have been because of a good reason caused by the employer or because the employer notified the applicant of discharge within 30 calendar days. This exception applies only to unemployment benefits paid for periods after the applicant's quitting the employment; or

(3) the employer discharged the applicant from employment because of employment misconduct as determined under section 268.095. This exception applies only to unemployment benefits paid for periods after the applicant's discharge from employment.

Subdivision 4. Limitation on exceptions.

Regardless of subdivisions 2 and 3, an exception under those subdivisions will be limited in accordance with section 268.101, subdivision 2, paragraph (b).

Subdivision 5. Notice of unemployment benefits paid.

(a) The commissioner must notify each employer at least quarterly by mail or electronic transmission of the unemployment benefits paid each applicant that will be used in computing the future tax rate of a taxpaying employer, or that have been charged to the reimbursable account of a nonprofit or government employer that has elected to be liable for reimbursements.

(b) A notice under this subdivision is not subject to appeal. The commissioner may at any time upon the commissioner's own motion correct any error that resulted in an incorrect notice under paragraph (a) and issue a corrected notice.

History: 1997 c 66 s 10,16,79; 1998 c 265 s 10-12; 1999 c 107 s 18-21,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 11; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 23; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 4,5; art 6 s 22,23; 2008 c 300 s 10,11; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 11,12,50

268.048 [Expired, 1997 c 80 s 3]

268.05 [Renumbered 268.194]

268.051 EMPLOYERS TAXES.

Subdivision 1. Payments.

(a) Unemployment insurance taxes and any special assessments, fees, or surcharges accrue and become payable by each employer for each calendar year on the taxable wages that the employer paid to employees in covered employment, except for:

(1) nonprofit organizations that elect to make reimbursements as provided in section 268.053; and

(2) the state of Minnesota and political subdivisions that make reimbursements, unless they elect to pay taxes as provided in section 268.052.

Each employer must pay taxes quarterly, at the employer's assigned tax rate under subdivision 6, on the taxable wages paid to each employee. The commissioner must compute the tax due from the wage detail report required under section 268.044 and notify the employer of the tax due. The taxes and any special assessments, fees, or surcharges must be paid to the trust fund and must be received by the department on or before the last day of the month following the end of the calendar quarter.

(b) If for any reason the wages on the wage detail report under section 268.044 are adjusted for any quarter, the commissioner must recompute the taxes due for that quarter and assess the employer for any amount due or credit the employer as appropriate.

Subdivision 1a. Payments by electronic payment required.

(a) Every employer that reports 50 or more employees in any calendar quarter on the wage detail report required under section 268.044 must make any payments due under this chapter and section 116L.20 by electronic payment.

(b) All third-party processors, paying on behalf of a client company, must make any payments due under this chapter and section 116L.20 by electronic payment.

(c) Regardless of paragraph (a) or (b), the commissioner has the discretion to accept payment by other means.

Subdivision 2. Computation of tax rates; additional assessments.

(a) For each calendar year the commissioner must compute the tax rate of each taxpaying employer that qualifies for an experience rating by adding the base tax rate to the employer's experience rating along with assigning any appropriate additional assessment under paragraph (c).

(b) The base tax rate for the calendar year and any additional assessments under this subdivision are determined based upon the amount in the trust fund on March 31 of the prior year as a percentage of total wages paid in covered employment. The base tax rate is:

(1) one-tenth of one percent if the trust fund is equal to or more than 0.75 percent;

(2) two-tenths of one percent if the trust fund is less than 0.75 percent but equal to or more than 0.65 percent;

(3) three-tenths of one percent if the trust fund is less than 0.65 percent but equal to or more than 0.55 percent;

(4) four-tenths of one percent if the trust fund is less than 0.55 percent, but has a positive balance; or

(5) five-tenths of one percent if the trust fund has a negative balance and is borrowing from the federal unemployment trust fund in order to pay unemployment benefits as provided for under section 268.194, subdivision 6.

(c) In addition to the base tax rate, there is an additional assessment for the calendar year on the quarterly unemployment taxes due from every taxpaying employer if the amount in the trust fund on March 31 of the prior year is less than 0.55 percent of total wages paid in covered employment. The assessment is as follows:

(1) a five percent assessment if the trust fund is less than 0.55 percent but equal to or more than 0.45 percent;

(2) a ten percent assessment if the trust fund is less than 0.45 percent but equal to or more than 0.35 percent; or

(3) a 14 percent assessment if the trust fund is less than 0.35 percent.

(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, the trust fund does not include any money borrowed from the federal unemployment trust fund provided for in section 268.194, subdivision 6.

(e) For the purposes of this subdivision, total wages paid in covered employment are those wages paid to all employees in covered employment during the calendar year before the March 31 date used in paragraph (b).

(f) The base tax rate and any additional assessments are assessed on all taxpaying employers to cover a portion of the costs to the trust fund for unemployment benefits paid that do not affect any single employer's future experience rating because:

(1) the employer's experience rating is limited by the maximum under subdivision 3, paragraph (b);

(2) the employer has ceased doing business; or

(3) the unemployment benefits paid have been determined not to be used in computing the employer's experience rating under section 268.047, subdivision 2 or 3.

Subdivision 3. Computation of a taxpaying employer's experience rating.

(a) On or before each December 15, the commissioner must compute an experience rating for each taxpaying employer who has been required to file wage detail reports for the 12 calendar months ending on the prior June 30. The experience rating computed is applicable for the following calendar year.

The experience rating is the ratio obtained by dividing 125 percent of the total unemployment benefits required under section 268.047 to be used in computing the employer's tax rate during the 48 calendar months ending on the prior June 30, by the employer's total taxable payroll for that same period.

(b) The experience rating is computed to the nearest one-hundredth of a percent, to a maximum of 8.90 percent.

(c) The use of 125 percent of unemployment benefits paid under paragraph (a), rather than 100 percent of the amount of unemployment benefits paid, is done in order for the trust fund to recover from all taxpaying employers a portion of the costs of unemployment benefits paid that do not affect any individual employer's future experience rating because of the reasons set out in subdivision 2, paragraph (f).

Subdivision 4. Experience rating history transfer.

(a) When:

(1) a taxpaying employer acquires all of the organization, trade or business, or workforce of another taxpaying employer; and

(2) there is 25 percent or more common ownership or there is substantially common management or control between the predecessor and successor, the experience rating history of the predecessor employer is transferred to the successor employer.

(b) When:

(1) a taxpaying employer acquires a portion, but less than all, of the organization, trade or business, or workforce of another taxpaying employer; and

(2) there is 25 percent or more common ownership or there is substantially common management or control between the predecessor and successor, the successor employer acquires, as of the date of acquisition, the experience rating history attributable to the portion it acquired, and the predecessor employer retains the experience rating history attributable to the portion that it has retained. If the commissioner determines that sufficient information is not available to substantiate that a distinct severable portion was acquired and to assign the appropriate distinct severable portion of the experience rating history, the commissioner must assign the successor employer that percentage of the predecessor employer's experience rating history equal to that percentage of the employment positions it has obtained, and the predecessor employer retains that percentage of the experience rating history equal to the percentage of the employment positions it has retained.

(c) The term "common ownership" for purposes of this subdivision includes ownership by a spouse, parent, grandparent, child, grandchild, brother, sister, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, or first cousin, by birth or by marriage.

(d) Each successor employer that is subject to paragraph (a) or (b) must notify the commissioner of the acquisition by electronic transmission, in a format prescribed by the commissioner, within 30 calendar days of the date of acquisition. Any successor employer that fails to notify the commissioner is subject to the penalties under section 268.184, subdivision 1a, if the successor's assigned tax rate under subdivision 2 or 5 was lower than the predecessor's assigned tax rate at the time of the acquisition. Payments made toward the penalties are credited to the administration account to be used to ensure integrity in the unemployment insurance program.

(e) If the successor employer under paragraphs (a) and (b) had an experience rating at the time of the acquisition, the transferred experience rating history of the predecessor is combined with the successor's experience rating history for purposes of recomputing a tax rate.

(f) If there has been a transfer of an experience rating history under paragraph (a) or (b), employment with a predecessor employer is not considered to have been terminated if similar employment is offered by the successor employer and accepted by the employee.

(g) The commissioner, upon notification of an employer, or upon the commissioner's own motion if the employer fails to provide the required notification, must determine if an employer is a successor within the meaning of this subdivision. The commissioner must, after determining the issue of succession or nonsuccession, recompute the tax rate under subdivision 6 of all employers affected. The commissioner must send the recomputed tax rate to all affected employers by mail or electronic transmission. Any affected employer may appeal the recomputed tax rate in accordance with the procedures in subdivision 6, paragraph (c).

(h) The "experience rating history" for purposes of this subdivision and subdivision 4a means the amount of unemployment benefits paid and the taxable wages that are being used and would be used in computing the current and any future experience rating.

For purposes of this chapter, an "acquisition" means anything that results in the obtaining by the successor employer, in any way or manner, of the organization, trade or business, or workforce of the predecessor employer.

A "distinct severable portion" in paragraph (b) means a location or unit separately identifiable within the employer's wage detail report under section 268.044.

(i) Regardless of the ownership, management, or control requirements of paragraph (a), if there is an acquisition or merger of a publicly held corporation by or with another publicly held corporation the experience rating histories of the corporations are combined as of the date of acquisition or merger for the purpose of recomputing a tax rate.

Subdivision 4a. Actions that avoid taxes.

(a) If the commissioner determines that any action was done, in whole or in part, to avoid:

(1) an experience rating history;

(2) the transfer of an experience rating history; or

(3) the assignment of a tax rate for new employers under subdivision 5, paragraph (a) or (b), the commissioner, to insure that the trust fund receives all the taxes that would have been received had the action not occurred, may, effective the date of the action, transfer all or part of an experience rating history and recompute the tax rate or assign the appropriate new employer tax rate.

(b) This subdivision applies to any action between persons regardless of whether there is any commonality of ownership, management, or control between the persons. The authority granted to the commissioner under this subdivision is in addition to any other authority granted to the commissioner.

Subdivision 5. Tax rate for new employers.

(a) Each new taxpaying employer that does not qualify for an experience rating under subdivision 3, except new employers in a high experience rating industry, must be assigned, for a calendar year, a tax rate the higher of (1) one percent, or (2) the tax rate computed, to the nearest 1/100 of a percent, by dividing the total amount of unemployment benefits paid all applicants during the 48 calendar months ending on June 30 of the prior calendar year by the total taxable wages of all taxpaying employers during the same period, plus the applicable base tax rate and any additional assessments under subdivision 2, paragraph (c).

(b) Each new taxpaying employer in a high experience rating industry that does not qualify for an experience rating under subdivision 3, must be assigned, for a calendar year, a tax rate the higher of (1) that assigned under paragraph (a), or (2) the tax rate, computed to the nearest 1/100 of a percent, by dividing the total amount of unemployment benefits paid to all applicants from high experience rating industry employers during the 48 calendar months ending on June 30 of the prior calendar year by the total taxable wages of all high experience rating industry employers during the same period, to a maximum provided for under subdivision 3, paragraph (b), plus the applicable base tax rate and any additional assessments under subdivision 2, paragraph (c).

(c) An employer is considered to be in a high experience rating industry if:

(1) the employer is engaged in residential, commercial, or industrial construction, including general contractors;

(2) the employer is engaged in sand, gravel, or limestone mining;

(3) the employer is engaged in the manufacturing of concrete, concrete products, or asphalt; or

(4) the employer is engaged in road building, repair, or resurfacing, including bridge and tunnels and residential and commercial driveways and parking lots.

(d) The commissioner must send to the new employer, by mail or electronic transmission, determination of tax rate assigned. An employer may appeal the determination of a tax rate in accordance with the procedures in subdivision 6, paragraph (c).

Subdivision 6. Determination of tax rate.

(a) On or before each December 15, the commissioner must notify each employer by mail or electronic transmission of the employer's tax rate, along with any additional assessments, fees, or surcharges, for the following calendar year. The determination must contain the base tax rate and the factors used in determining the employer's experience rating. Unless an appeal of the tax rate is made, the computed tax rate is final, except for fraud or recomputation required under subdivision 4 or 4a, and is the rate at which taxes must be paid. A recomputed tax rate under subdivision 4 or 4a is the rate applicable for the quarter that includes the date of acquisition and any quarter thereafter during the calendar year in which the acquisition occurred. The tax rate is not subject to collateral attack by way of claim for a credit adjustment or refund, or otherwise.

(b) If the legislature, after the sending of the determination of tax rate, changes any of the factors used to determine the rate, a new tax rate based on the new factors must be computed and sent to the employer.

(c) A review of an employer's tax rate may be obtained by the employer filing an appeal within 20 calendar days from the date the determination of tax rate was sent to the employer. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

(d) The commissioner may at any time upon the commissioner's own motion correct any error in the employer's tax rate.

Subdivision 7. Tax rate buydown.

(a) Any taxpaying employer that has been assigned a tax rate based upon an experience rating, and has no amounts past due under this chapter, may, upon the payment of an amount equivalent to any portion or all of the unemployment benefits used in computing the experience rating plus a surcharge of 25 percent, obtain a cancellation of unemployment benefits used equal to the payment made, less the surcharge. The payment is applied to the most recent unemployment benefits paid that are used in computing the experience rating. Upon the payment, the commissioner must compute a new experience rating for the employer, and compute a new tax rate.

(b) Payments for a tax rate buydown may be made only by electronic payment and must be received within 120 calendar days from the beginning of the calendar year for which the tax rate is effective.

(c) For calendar years 2011, 2012, and 2013, the surcharge of 25 percent provided for in paragraph (a) does not apply.

Subdivision 8. Special assessment for interest on federal loan.

(a) If on October 31 of any year, the commissioner, in consultation with the commissioner of management and budget, determines that an interest payment will be due during the following calendar year on any loan from the federal unemployment trust fund under section 268.194, subdivision 6, a special assessment on taxpaying employers will be in effect for the following calendar year. The legislature authorizes the commissioner, in consultation with the commissioner of management and budget, to determine the appropriate level of the assessment, up to eight percent of the total quarterly unemployment taxes due based upon determined rates and assigned assessments under subdivision 2, that will be necessary to pay the interest due on the loan.

(b) The special assessment must be placed into a special account from which the commissioner must pay any interest that has accrued on any loan from the federal unemployment trust fund provided for under section 268.194, subdivision 6. If, at the end of each calendar quarter, the commissioner, in consultation with the commissioner of management and budget, determines that the balance in this special account, including interest earned on the special account, is more than is necessary to pay the interest on any loan, the commissioner must immediately pay to the trust fund the amount in excess of that necessary to pay the interest on any loan.

Subdivision 9. Assessments, fees, and surcharges; treatment.

Any assessment, fee, or surcharge imposed under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law is treated the same as, and considered as, a tax. Any assessment, fee, or surcharge is subject to the same collection procedures that apply to past due taxes.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 4; 1937 c 306 s 2; 1939 c 443 s 3; 1941 c 554 s 3; 1943 c 650 s 2; 1945 c 376 s 3; 1947 c 32 s 1-8; 1947 c 432 s 3-5,11; 1947 c 600 s 7; 1949 c 526 s 1; 1949 c 605 s 3-6,17,18; 1951 c 442 s 2; 1953 c 97 s 5,6,8; 1953 c 288 s 1; 1955 c 380 s 2-4,6; 1957 c 25 s 1; 1957 c 873 s 2; 1959 c 702 s 2-4; 1965 c 45 s 40; 1965 c 741 s 6-11; 1967 c 573 s 3; 1967 c 617 s 1; 1967 c 856 s 1; 1969 c 3 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 6; 1971 c 860 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 3-6; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 599 s 2-4; 1975 c 336 s 6-10; 1977 c 4 s 4,5; 1977 c 297 s 6-11; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1977 c 455 s 82; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 4-8; 1980 c 508 s 2-7; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 5-12; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 112; 1983 c 372 s 9-15; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1986 c 451 s 1; 1987 c 242 s 1; 1987 c 362 s 9-12; 1987 c 385 s 10-18; 1989 c 65 s 3-5; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 4-7; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 3-7; 1996 c 417 s 5-7,31; 1997 c 66 s 11-15,17,18,20,21,79; 1998 c 265 s 13; 1999 c 107 s 23-28,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 12-15; 2002 c 380 art 1 s 1; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 1 s 1-6; art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 24-30; 2005 c 112 art 1 s 6-9; art 2 s 11; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 6-8; art 2 s 2; art 3 s 6-10; art 6 s 24,25; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 13,14,50; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 6-8; 2011 c 84 art 1 s 5; art 2 s 4,5

268.0511 [Repealed, 2007 c 128 art 1 s 23]

268.052 PAYMENT TO TRUST FUND BY STATE AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS.

Subdivision 1. Payments.

In lieu of taxes payable on a quarterly basis, the state of Minnesota or its political subdivisions must reimburse the trust fund the amount of unemployment benefits charged to its reimbursable account under section 268.047. Reimbursements in the amount of unemployment benefits charged to the reimbursable account during a calendar quarter must be received by the department on or before the last day of the month following the month that the notice of unemployment benefits paid is sent under section 268.047, subdivision 5. Past due reimbursements are subject to the same interest charges and collection procedures that apply to past due taxes.

Subdivision 2. Election by state or political subdivision to be taxpaying employer.

(a) The state or political subdivision may elect to be a taxpaying employer if a notice of election is filed. The election is effective at the beginning of the next calendar quarter. Upon election, the state or political subdivision must be assigned the new employer tax rate under section 268.051, subdivision 5, for the calendar year of the election and unless or until it qualifies for an experience rating under section 268.051, subdivision 3.

An election is for a minimum period of 24 calendar months following the effective date of the election and continue unless a notice terminating the election is filed. The termination is effective at the beginning of the next calendar quarter.

(b) The method of payments to the trust fund under subdivisions 3 and 4 applies to all taxes paid by or due from the state or political subdivision that elects to be taxpaying employers under this subdivision.

(c) A notice of election or a notice terminating election must be filed by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner.

Subdivision 3. Method of payment by state.

To discharge its liability, the state and its wholly owned instrumentalities must pay the trust fund as follows:

(1) Every self-sustaining department, institution and wholly owned instrumentality must pay the trust fund in accordance with subdivision 1. For the purposes of this clause a "self-sustaining department, institution or wholly owned instrumentality" is one where the dedicated income and revenue substantially offsets its cost of operation.

(2) Every partially self-sustaining department, institution and wholly owned instrumentality must pay the trust fund that same proportion of the amount that has been charged to its employer account as the proportion of the total of its income and revenue is to its annual cost of operation.

(3) Every department, institution or wholly owned instrumentality that is not self-sustaining must pay the trust fund to the extent funds are available from appropriated funds.

(4) The departments, institutions and wholly owned instrumentalities, including the University of Minnesota, that have money available must pay the trust fund in accordance with subdivision 1. If an applicant was paid during the base period from a special account provided by law, the payment to the trust fund must be made from the special account with the approval of the Department of Administration and the amounts are appropriated.

(5) For those departments, institutions and wholly owned instrumentalities that cannot pay the trust fund, the commissioner must certify on November 1 of each calendar year to the commissioner of management and budget the unpaid balances. Upon receipt of the certification, the commissioner of management and budget must include the unpaid balances in the biennial budget submitted to the legislature.

Subdivision 4. Method of payment by political subdivision.

A political subdivision or instrumentality thereof is authorized and directed to pay its liabilities by money collected from taxes or other revenues. Every political subdivision authorized to levy taxes except school districts may include in its tax levy the amount necessary to pay its liabilities. School districts may levy according to section 126C.43, subdivision 2. If the taxes authorized to be levied cause the total amount of taxes levied to exceed any limitation upon the power of a political subdivision to levy taxes, the political subdivision may levy taxes in excess of the limitations in the amounts necessary to meet its liability. The expenditures authorized must not be included in computing the cost of government as defined in any home rule charter. The governing body of a municipality, for the purpose of meeting its liabilities, in the event of a deficit, may issue its obligations payable in not more than two years, in an amount that may cause its indebtedness to exceed any statutory or charter limitations, without an election, and may levy taxes in the manner provided in section 475.61.

Subdivision 5. Considered an election.

If the state of Minnesota or its political subdivisions choose not to be a taxpaying employer under subdivision 2, the state or its political subdivision are considered, for purposes of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program, to have elected to be liable for reimbursements under subdivision 1.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 4; 1937 c 306 s 2; 1939 c 443 s 3; 1941 c 554 s 3; 1943 c 650 s 2; 1945 c 376 s 3; 1947 c 32 s 1-8; 1947 c 432 s 3-5,11; 1947 c 600 s 7; 1949 c 526 s 1; 1949 c 605 s 3-6,17,18; 1951 c 442 s 2; 1953 c 97 s 5,6,8; 1953 c 288 s 1; 1955 c 380 s 2-4,6; 1957 c 25 s 1; 1957 c 873 s 2; 1959 c 702 s 2-4; 1965 c 45 s 40; 1965 c 741 s 6-11; 1967 c 573 s 3; 1967 c 617 s 1; 1967 c 856 s 1; 1969 c 3 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 6; 1971 c 860 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 3-6; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 599 s 2-4; 1975 c 336 s 6-10; 1977 c 4 s 4,5; 1977 c 297 s 6-11; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1977 c 455 s 82; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 4-8; 1980 c 508 s 2-7; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 5-12; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 112; 1983 c 372 s 9-15; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1986 c 451 s 1; 1987 c 242 s 1; 1987 c 362 s 9-12; 1987 c 385 s 10-18; 1989 c 65 s 3-5; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 4-7; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 3-7; 1996 c 417 s 5-7,31; 1997 c 66 s 22-24,27,79,80; 1999 c 107 s 29,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 16-18; 2002 c 379 art 1 s 61; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 5,20; 1Sp2003 c 9 art 5 s 27,28; 2004 c 183 s 32,33; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 12; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 26-30; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 1; art 4 s 50; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 9

268.0525 INDIAN TRIBES.

(a) An Indian tribe, as defined under United States Code, title 25, section 450b(e) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, and any subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise owned by the Indian tribe, must be treated the same as the state of Minnesota, or a political subdivision of the state, for all purposes of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law.

(b) The Indian tribe may make separate elections under section 268.052, subdivision 2, for itself and each subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise wholly owned by the Indian tribe.

(c) If an Indian tribe, subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise wholly owned by the tribe, which has elected to be liable for reimbursements, fails to make the required payments within 90 calendar days of the notice of delinquency, the commissioner must terminate the election to make reimbursements as of the beginning of the next calendar year, unless all past due reimbursements, and any interest and penalties, have been paid before the beginning of the next calendar year.

An Indian tribe, subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise wholly owned by the tribe that has its election terminated under this paragraph must become a taxpaying employer and assigned the new employer tax rate under section 268.051, subdivision 5, until the tribe, subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise wholly owned by the Indian tribe qualifies for an experience rating under section 268.051, subdivision 3.

History: 2001 c 175 s 19; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 31; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.053 PAYMENT TO TRUST FUND BY NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.

Subdivision 1. Election.

(a) Any nonprofit organization that has employees in covered employment must pay taxes on a quarterly basis in accordance with section 268.051 unless it elects to make reimbursements to the trust fund the amount of unemployment benefits charged to its reimbursable account under section 268.047.

The organization may elect to make reimbursements for a period of not less than 24 calendar months beginning with the date that the organization was determined to be an employer with covered employment by filing a notice of election not later than 30 calendar days after the date of the determination.

(b) Any nonprofit organization that makes an election will continue to be liable for reimbursements until it files a notice terminating its election before the beginning of the calendar quarter the termination is to be effective.

A nonprofit organization that has been making reimbursements that files a notice of termination of election must be assigned the new employer tax rate under section 268.051, subdivision 5, until it qualifies for an experience rating under section 268.051, subdivision 3.

(c) Any nonprofit organization that has been paying taxes may elect to make reimbursements by filing a notice of election. The election is effective at the beginning of the next calendar quarter. The election is not terminable by the organization for 24 calendar months.

(d) The commissioner may for good cause extend the period that a notice of election, or a notice of termination, must be filed and may permit an election to be retroactive.

(e) A notice of election or notice terminating election must be filed by electronic transmission in a format prescribed by the commissioner.

Subdivision 2. Determination and appeal.

The commissioner must notify each nonprofit organization by mail or electronic transmission of any determination of its status as an employer with covered employment and of the effective date of any election or termination of election. The determination is final unless an appeal is filed within 20 calendar days of sending the determination. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 3. Payments.

(a) Reimbursements, in the amount of unemployment benefits charged to the reimbursable account, during a calendar quarter, must be received by the department on or before the last day of the month following the month that the notice of unemployment benefits paid is sent under section 268.047, subdivision 5.

(b) Past due reimbursements are subject to the same interest charges and collection procedures that apply to past due taxes.

(c) If any nonprofit organization is delinquent in making reimbursements, the commissioner may terminate the organization's election to make reimbursements as of the beginning of the next calendar year, and the termination is effective for that and the following calendar year. A nonprofit organization that has its election terminated under this paragraph must be assigned the new employer tax rate under section 268.051, subdivision 5, until the organization qualifies for an experience rating under section 268.051, subdivision 3.

Subdivision 4. Application.

For purposes of this section, a nonprofit organization is an organization, or group of organizations, described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code that is exempt from income tax under section 501(a).

Subdivision 5. Compromise.

The compromise authority set out in section 268.067 applies to this section.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 4; 1937 c 306 s 2; 1939 c 443 s 3; 1941 c 554 s 3; 1943 c 650 s 2; 1945 c 376 s 3; 1947 c 32 s 1-8; 1947 c 432 s 3-5,11; 1947 c 600 s 7; 1949 c 526 s 1; 1949 c 605 s 3-6,17,18; 1951 c 442 s 2; 1953 c 97 s 5,6,8; 1953 c 288 s 1; 1955 c 380 s 2-4,6; 1957 c 25 s 1; 1957 c 873 s 2; 1959 c 702 s 2-4; 1965 c 45 s 40; 1965 c 741 s 6-11; 1967 c 573 s 3; 1967 c 617 s 1; 1967 c 856 s 1; 1969 c 3 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 6; 1971 c 860 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 3-6; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 599 s 2-4; 1975 c 336 s 6-10; 1977 c 4 s 4,5; 1977 c 297 s 6-11; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1977 c 455 s 82; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 4-8; 1980 c 508 s 2-7; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 5-12; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 112; 1983 c 372 s 9-15; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1986 c 451 s 1; 1987 c 242 s 1; 1987 c 362 s 9-12; 1987 c 385 s 10-18; 1989 c 65 s 3-5; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 4-7; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 3-7; 1996 c 417 s 5-7,31; 1997 c 66 s 25,79,80; 1999 c 107 s 30; 2000 c 343 s 2-4; 2001 c 175 s 20,21; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 34-36; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 13; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 9; art 6 s 32,33; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 2; art 4 s 50; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 10

268.054 [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

268.057 COLLECTION OF TAXES.

Subdivision 1. Amount computed presumed correct.

Any amount due from an employer, as computed by the commissioner, is presumed to be correctly determined and assessed, and the burden is upon the employer to show its incorrectness. A statement by the commissioner of the amount due is admissible in evidence in any court or administrative proceeding and is prima facie evidence of the facts in the statement.

Subdivision 2. Priority of payments.

(a) Any payment received from a taxpaying employer must be applied in the following order:

(1) unemployment insurance taxes; then

(2) special assessment for interest on any federal loan; then

(3) workforce development assessment; then

(4) interest on past due taxes; then

(5) penalties, late fees, administrative service fees, and costs.

(b) Paragraph (a) is the priority used for all payments received from a taxpaying employer, regardless of how the employer may designate the payment to be applied, except when:

(1) there is an outstanding lien and the employer designates that the payment made should be applied to satisfy the lien;

(2) the payment is for back pay withheld from an applicant under section 268.085, subdivision 6, paragraph (b);

(3) the payment is specifically designated by the employer to be applied to an outstanding overpayment of unemployment benefits of an applicant;

(4) a court or administrative order directs that the payment be applied to a specific obligation;

(5) a preexisting payment plan provides for the application of payment; or

(6) the commissioner, under the compromise authority of section 268.067, agrees to apply the payment to a different priority.

Subdivision 3. Estimating the tax due.

Only if an employer fails to make all necessary records available for an audit under section 268.186, paragraph (b), and the commissioner has reason to believe the employer has not reported all the required wages on the quarterly wage detail reports under section 268.044, may the commissioner then estimate the amount of tax due and assess the employer the estimated amount due.

Subdivision 4. Costs.

(a) Any employer, and any applicant subject to section 268.18, subdivision 2, that fails to pay any amount when due under this chapter is liable for any filing fees, recording fees, sheriff fees, costs incurred by referral to any public or private collection agency, or litigation costs, including attorney fees, incurred in the collection of the amounts due.

(b) If any tendered payment of any amount due is not honored when presented to a financial institution for payment, any costs assessed the department by the financial institution and a fee of $25 must be assessed to the person.

(c) Costs and fees collected under this subdivision are credited to the administration account.

Subdivision 5. Interest on amounts past due.

If any amounts due from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20, except late fees under section 268.044, are not received on the date due the unpaid balance bears interest at the rate of one and one-half percent per month or any part thereof. Interest collected is credited to the contingent account.

Subdivision 6. Interest on judgments.

Regardless of section 549.09, if judgment is entered upon any past due amounts from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20, the unpaid judgment bears interest at the rate specified in subdivision 5 until the date of payment.

Subdivision 7. Credit adjustments, refunds.

(a) If an employer makes an application for a credit adjustment of any amount paid under this chapter or section 116L.20 within four years of the date that the payment was due, in a manner and format prescribed by the commissioner, and the commissioner determines that the payment or any portion was erroneous, the commissioner must make an adjustment and issue a credit without interest. If a credit cannot be used, the commissioner must refund, without interest, the amount erroneously paid. The commissioner, on the commissioner's own motion, may make a credit adjustment or refund under this subdivision.

Any refund returned to the commissioner is considered unclaimed property under chapter 345.

(b) If a credit adjustment or refund is denied in whole or in part, a notice of denial must be sent to the employer by mail or electronic transmission. The notice of denial is final unless an employer files an appeal within 20 calendar days after sending. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 1999 c 107 s 67]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 1999 c 107 s 67]

Subdivision 10.Priorities under legal dissolutions or distributions.

In the event of any distribution of an employer's assets according to an order of any court, including any receivership, assignment for benefit of creditors, adjudicated insolvency, or similar proceeding, taxes then or thereafter due must be paid in full before all other claims except claims for wages of not more than $1,000 per former employee, earned within six months of the commencement of the proceedings. In the event of an employer's adjudication in bankruptcy under federal law, taxes then or thereafter due are entitled to the priority provided in that law for taxes due any state.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 14; 1941 c 554 s 13; 1943 c 650 s 9; 1945 c 376 s 13; 1949 c 605 s 12,13; 1951 c 55 s 1; 1953 c 97 s 17; 1969 c 9 s 65; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 13; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 720 s 73 subds 2,3; 1975 c 108 s 1; 1975 c 302 s 3,4; 1975 c 336 s 22,23; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1978 c 618 s 2; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1980 c 508 s 11-13; 3Sp1981 c 2 art 1 s 33; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 34,35; 1983 c 372 s 39; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 26; 1987 c 385 s 28-30; 1989 c 65 s 12; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1993 c 67 s 11; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1995 c 54 s 13-15; 1996 c 417 s 24,31; 1997 c 66 s 66-69,79,80; 1998 c 265 s 14-17,44; 1999 c 107 s 31,32,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 6,20; 2004 c 183 s 37; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 14; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 10; art 6 s 34-40; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 15,16,50; 2011 c 84 art 2 s 6

268.058 LIEN, LEVY, SETOFF, AND CIVIL ACTION.

Subdivision 1. Lien.

(a) Any amount due under this chapter or section 116L.20, from an applicant or an employer, becomes a lien upon all the property, within this state, both real and personal, of the person liable, from the date of assessment. The term "date of assessment" means the date the obligation was due.

(b) The lien is not enforceable against any purchaser, mortgagee, pledgee, holder of a Uniform Commercial Code security interest, mechanic's lien, or judgment lien creditor, until a notice of lien has been filed with the county recorder of the county where the property is situated, or in the case of personal property belonging to a nonresident person in the Office of the Secretary of State. When the notice of lien is filed with the county recorder, the fee for filing and indexing is as provided in sections 272.483 and 272.484.

(c) Notices of liens, lien renewals, and lien releases, in a form prescribed by the commissioner, may be filed with the county recorder or the secretary of state by mail, personal delivery, or by electronic transmission into the computerized filing system of the secretary of state. The secretary of state must, on any notice filed with that office, transmit the notice electronically to the appropriate county recorder. The filing officer, whether the county recorder or the secretary of state, must endorse and index a printout of the notice as if the notice had been mailed or delivered.

(d) County recorders and the secretary of state must enter information on lien notices, renewals, and releases into the central database of the secretary of state. For notices filed electronically with the county recorders, the date and time of receipt of the notice and county recorder's file number, and for notices filed electronically with the secretary of state, the secretary of state's recording information, must be entered into the central database before the close of the working day following the day of the original data entry by the commissioner.

(e) The lien imposed on personal property, even though properly filed, is not enforceable against a purchaser of tangible personal property purchased at retail or personal property listed as exempt in sections 550.37, 550.38, and 550.39.

(f) A notice of lien filed has priority over any security interest arising under chapter 336, article 9, that is perfected prior in time to the lien imposed by this subdivision, but only if:

(1) the perfected security interest secures property not in existence at the time the notice of lien is filed; and

(2) the property comes into existence after the 45th calendar day following the day the notice of lien is filed, or after the secured party has actual notice or knowledge of the lien filing, whichever is earlier.

(g) The lien is enforceable from the time the lien arises and for ten years from the date of filing the notice of lien. A notice of lien may be renewed before expiration for an additional ten years.

(h) The lien is enforceable by levy under subdivision 2 or by judgment lien foreclosure under chapter 550.

(i) The lien may be imposed upon property defined as homestead property in chapter 510 but may be enforced only upon the sale, transfer, or conveyance of the homestead property.

(j) The commissioner may sell and assign to a third party the commissioner's right of redemption in specific real property for liens filed under this subdivision. The assignee is limited to the same rights of redemption as the commissioner, except that in a bankruptcy proceeding, the assignee does not obtain the commissioner's priority. Any proceeds from the sale of the right of redemption are credited to the contingent account.

Subdivision 2. Levy.

(a) If any amount due under this chapter or section 116L.20, from an applicant or an employer, is not paid when due, the amount may be collected by the commissioner by direct levy upon all property and rights of property of the person liable for the amount due except that exempt from execution under section 550.37. The term "levy" includes the power of distraint and seizure by any means.

(b) In addition to a direct levy, the commissioner may issue a warrant to the sheriff of any county who must proceed within 60 calendar days to levy upon the property or rights to property of the delinquent person within the county, except that exempt under section 550.37. The sheriff must sell that property necessary to satisfy the total amount due, together with the commissioner's and sheriff's costs. The sales are governed by the law applicable to sales of like property on execution of a judgment.

(c) Notice and demand for payment of the total amount due must be mailed to the delinquent person at least ten calendar days before action being taken under paragraphs (a) and (b).

(d) If the commissioner has reason to believe that collection of the amount due is in jeopardy, notice and demand for immediate payment may be made. If the total amount due is not paid, the commissioner may proceed to collect by direct levy or issue a warrant without regard to the ten calendar day period.

(e) In executing the levy, the commissioner must have all of the powers provided in chapter 550 or any other law that provides for execution against property in this state. The sale of property levied upon and the time and manner of redemption is as provided in chapter 550. The seal of the court is not required. The levy may be made whether or not the commissioner has commenced a legal action for collection.

(f) Where any assessment has been made by the commissioner, the property seized for collection of the total amount due must not be sold until any determination of liability has become final. No sale may be made unless a portion of the amount due remains unpaid for a period of more than 30 calendar days after the determination of liability becomes final. Seized property may be sold at any time if:

(1) the delinquent person consents in writing to the sale; or

(2) the commissioner determines that the property is perishable or may become greatly reduced in price or value by keeping, or that the property cannot be kept without great expense.

(g) Where a levy has been made to collect the amount due and the property seized is properly included in a formal proceeding commenced under sections 524.3-401 to 524.3-505 and maintained under full supervision of the court, the property may not be sold until the probate proceedings are completed or until the court orders.

(h) The property seized must be returned if the owner:

(1) gives a surety bond equal to the appraised value of the owner's interest in the property, as determined by the commissioner, or

(2) deposits with the commissioner security in a form and amount the commissioner considers necessary to insure payment of the liability.

(i) If a levy or sale would irreparably injure rights in property that the court determines superior to rights of the state, the court may grant an injunction to prohibit the enforcement of the levy or to prohibit the sale.

(j) Any person who fails or refuses to surrender without reasonable cause any property or rights to property subject to levy is personally liable in an amount equal to the value of the property or rights not so surrendered, but not exceeding the amount due.

(k) If the commissioner has seized the property of any individual, that individual may, upon giving 48 hours notice to the commissioner and to the court, bring a claim for equitable relief before the district court for the release of the property upon terms and conditions the court considers equitable.

(l) Any person in control or possession of property or rights to property upon which a levy has been made who surrenders the property or rights to property, or who pays the amount due is discharged from any obligation or liability to the person liable for the amount due with respect to the property or rights to property.

(m) The notice of any levy may be served personally or by mail.

(n) The commissioner may release the levy upon all or part of the property or rights to property levied upon if the commissioner determines that the release will facilitate the collection of the liability, but the release does not prevent any subsequent levy. If the commissioner determines that property has been wrongfully levied upon, the commissioner must return:

(1) the specific property levied upon, at any time; or

(2) an amount of money equal to the amount of money levied upon, at any time before the expiration of nine months from the date of levy.

(o) Regardless of section 52.12, a levy upon a person's funds on deposit in a financial institution located in this state, has priority over any unexercised right of setoff of the financial institution to apply the levied funds toward the balance of an outstanding loan or loans owed by the person to the financial institution. A claim by the financial institution that it exercised its right to setoff before the levy must be substantiated by evidence of the date of the setoff, and verified by an affidavit from a corporate officer of the financial institution. For purposes of determining the priority of any levy under this subdivision, the levy is treated as if it were an execution under chapter 550.

Subdivision 3. Right of setoff.

(a) Upon certification by the commissioner to the commissioner of management and budget, or to any state agency that disburses its own funds, that a person, applicant, or employer has a liability under this chapter or section 116L.20, and that the state has purchased personal services, supplies, contract services, or property from that person, the commissioner of management and budget or the state agency must set off and pay to the commissioner an amount sufficient to satisfy the unpaid liability from funds appropriated for payment of the obligation of the state otherwise due the person. No amount may be set off from any funds exempt under section 550.37 or funds due an individual who receives assistance under chapter 256.

(b) All funds, whether general or dedicated, are subject to setoff.

Regardless of any law to the contrary, the commissioner has first priority to setoff from any funds otherwise due from the department to a delinquent person.

Subdivision 4. Collection by civil action.

(a) Any amount due under this chapter or section 116L.20, from an applicant or employer, may be collected by civil action in the name of the state of Minnesota. Civil actions brought under this subdivision must be heard as provided under section 16D.14. In any action, judgment must be entered in default for the relief demanded in the complaint without proof, together with costs and disbursements, upon the filing of an affidavit of default.

(b) Any person that is not a resident of this state and any resident person removed from this state, is considered to appoint the secretary of state as its agent for the acceptance of process in any civil action. The commissioner must file process with the secretary of state, together with a payment of a fee of $15 and that service is considered sufficient service and has the same force and validity as if served personally within this state. Notice of the service of process, together with a copy of the process, must be sent by certified mail to the person's last known address. An affidavit of compliance with this subdivision, and a copy of the notice of service must be appended to the original of the process and filed in the court.

(c) No court filing fees, docketing fees, or release of judgment fees may be assessed against the state for actions under this subdivision.

Subdivision 5. Injunction forbidden.

No injunction or other legal action to prevent the determination, assessment, or collection of any amounts due under this chapter or section 116L.20, from an applicant or employer, are allowed.

History: 1Sp1982 c 1 s 36; 1983 c 372 s 40-44; 1985 c 281 s 1; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1Sp1986 c 3 art 1 s 82; 1987 c 385 s 31-34; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1991 c 291 art 18 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 14; 1993 c 67 s 12; 1993 c 137 s 8; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 7; 1995 c 54 s 16,17; 1996 c 417 s 25,31; 1997 c 66 s 67,79,80; 1998 c 265 s 44; 1999 c 107 s 33,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 195 art 2 s 10; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 38; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 41; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109

268.059 GARNISHMENT FOR DELINQUENT TAXES AND UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFIT OVERPAYMENTS.

Subdivision 1. Notice.

The commissioner may give notice to any employer that an employee owes any amounts due under this chapter or section 116L.20, and that the obligation should be withheld from the employee's wages. The commissioner may proceed only if the amount due is uncontested or if the time for any appeal has expired. The commissioner may not proceed until 30 calendar days after sending to the debtor employee, by mail or electronic transmission, a notice of intent to garnish wages and exemption notice. That notice must list:

(1) the amount due from the debtor;

(2) demand for immediate payment; and

(3) the intention to serve a garnishment notice on the debtor's employer.

The notice expires 180 calendar days after it has been sent to the debtor provided that the notice may be renewed by sending a new notice that is in accordance with this section. The renewed notice has the effect of reinstating the priority of the original notice. The exemption notice must be in substantially the same form as in section 571.72. The notice must inform the debtor of the right to claim exemptions contained in section 550.37, subdivision 14. If no claim of exemption is received by the commissioner within 30 calendar days after sending of the notice, the commissioner may proceed with the garnishment. The notice to the debtor's employer may be served by mail or electronic transmission and must be in substantially the same form as in section 571.75.

Subdivision 2. Employer action.

(a) Upon receipt of the garnishment notice, the employer must withhold from the earnings due or to become due to the employee, the amount shown on the notice plus accrued interest, subject to section 571.922. The employer must continue to withhold each pay period the amount shown on the notice plus accrued interest until the garnishment notice is released by the commissioner. Upon receipt of notice by the employer, the claim of the commissioner has priority over any subsequent garnishments or wage assignments. The commissioner may arrange between the employer and employee for withholding a portion of the total amount due the employee each pay period, until the total amount shown on the notice plus accrued interest has been withheld.

The "earnings due" any employee is as defined in section 571.921.

(b) The maximum garnishment allowed for any one pay period must be decreased by any amounts payable under any other garnishment action served before the garnishment notice, and any amounts covered by any irrevocable and previously effective assignment of wages; the employer must give notice to the commissioner of the amounts and the facts relating to the assignment within ten calendar days after the service of the garnishment notice on the form provided by the commissioner.

(c) Within ten calendar days after the expiration of the pay period, the employer must remit to the commissioner, on a form and in the manner prescribed by the commissioner, the amount withheld during each pay period.

Subdivision 3. Discharge or discipline prohibited.

(a) If the employee ceases to be employed by the employer before the full amount set forth on the garnishment notice plus accrued interest has been withheld, the employer must immediately notify the commissioner in writing or by electronic transmission, as prescribed by the commissioner, of the termination date of the employee and the total amount withheld. No employer may discharge or discipline any employee because the commissioner has proceeded under this section. If an employer discharges an employee in violation of this section, the employee has the same remedy as provided in section 571.927, subdivision 2.

(b) This section applies if the employer is the state of Minnesota or any political subdivision.

(c) The commissioner must refund to the employee any excess amounts withheld from the employee.

(d) An employer that fails or refuses to comply with this section is jointly and severally liable for the total amount due from the employee. Any amount due from the employer under this paragraph may be collected in the same manner as any other amounts due from an employer under this chapter.

History: 1996 c 417 s 28; 1997 c 66 s 70,79; 1998 c 265 s 18; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2000 c 499 s 1; 2001 c 175 s 22; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 39,40; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 42; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.06

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.051, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1969 c 854 s 14]

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 5]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 3]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1949 c 605 s 15]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 2]

Subdivision 8a. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 8]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 1949 c 605 s 15]

Subdivision 10. [Repealed, 1949 c 605 s 15]

Subdivision 11. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 12. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 13. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 14. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 15. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 16. [Repealed, 1953 c 97 s 7]

Subdivision 17. [Repealed, 1949 c 605 s 15]

Subdivision 18. [Renumbered 268.047, subd 5]

Subdivision 19. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 6]

Subdivision 20. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 6, paras (c) and (d)]

Subdivision 21. [Renumbered 268.045]

Subdivision 22. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 4]

Subdivision 23. [Repealed, 1955 c 380 s 5]

Subdivision 24. [Renumbered 268.051, subd 7]

Subdivision 25. [Renumbered 268.052, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 26. [Renumbered 268.052, subd 3]

Subdivision 27. [Renumbered 268.052, subd 4]

Subdivision 28. [Renumbered 268.053]

Subdivision 29. [Renumbered 268.045, para (d)]

Subdivision 30. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 31. [Renumbered 268.052, subd 2]

Subdivision 32. [Repealed, 1983 c 372 s 48]

Subdivision 33. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 34. [Renumbered 268.054]

268.061 [Repealed, 1988 c 689 art 2 s 269]

268.062 [Renumbered 268.068]

268.0625 REVOCATIONS OF BUSINESS LICENSES.

Subdivision 1. Notice of debt to licensing authority.

The state of Minnesota or a political subdivision may not issue, transfer, or renew, and must revoke a license for the conduct of any profession, trade, or business, if the commissioner notifies the licensing authority that the licensee, applicant, or employer owes any amount due under this chapter or section 116L.20, of $500 or more. A licensing authority that has received a notice may issue, transfer, renew, or not revoke the license only if the licensing authority has received a copy of the debt clearance certificate issued by the commissioner.

Subdivision 2. Debt clearance certificate.

The commissioner may issue a debt clearance certificate only if:

(1) the licensee has fully paid any amounts due under this chapter or section 116L.20; or

(2) the licensee has entered into an agreement to pay the total amount due and is current with all the terms of that agreement.

Subdivision 3. Definition.

For the purposes of this section, "licensee" means:

(1) an individual if the license is issued to or in the name of an individual, or the corporation, limited liability company, or partnership if the license is issued to or in the name of a corporation, limited liability company, or partnership; or

(2) an officer of a corporation, manager of a limited liability company, or a member of a partnership, or an individual who is liable for amounts due under this chapter or section 116L.20, either for the entity that the license is at issue or for another entity that the liability was incurred, or personally as a licensee. "Licensee" includes both the transferor and the transferee of the license and any holder of a license.

Subdivision 4. Notice and right to hearing.

At least 30 calendar days before the commissioner notifies a licensing authority, a notice of action under this section must be sent to the licensee by mail or electronic transmission. If the licensee disputes the action, the licensee must appeal within 20 calendar days after the sending of the notice to the licensee. The only issue on any appeal is whether the commissioner has complied with the requirements of this section. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 5. Licensing authority; duties.

Upon request, the licensing authority must provide the commissioner with a list of all licensees, including the name, address, business name and address, Social Security number, and business identification number. The commissioner may request a list of the licensees no more than once each calendar year. Regardless of section 268.19, the commissioner may release information necessary to accomplish this section.

History: 1987 c 385 s 37; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 20; 1996 c 417 s 26,27; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1999 c 107 s 34; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 41; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 3; art 6 s 43; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 17

268.063 PERSONAL LIABILITY.

(a) Any officer, director, or employee of a corporation or any manager, governor, member, or employee of a limited liability company who

(1) either individually or jointly with others, have or should have had control of, supervision over, or responsibility for paying the amounts due under this chapter or section 116L.20, and

(2) knowingly fails to pay the amounts due, is personally liable for the amount due in the event the employer does not pay.

For purposes of this section, "knowingly" means that the facts demonstrate that the responsible individual used or allowed the use of corporate or company assets to pay other creditors knowing that the amounts due under this chapter were unpaid. An evil motive or intent to defraud is not necessary.

(b) Any partner of a limited liability partnership, or professional limited liability partnership, is jointly and severally liable for any amount due under this chapter or section 116L.20 in the event the employer does not pay.

(c) Any personal representative of the estate of a decedent or fiduciary who voluntarily distributes the assets without reserving a sufficient amount to pay the amount due is personally liable for the deficiency.

(d) The personal liability of any individual survives dissolution, reorganization, receivership, or assignment for the benefit of creditors. For the purposes of this section, all wages paid by the employer are considered earned from the individual determined to be personally liable.

(e) The commissioner must make a determination as to personal liability. The determination is final unless the individual found to be personally liable, within 20 calendar days after sending, by mail or electronic transmission, a notice of determination, files an appeal. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

History: 1Sp1982 c 1 s 36; 1983 c 372 s 40-44; 1985 c 281 s 1; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1Sp1986 c 3 art 1 s 82; 1987 c 385 s 31-34; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1991 c 291 art 18 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 14; 1993 c 67 s 12; 1993 c 137 s 8; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 7; 1995 c 54 s 16,17; 1996 c 417 s 25,31; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 19; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 42; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 11; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.064 LIABILITY FOR DEBTS UPON ACQUISITION.

Subdivision 1. Acquisition of organization, trade, business, or assets.

Any person who acquires all or part of the organization, trade, business or assets from an employer, is jointly and severally liable, in an amount not to exceed the reasonable value of that part of the organization, trade, business or assets acquired, for any amounts due and unpaid by the employer. The amount of liability is, in addition, a lien against the property or assets acquired and is before all other unrecorded liens. This section does not apply to sales in the normal course of the employer's business.

Subdivision 2. Reasonable value.

The commissioner, upon the commissioner's own motion or upon application of the acquiring person, must determine the reasonable value of the organization, trade, business or assets acquired based on available information. The determination is final unless the acquiring person, within 20 calendar days after being sent the determination by mail or electronic transmission, files an appeal. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 3. Statement of amount due.

Before the date of acquisition, the commissioner must furnish the acquiring person with a statement of the amounts due and unpaid under this chapter or section 116L.20 upon the request of the potential acquiring person and the release of the obligor. No release is required after the date of acquisition.

Subdivision 4. [Repealed by amendment, 1999 c 107 s 35]

History: 1987 c 385 s 35; 1989 c 65 s 13; 1995 c 54 s 18; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 20,44; 1999 c 107 s 35; 2004 c 183 s 43,44; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 44; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.065 LIABILITY OF AMOUNTS DUE FROM SUBCONTRACTORS AND EMPLOYEE LEASING FIRMS.

Subdivision 1. Subcontractors.

A contractor who contracts with any subcontractor must guarantee the payment of all amounts that are due or become due from the subcontractor with respect to taxable wages paid on the contract by:

(1) withholding sufficient money on the contract; or

(2) requiring the subcontractor to provide a sufficient bond guaranteeing the payment of all amounts that may become due.

The contractor may make a request for verification that the subcontractor has paid the taxes due 60 calendar days after the due date for filing the wage detail report that includes the final wages paid for employment performed under the contract. If the subcontractor has paid the amounts due for the period covered by the contract, the commissioner may release the contractor from its liability.

The words "contractor" and "subcontractor" include individuals, partnerships, firms, or corporations, or other association of persons engaged in the construction industry.

Subdivision 2. Employee leasing company, professional employer organization, or similar person.

(a) A person whose work force consists of 50 percent or more of workers provided by an employee leasing company, professional employer organization, or similar person for a fee, is jointly and severally liable for the unpaid amounts that are due under this chapter or section 116L.20 on the wages paid on the contract with the employee leasing company, professional employer organization, or similar person.

(b) This subdivision applies to, but is not limited to, persons registered under section 79.255, but does not apply to agreements with persons that obtain an exemption from registration under section 79.255, subdivision 9.

Subdivision 3. Determination of liability.

The commissioner must make a determination as to the liability under this section. The determination is final unless the contractor or person found to be liable files an appeal within 20 calendar days after being sent the determination by mail or electronic transmission. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

History: 1987 c 385 s 36; 1989 c 65 s 14; 1995 c 54 s 19; 1997 C 66 S 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 44; 1999 c 107 s 36; 2004 c 183 s 45,46; 2005 c 112 art 1 s 10; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 4; art 6 s 45; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.066 CANCELLATION OF AMOUNTS DUE FROM AN EMPLOYER.

(a) The commissioner must cancel as uncollectible any amounts due from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20, that remain unpaid six years after the amounts have been first determined due, except where the delinquent amounts are secured by a notice of lien, a judgment, are in the process of garnishment, or are under a payment plan.

(b) The commissioner may cancel at any time as uncollectible any amount due, or any portion of an amount due, from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20, that (1) are uncollectible due to death or bankruptcy, or (2) the Collection Division of the Department of Revenue under section 16D.04 was unable to collect.

(c) The commissioner may cancel at any time any interest, penalties, or fees due from an employer, or any portions due, if the commissioner determines that it is not in the public interest to pursue collection of the amount due. This paragraph does not apply to unemployment insurance taxes or reimbursements due.

History: 1987 c 385 s 39; 1996 c 305 art 1 s 58; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 21; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 47; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 11; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 3

268.067 COMPROMISE.

(a) The commissioner may compromise in whole or in part any action, determination, or decision that affects only an employer and not an applicant. This paragraph applies if it is determined by a court of law, or a confession of judgment, that an applicant, while employed, wrongfully took from the employer $500 or more in money or property.

(b) The commissioner may at any time compromise any unemployment insurance tax or reimbursement due from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20.

(c) Any compromise involving an amount over $10,000 must be authorized by an attorney licensed to practice law in Minnesota who is an employee of the department designated by the commissioner for that purpose.

(d) Any compromise must be in the best interest of the state of Minnesota.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 14; 1941 c 554 s 13; 1943 c 650 s 9; 1945 c 376 s 13; 1949 c 605 s 12,13; 1951 c 55 s 1; 1953 c 97 s 17; 1969 c 9 s 65; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1969 c 854 s 13; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 720 s 73 subds 2,3; 1975 c 108 s 1; 1975 c 302 s 3,4; 1975 c 336 s 22,23; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1978 c 618 s 2; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1980 c 508 s 11-13; 3Sp1981 c 2 art 1 s 33; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 34,35; 1983 c 372 s 39; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 26; 1987 c 385 s 28-30; 1989 c 65 s 12; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1993 c 67 s 11; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1995 c 54 s 13-15; 1996 c 417 s 24,31; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 22; 1999 c 107 s 37,66; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 7; 2004 c 183 s 48; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 24; art 6 s 46; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 4

268.0675 NO ELECTION OF REMEDY.

Use of any remedy under this chapter for the collection of any amount due from an employer or an applicant does not constitute an election of remedy to the exclusion of any other available remedy.

History: 1999 c 107 s 38; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 49; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 47

268.068 NOTICE TO WORKERS.

Each employer must post and maintain printed statements of an individual's right to apply for unemployment benefits in places readily accessible to workers in the employer's service. The printed statements must be supplied by the commissioner at no cost to an employer.

History: 1996 c 417 s 8; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1999 c 107 s 39; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 48

268.069 PAYMENT OF UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.

Subdivision 1. Requirements.

The commissioner must pay unemployment benefits from the trust fund to an applicant who has met each of the following requirements:

(1) the applicant has filed an application for unemployment benefits and established a benefit account in accordance with section 268.07;

(2) the applicant has not been held ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.095 because of a quit or discharge;

(3) the applicant has met all of the ongoing eligibility requirements under section 268.085;

(4) the applicant does not have an outstanding overpayment of unemployment benefits, including any penalties or interest; and

(5) the applicant has not been held ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.182 because of a false representation or concealment of facts.

Subdivision 2. Unemployment benefits paid from state funds.

Unemployment benefits are paid from state funds and are not considered paid from any special insurance plan, nor as paid by an employer. An application for unemployment benefits is not considered a claim against an employer but is considered a request for unemployment benefits from the trust fund. The commissioner has the responsibility for the proper payment of unemployment benefits regardless of the level of interest or participation by an applicant or an employer in any determination or appeal. An applicant's entitlement to unemployment benefits must be determined based upon that information available and any agreement between an applicant and an employer is not binding on the commissioner in determining an applicant's entitlement. There is no presumption of entitlement or nonentitlement to unemployment benefits.

Subdivision 3. Common law.

There is no equitable or common law denial or allowance of unemployment benefits.

History: 1997 c 66 s 28; 1998 c 265 s 45; 1999 c 107 s 40,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 15; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 24; art 5 s 3; art 6 s 49,50; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 5; art 4 s 18

268.07 BENEFIT ACCOUNT.

Subdivision 1. Application for unemployment benefits; determination of benefit account.

(a) An application for unemployment benefits may be filed in person, by mail, or by electronic transmission as the commissioner may require. The applicant must be unemployed at the time the application is filed and must provide all requested information in the manner required. If the applicant is not unemployed at the time of the application or fails to provide all requested information, the communication is not considered an application for unemployment benefits.

(b) The commissioner must examine each application for unemployment benefits to determine the base period and the benefit year, and based upon all the covered employment in the base period the commissioner must determine the weekly unemployment benefit amount available, if any, and the maximum amount of unemployment benefits available, if any. The determination, which is a document separate and distinct from a document titled a determination of eligibility or determination of ineligibility issued under section 268.101, must be titled determination of benefit account. A determination of benefit account must be sent to the applicant and all base period employers, by mail or electronic transmission.

(c) If a base period employer did not provide wage detail information for the applicant as required under section 268.044, or provided erroneous information, or wage detail is not yet due and the applicant is using an alternate base period under section 268.035, subdivision 4, paragraph (d), the commissioner may accept an applicant certification of wage credits, based upon the applicant's records, and issue a determination of benefit account.

(d) An employer must provide wage detail information on an applicant within five calendar days of request by the commissioner, in a manner and format requested, when:

(1) the applicant is using an alternate base period under section 268.035, subdivision 4, paragraph (d); and

(2) wage detail under section 268.044 is not yet required to have been filed by the employer.

(e) The commissioner may, at any time within 24 months from the establishment of a benefit account, reconsider any determination of benefit account and make an amended determination if the commissioner finds that the wage credits listed in the determination were incorrect for any reason. An amended determination of benefit account must be promptly sent to the applicant and all base period employers, by mail or electronic transmission. This subdivision does not apply to documents titled determinations of eligibility or determinations of ineligibility issued under section 268.101.

(f) If an amended determination of benefit account reduces the weekly unemployment benefit amount or maximum amount of unemployment benefits available, any unemployment benefits that have been paid greater than the applicant was entitled is considered an overpayment of unemployment benefits. A determination or amended determination issued under this section that results in an overpayment of unemployment benefits must set out the amount of the overpayment and the requirement under section 268.18, subdivision 1, that the overpaid unemployment benefits must be repaid.

Subdivision 2. Benefit account requirements.

(a) Unless paragraph (b) applies, to establish a benefit account an applicant must have total wage credits in the applicant's four quarter base period of at least: (1) $2,400; or (2) 5.3 percent of the state's average annual wage rounded down to the next lower $100, whichever is higher.

(b) To establish a new benefit account within 52 calendar weeks following the expiration of the benefit year on a prior benefit account, an applicant must have performed services in covered employment in a calendar quarter that started after the effective date of the prior benefit account. The wages paid for those services must be at least enough to meet the requirements of paragraph (a), and have been reported on wage detail under section 268.044. One of the reasons for this paragraph is to prevent an applicant from establishing a second benefit account as a result of one loss of employment.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 2a. [Repealed by amendment, 1996 c 417 s 9]

Subdivision 2a. Weekly unemployment benefit amount and maximum amount of unemployment benefits available.

(a) If an applicant has established a benefit account under subdivision 2, the weekly unemployment benefit amount available during the applicant's benefit year is the higher of:

(1) 50 percent of the applicant's average weekly wage during the base period, to a maximum of 66-2/3 percent of the state's average weekly wage; or

(2) 50 percent of the applicant's average weekly wage during the high quarter, to a maximum of 43 percent of the state's average weekly wage.

The applicant's average weekly wage under clause (1) is computed by dividing the total wage credits by 52. The applicant's average weekly wage under clause (2) is computed by dividing the high quarter wage credits by 13.

(b) The state's maximum weekly benefit amount, computed in accordance with section 268.035, subdivision 23, applies to a benefit account established effective on or after the last Sunday in October. Once established, an applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount is not affected by the last Sunday in October change in the state's maximum weekly unemployment benefit amount.

(c) The maximum amount of unemployment benefits available on any benefit account is the lower of:

(1) 33-1/3 percent of the applicant's total wage credits; or

(2) 26 times the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount.

Subdivision 3. [Repealed by amendment, 2010 c 347 art 2 s 11]

Subdivision 3a. Right of appeal.

(a) A determination or amended determination of benefit account is final unless an applicant or base period employer within 20 calendar days after the sending of the determination or amended determination files an appeal. Every determination or amended determination of benefit account must contain a prominent statement indicating in clear language the consequences of not appealing. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

(b) Any applicant or base period employer may appeal from a determination or amended determination of benefit account on the issue of whether services performed constitute employment, whether the employment is considered covered employment, and whether money paid constitutes wages. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 3b. Limitations on applications and benefit accounts.

(a) An application for unemployment benefits is effective the Sunday of the calendar week that the application was filed. An application for unemployment benefits may be backdated one calendar week before the Sunday of the week the application was actually filed if the applicant requests the backdating at the time the application is filed. An application may be backdated only if the applicant had no employment during the period of the backdating. If an individual attempted to file an application for unemployment benefits, but was prevented from filing an application by the department, the application is effective the Sunday of the calendar week the individual first attempted to file an application.

(b) A benefit account established under subdivision 2 is effective the date the application for unemployment benefits was effective.

(c) A benefit account, once established, may later be withdrawn only if:

(1) the applicant has not been paid any unemployment benefits on that benefit account; and

(2) a new application for unemployment benefits is filed and a new benefit account is established at the time of the withdrawal.

A determination or amended determination of eligibility or ineligibility issued under section 268.101, that was sent before the withdrawal of the benefit account, remains in effect and is not voided by the withdrawal of the benefit account.

(d) An application for unemployment benefits is not allowed before the Sunday following the expiration of the benefit year on a prior benefit account. Except as allowed under paragraph (c), an applicant may establish only one benefit account each 52 calendar weeks.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 4. MS 1949 [Repealed, 1951 c 442 s 3]

Subdivision 4. MS 1980 [Repealed, 1Sp1982 c 1 s 43]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1975 c 336 s 25]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 1947 c 32 s 9]

History: (4337-25) Ex1936 c 2 s 5; 1937 c 306 s 3; 1939 c 443 s 4; 1941 c 554 s 4; 1943 c 650 s 3; 1945 c 376 s 4; 1947 c 432 s 6; 1949 c 605 s 7,8; 1951 c 442 s 3; 1953 c 587 s 1; 1955 c 816 s 1; 1957 c 780 s 1; 1965 c 741 s 12,13; 1967 c 573 s 4; 1969 c 854 s 7; 1971 c 408 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 7,8; Ex1971 c 10 s 1; 1973 c 599 s 5; 1975 c 104 s 1; 1975 c 336 s 11; 1977 c 4 s 6; 1977 c 297 s 12; 1979 c 284 s 1; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 13-15; 1983 c 372 s 17,18; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 242 s 2; 1987 c 362 s 13-15; 1987 c 385 s 19; 1989 c 65 s 6,7; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 516 s 3; 1992 c 484 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 9,31; 1997 c 66 s 29-32,79; 1998 c 265 s 23; 1998 c 408 s 3; 1999 c 107 s 41,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 23-26; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 1 s 7; art 2 s 8,20; 2004 c 183 s 50-52; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 16; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 12; art 2 s 5,6; art 3 s 12; 2009 c 15 s 5,6; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 6; art 4 s 19-21; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 11; 2011 c 84 art 1 s 6,7

NOTE: The amendment to subdivision 2 by Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 6, is effective for applications for unemployment benefits made on or after October 28, 2012, except that in paragraph (b), the striking of "wage credits" and the insertion of "wages paid" and the insertion of "and have been reported on wage detail under section 268.044" are effective the day following final enactment. Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 6, the effective date.

NOTE: The amendment to subdivision 3b by Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 7, is effective October 28, 2012, and applies retroactively from July 1, 2011. Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 7, the effective date.

268.071 [Renumbered 268.115]

268.072 [Renumbered 268.155]

268.073

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.125, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.125, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 268.125, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 268.125, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 268.125, subd 5]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 1994 c 503 s 7]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

268.074 [Renumbered 268.135]

268.075 [Renumbered 268.145]

268.08

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.085, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 268.087]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 2]

Subdivision 2a. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 13]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 3]

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 5]

Subdivision 3b. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 6]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1977 c 297 s 22]

Subdivision 5a. [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 7]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 11]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 12]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 8]

Subdivision 10. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 10]

Subdivision 11. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 9]

268.081 [Repealed, 1993 c 4 s 34]

268.084 PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER; PRESUMPTION.

(a) Each applicant must be issued a personal identification number (PIN) for the purpose of filing continued requests for unemployment benefits, accessing information, and engaging in other transactions with the department.

(b) If a PIN assigned to an applicant is used in the filing of a continued request for unemployment benefits under section 268.0865 or any other type of transaction, the applicant is presumed to have been the individual using that PIN and presumed to have received any unemployment benefit payment issued. This presumption may be rebutted by a preponderance of the evidence showing that the applicant assigned the PIN was not the individual who used that PIN in the transaction.

(c) The commissioner must notify each applicant of this section.

History: 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 9; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 24; art 6 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 22

268.085 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.

Subdivision 1. Eligibility conditions.

An applicant may be eligible to receive unemployment benefits for any week if:

(1) the applicant has filed a continued request for unemployment benefits for that week under section 268.0865;

(2) the week for which unemployment benefits are requested is in the applicant's benefit year;

(3) the applicant was unemployed as defined in section 268.035, subdivision 26;

(4) the applicant was available for suitable employment as defined in subdivision 15. The applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount is reduced one-fifth for each day the applicant is unavailable for suitable employment. This clause does not apply to an applicant who is in reemployment assistance training, or each day the applicant is on jury duty or serving as an election judge;

(5) the applicant was actively seeking suitable employment as defined in subdivision 16. This clause does not apply to an applicant who is in reemployment assistance training or who was on jury duty throughout the week;

(6) the applicant has served a nonpayable period of one week that the applicant is otherwise entitled to some amount of unemployment benefits. This clause does not apply if the applicant would have been entitled to federal disaster unemployment assistance because of a disaster in Minnesota, but for the applicant's establishment of a benefit account under section 268.07; and

(7) the applicant has been participating in reemployment assistance services, such as job search and resume writing classes, if the applicant has been determined in need of reemployment assistance services by the commissioner, unless the applicant has good cause for failing to participate.

Subdivision 2. Not eligible.

An applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits for any week:

(1) that occurs before the effective date of a benefit account;

(2) that the applicant, at the beginning of the week, has an outstanding fraud overpayment balance under section 268.18, subdivision 2, including any penalties and interest;

(3) that occurs in a period when the applicant is a student in attendance at, or on vacation from a secondary school including the period between academic years or terms;

(4) that the applicant is incarcerated or performing court-ordered community service. The applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount is reduced by one-fifth for each day the applicant is incarcerated or performing court-ordered community service;

(5) that the applicant fails or refuses to provide information on an issue of ineligibility required under section 268.101;

(6) that the applicant is performing services 32 hours or more, in employment, covered employment, noncovered employment, volunteer work, or self-employment regardless of the amount of any earnings; or

(7) with respect to which the applicant is receiving, has received, or has filed an application for unemployment benefits under any federal law or the law of any other state. If the appropriate agency finally determines that the applicant is not entitled to the unemployment benefits, this clause does not apply.

Subdivision 3. Payments that delay unemployment benefits.

(a) An applicant is not eligible to receive unemployment benefits for any week with respect to which the applicant is receiving, has received, or has filed for payment, equal to or in excess of the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount, in the form of:

(1) vacation pay, sick pay, or personal time off pay, also known as "PTO," paid upon temporary, indefinite, or seasonal separation. This clause does not apply to (i) vacation pay, sick pay, or personal time off pay, paid upon a permanent separation from employment, or (ii) vacation pay, sick pay, or personal time off pay, paid from a vacation fund administered by a union or a third party not under the control of the employer;

(2) severance pay, bonus pay, and any other payments, except earnings under subdivision 5, and back pay under subdivision 6, paid by an employer because of, upon, or after separation from employment, but only if the payment is considered wages at the time of payment under section 268.035, subdivision 29; or

(3) pension, retirement, or annuity payments from any plan contributed to by a base period employer including the United States government, except Social Security benefits that are provided for in subdivision 4. The base period employer is considered to have contributed to the plan if the contribution is excluded from the definition of wages under section 268.035, subdivision 29, clause (1).

If the pension, retirement, or annuity payment is paid in a lump sum, an applicant is not considered to have received a payment if (i) the applicant immediately deposits that payment in a qualified pension plan or account, or (ii) that payment is an early distribution for which the applicant paid an early distribution penalty under the Internal Revenue Code, United States Code, title 26, section 72(t)(1).

(b) This subdivision applies to all the weeks of payment. Payments under paragraph (a), clause (1), are applied to the period immediately following the last day of employment. The number of weeks of payment is determined as follows:

(1) if the payments are made periodically, the total of the payments to be received is divided by the applicant's last level of regular weekly pay from the employer; or

(2) if the payment is made in a lump sum, that sum is divided by the applicant's last level of regular weekly pay from the employer.

(c) If the payment is less than the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount, unemployment benefits are reduced by the amount of the payment.

Subdivision 3a. Workers' compensation and disability insurance offset.

(a) An applicant is not eligible to receive unemployment benefits for any week in which the applicant is receiving or has received compensation for loss of wages equal to or in excess of the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount under:

(1) the workers' compensation law of this state;

(2) the workers' compensation law of any other state or similar federal law; or

(3) any insurance or trust fund paid in whole or in part by an employer.

(b) This subdivision does not apply to an applicant who has a claim pending for loss of wages under paragraph (a); however, before unemployment benefits may be paid when a claim is pending, the issue of the applicant being available for suitable employment, as required under subdivision 1, clause (4), is determined under section 268.101, subdivision 2. If the applicant later receives compensation as a result of the pending claim, the applicant is subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) and the unemployment benefits paid are subject to recoupment by the commissioner to the extent that the compensation constitutes overpaid unemployment benefits.

(c) If the amount of compensation described under paragraph (a) for any week is less than the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount, unemployment benefits requested for that week are reduced by the amount of that compensation payment.

Subdivision 4. Social Security benefits.

(a) Any applicant aged 62 or over is required to state when filing an application for unemployment benefits and when filing continued requests for unemployment benefits if the applicant is receiving, has filed for, or intends to file for, primary Social Security old age benefits for any week during the benefit year.

Unless paragraph (b) applies, 50 percent of the weekly equivalent of the primary Social Security old age benefit the applicant has received, has filed for, or intends to file for, with respect to that week must be deducted from an applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount.

(b) If all of the applicant's wage credits were earned while the applicant was claiming Social Security old age benefits, there is no deduction from the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount. The purpose of this paragraph is to ensure that an applicant who is claiming Social Security benefits has demonstrated a desire and ability to work.

(c) An applicant who is receiving, has received, or has filed for primary Social Security disability benefits for any week during the benefit year must be determined unavailable for suitable employment for that week, unless:

(1) the Social Security Administration approved the collecting of primary Social Security disability benefits each month the applicant was employed during the base period; or

(2) the applicant provides a statement from an appropriate health care professional who is aware of the applicant's Social Security disability claim and the basis for that claim, certifying that the applicant is available for suitable employment.

If an applicant meets the requirements of clause (1) there is no deduction from the applicant's weekly benefit amount for any Social Security disability benefits. If only clause (2) applies, then there must be deducted from the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount 50 percent of the weekly equivalent of the primary Social Security disability benefits the applicant is receiving, has received, or has filed for, with respect to that week; provided, however, that if the Social Security Administration determines that an individual is not entitled to receive primary Social Security disability benefits for any week the applicant has applied for those benefits, the 50 percent deduction does not apply to that week.

(d) Information from the Social Security Administration is considered conclusive, absent specific evidence showing that the information was erroneous.

(e) This subdivision does not apply to Social Security survivor benefits.

Subdivision 5. Deductible earnings.

(a) If the applicant has earnings, including holiday pay, with respect to any week, from employment, covered employment, noncovered employment, self-employment, or volunteer work, equal to or in excess of the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount, the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits for that week.

(b) If the applicant has earnings, with respect to any week, that is less than the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount, from employment, covered employment, noncovered employment, self-employment, or volunteer work, 55 percent of the earnings are deducted from the weekly unemployment benefit amount.

(c) No deduction is made from an applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount for earnings from service in the National Guard or a United States military reserve unit or from direct service as a volunteer firefighter or volunteer ambulance service personnel. This exception to paragraphs (a) and (b) does not apply to on-call or standby pay provided to a volunteer firefighter or volunteer ambulance service personnel. No deduction is made for jury duty pay or for pay as an election judge.

(d) The applicant may report deductible earnings on continued requests for unemployment benefits at the next lower whole dollar amount.

(e) Deductible earnings does not include any money considered a deductible payment under subdivision 3, but includes all compensation considered wages under section 268.035, subdivision 29, and any other compensation considered earned income under state and federal law for income tax purposes.

Subdivision 6. Receipt of back pay.

(a) Back pay received by an applicant within 24 months of the establishment of the benefit account with respect to any week occurring during the benefit year must be deducted from unemployment benefits paid for that week.

If the back pay is not paid with respect to a specific period, the back pay must be applied to the period immediately following the last day of employment.

(b) If the back pay is reduced by the amount of unemployment benefits that have been paid, the amount of back pay withheld must be:

(1) paid by the employer to the trust fund within 30 calendar days and subject to the same collection procedures that apply to past due taxes;

(2) applied to unemployment benefit overpayments resulting from the payment of the back pay; and

(3) credited to the maximum amount of unemployment benefits available to the applicant in a benefit year that includes the weeks for which back pay was deducted.

(c) Unemployment benefits paid the applicant must be removed from the computation of the tax rate for taxpaying employers and removed from the reimbursable account for nonprofit and government employers that have elected to be liable for reimbursements in the calendar quarter the trust fund receives payment.

(d) Payments to the trust fund under this subdivision are considered as made by the applicant.

Subdivision 7. School employees.

(a) No wage credits in any amount from any employment with any educational institution or institutions earned in any capacity may be used for unemployment benefit purposes for any week during the period between two successive academic years or terms if:

(1) the applicant had employment for any educational institution or institutions in the prior academic year or term; and

(2) there is a reasonable assurance that the applicant will have employment for any educational institution or institutions in the following academic year or term, unless that subsequent employment is substantially less favorable than the employment of the prior academic year or term.

(b) Paragraph (a) does not apply to an applicant who, at the end of the prior academic year or term, had an agreement for a definite period of employment between academic years or terms in other than an instructional, research, or principal administrative capacity and the educational institution or institutions failed to provide that employment.

(c) If unemployment benefits are denied to any applicant under paragraph (a) who was employed in the prior academic year or term in other than an instructional, research, or principal administrative capacity and who was not offered an opportunity to perform the employment in the following academic year or term, the applicant is entitled to retroactive unemployment benefits for each week during the period between academic years or terms that the applicant filed a timely continued request for unemployment benefits, but unemployment benefits were denied solely because of paragraph (a).

(d) An educational assistant is not considered to be in an instructional, research, or principal administrative capacity.

(e) Paragraph (a) applies to any vacation period or holiday recess if the applicant was employed immediately before the vacation period or holiday recess, and there is a reasonable assurance that the applicant will be employed immediately following the vacation period or holiday recess.

(f) This subdivision applies to employment with an educational service agency if the applicant performed the services at an educational institution or institutions. "Educational service agency" means a governmental agency or entity established and operated exclusively for the purpose of providing services to one or more educational institutions. This subdivision also applies to employment with Minnesota or a political subdivision, or a nonprofit organization, if the services are provided to or on behalf of an educational institution or institutions.

(g) Paragraphs (a) and (e) apply beginning the Sunday of the week that there is a reasonable assurance of employment.

(h) Employment with multiple education institutions must be aggregated for purposes of application of this subdivision.

(i) If all of the applicant's employment with any educational institution or institutions during the prior academic year or term consisted of on-call employment, and the applicant has a reasonable assurance of any on-call employment with any educational institution or institutions for the following academic year or term, it is not considered substantially less favorable employment.

(j) Paragraph (a) also applies to the period between two regular but not successive terms.

(k) A "reasonable assurance" may be written, oral, implied, or established by custom or practice.

(l) An "educational institution" is an educational entity operated by Minnesota or a political subdivision or an instrumentality thereof, or an educational organization described in United States Code, title 26, section 501(c)(3) of the federal Internal Revenue Code, and exempt from income tax under section 501(a).

Subdivision 8. Services for school contractors.

(a) Wage credits from an employer are subject to subdivision 7, if:

(1) the employment was provided under a contract between the employer and an elementary or secondary school; and

(2) the contract was for services that the elementary or secondary school could have had performed by its employees.

(b) Wage credits from an employer are not subject to subdivision 7 if:

(1) those wage credits were earned by an employee of a private employer performing work under a contract between the employer and an elementary or secondary school; and

(2) the employment was related to food services provided to the school by the employer.

Subdivision 9. Business owners.

(a) Wage credits from an employer may not be used for unemployment benefit purposes by any applicant who:

(1) individually, jointly, or in combination with the applicant's spouse, parent, or child owns or controls directly or indirectly 25 percent or more interest in the employer; or

(2) is the spouse, parent, or minor child of any individual who owns or controls directly or indirectly 25 percent or more interest in the employer.

This subdivision is effective when the applicant has been paid five times the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount in the current benefit year. This subdivision does not apply if the applicant had wages paid in covered employment of $7,500 or more from the employer covered by this subdivision in each of the 16 calendar quarters prior to the effective date of the benefit account and all taxes due on those wages have been paid.

(b) An officer of a taxpaying employer referred to in section 268.046, subdivision 1, is subject to the limitations of this subdivision.

Subdivision 10. [Repealed, 2007 c 128 art 1 s 23]

Subdivision 11. Athletes and coaches.

Unemployment benefits must not be paid to an applicant on the basis of any wage credits from employment that consists of coaching or participating in sports or athletic events or training or preparing to participate for any week during the period between two successive sport seasons, or similar periods, if:

(1) the applicant was so employed in the prior season or similar period, and

(2) there is a reasonable assurance that the applicant will be so employed in the following season or similar period.

Subdivision 12. Aliens.

(a) An alien is ineligible for unemployment benefits for any week the alien is not authorized to work in the United States under federal law. Information from the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services is considered conclusive, absent specific evidence that the information was erroneous. Under the existing agreement between the United States and Canada, this paragraph does not apply to an applicant who is a Canadian citizen and has returned to and is living in Canada each week unemployment benefits are requested.

(b) Unemployment benefits must not be paid on the basis of wage credits earned by an alien unless the alien (1) was lawfully admitted for permanent residence at the time of the employment, (2) was lawfully present for the purposes of the employment, or (3) was permanently residing in the United States under color of law at the time of the employment.

(c) Any information required of applicants applying for unemployment benefits to determine eligibility because of their alien status must be required from all applicants.

Subdivision 13. Suspension from employment.

(a) An applicant who has been suspended from employment without pay for 30 calendar days or less, as a result of employment misconduct as defined under section 268.095, subdivision 6, is ineligible for unemployment benefits beginning the Sunday of the week that the applicant was suspended and continuing for the duration of the suspension.

(b) A suspension from employment without pay for more than 30 calendar days is considered a discharge from employment under section 268.095, subdivision 5.

(c) A suspension from employment with pay, regardless of duration, is not considered a separation from employment and the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits for the duration of the suspension with pay.

Subdivision 13a. Leave of absence.

(a) An applicant on a voluntary leave of absence is ineligible for unemployment benefits for the duration of the leave of absence. An applicant on an involuntary leave of absence is not ineligible under this subdivision.

A leave of absence is voluntary when work that the applicant can then perform is available with the applicant's employer but the applicant chooses not to work. A medical leave of absence is not presumed to be voluntary.

(b) A period of vacation requested by the applicant, paid or unpaid, is considered a voluntary leave of absence. A vacation period assigned by an employer under: (1) a uniform vacation shutdown; (2) a collective bargaining agreement; or (3) an established employer policy, is considered an involuntary leave of absence.

(c) A voluntary leave of absence is not considered a quit and an involuntary leave of absence is not considered a discharge from employment for purposes of section 268.095.

(d) An applicant who is on a paid leave of absence, whether the leave of absence is voluntary or involuntary, is ineligible for unemployment benefits for the duration of the leave.

(e) This subdivision applies to a leave of absence from a base period employer, an employer during the period between the end of the base period and the effective date of the benefit account, or an employer during the benefit year.

Subdivision 13b. Labor dispute.

(a) An applicant who has stopped working because of a labor dispute at the establishment where the applicant is employed is ineligible for unemployment benefits:

(1) until the end of the calendar week that the labor dispute was in active progress if the applicant is participating in or directly interested in the labor dispute; or

(2) until the end of the calendar week that the labor dispute began if the applicant is not participating in or directly interested in the labor dispute.

Participation includes any failure or refusal by an applicant, voluntarily or involuntarily, to accept and perform available and customary work at the establishment.

(b) An applicant who has stopped working because of a jurisdictional controversy between two or more labor organizations at the establishment where the applicant is employed is ineligible for unemployment benefits until the end of the calendar week that the jurisdictional controversy was in progress.

(c) An applicant is not ineligible for unemployment benefits under this subdivision if:

(1) the applicant stops working because of an employer's intentional failure to observe the terms of the safety and health section of a union contract or failure to comply with an official citation for a violation of federal or state laws involving occupational safety and health;

(2) the applicant stops working because of a lockout; or

(3) the applicant is discharged before the beginning of a labor dispute.

(d) A quit from employment by the applicant during the time that the labor dispute is in active progress at the establishment does not terminate the applicant's participation in or direct interest in the labor dispute for purposes of this subdivision.

(e) For the purpose of this subdivision, the term "labor dispute" has the same definition as provided in section 179.01, subdivision 7.

Subdivision 13c. Offers of suitable employment.

(a) An applicant is ineligible for all unemployment benefits for eight calendar weeks if the applicant, without good cause:

(1) failed to apply for available, suitable employment of which the applicant was advised by the commissioner or an employer;

(2) failed to accept suitable employment when offered; or

(3) avoided an offer of suitable employment.

(b) "Good cause" is a reason that would cause a reasonable individual who wants suitable employment to fail to apply for, accept, or avoid suitable employment. Good cause includes:

(1) the applicant is employed in other suitable employment;

(2) the applicant is in reemployment assistance training;

(3) the applicant formerly worked for the employer and the loss of employment occurred prior to the commencement of a labor dispute, was permanent or for an indefinite period, and the applicant failed to apply for or accept the employment because a labor dispute was in progress at the establishment; or

(4) the applicant formerly worked for the employer and quit that employment because of a good reason caused by the employer.

(c) This subdivision only applies to offers of suitable employment with a new or a former employer and does not apply to any type of job transfers, position reassignments, or changes in job duties or responsibilities during the course of employment with an employer.

(d) The period of ineligibility under this subdivision begins the Sunday of the week the applicant failed to apply for, failed to accept, or avoided suitable employment without good cause.

(e) This subdivision applies to offers of suitable employment that occur before the effective date of the benefit account and that occur during the benefit year.

(f) This subdivision only applies to offers of suitable employment that are considered covered employment under section 268.035, subdivision 12.

Subdivision 14. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 15. Available for suitable employment defined.

(a) "Available for suitable employment" means an applicant is ready and willing to accept suitable employment. The attachment to the work force must be genuine. An applicant may restrict availability to suitable employment, but there must be no other restrictions, either self-imposed or created by circumstances, temporary or permanent, that prevent accepting suitable employment.

(b) Unless the applicant is in reemployment assistance training, to be considered "available for suitable employment," a student who has regularly scheduled classes must be willing to discontinue classes to accept suitable employment when:

(1) class attendance restricts the applicant from accepting suitable employment; and

(2) the applicant is unable to change the scheduled class or make other arrangements that excuse the applicant from attending class.

(c) An applicant who is absent from the labor market area for personal reasons, other than to search for work, is not "available for suitable employment."

(d) An applicant who has restrictions on the hours of the day or days of the week that the applicant can or will work, that are not normal for the applicant's usual occupation or other suitable employment, is not "available for suitable employment." An applicant must be available for daytime employment, if suitable employment is performed during the daytime, even though the applicant previously worked the night shift.

Subdivision 16. Actively seeking suitable employment defined.

(a) "Actively seeking suitable employment" means those reasonable, diligent efforts an individual in similar circumstances would make if genuinely interested in obtaining suitable employment under the existing conditions in the labor market area. Limiting the search to positions that are not available or are above the applicant's training, experience, and qualifications is not "actively seeking suitable employment."

(b) To be considered "actively seeking suitable employment" an applicant must, when reasonable, contact those employers from whom the applicant was laid off because of lack of work and request suitable employment.

(c) If reasonable prospects of suitable employment in the applicant's usual or customary occupation do not exist, the applicant must actively seek other suitable employment to be considered "actively seeking suitable employment." This applies to an applicant who is seasonally unemployed.

(d) Actively seeking a suitable job assignment or other employment with a staffing service is considered actively seeking suitable employment.

(e) An applicant who is seeking employment only through a union is considered actively seeking suitable employment if the applicant is in an occupation where hiring in that locality is done through the union. If the applicant is a union member who is restricted to obtaining employment among signatory contractors in the construction industry, seeking employment only with those signatory contractors is considered actively seeking employment. The applicant must be a union member in good standing, registered with the union for employment, and in compliance with other union rules to be considered "actively seeking suitable employment."

History: (4337-26) Ex1936 c 2 s 6,7; 1937 c 43 s 2; 1937 c 306 s 4; 1937 c 401 s 1; 1939 c 443 s 5,6; 1941 c 554 s 5,6; 1943 c 650 s 4,5; 1945 c 376 s 5,6; 1947 c 432 s 7; 1949 c 605 s 9; 1953 c 97 s 9; 1953 c 699 s 10; 1965 c 741 s 14-17; 1967 c 342 s 1; 1967 c 573 s 5; 1969 c 6 s 34; 1969 c 42 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 9-11; 1973 c 23 s 1; 1973 c 599 s 6-9; 1974 c 477 s 1; 1975 c 104 s 2; 1975 c 336 s 13-16; 1975 c 359 s 23; 1976 c 163 s 59; 1976 c 271 s 78; 1977 c 4 s 7,8; 1977 c 242 s 1; 1977 c 297 s 15-19; 1978 c 612 s 1; 1978 c 618 s 1; 1979 c 24 s 1; 1979 c 181 s 9-13,19; 1980 c 508 s 8,9; 1982 c 619 s 1; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 23-28; 1983 c 290 s 168; 1983 c 372 s 20-24,26,27; 1985 c 248 s 44; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 18-20; 1987 c 384 art 1 s 55; 1987 c 385 s 20-24; 1989 c 65 s 8; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1989 c 282 art 2 s 169; 1990 c 516 s 4; 1991 c 265 art 11 s 22; 1992 c 484 s 10-12; 1993 c 67 s 3-7; 1994 c 488 s 2-4,8; 1995 c 54 s 8,9; 1995 c 229 art 3 s 15; 1995 c 231 art 1 s 32; 1996 c 417 s 18-20,31; 1997 c 66 s 36-54,79; 1998 c 265 s 24-29,44,45; 1999 c 107 s 42,44,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2000 c 478 art 2 s 7; 2000 c 488 art 2 s 17; 2001 c 175 s 27-35,38-41,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 1 s 8; art 2 s 11-14,20; 2004 c 183 s 53-65,86; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 17-21,27,41; 2005 c 115 s 1; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 13-15; art 2 s 7; art 3 s 13-15,24; art 6 s 52-61; 2008 c 300 s 12-14; 2009 c 15 s 7; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 7-9; art 4 s 23-27; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 12-14; 2011 c 6 s 1; 2011 c 84 art 1 s 8

268.086

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 2005 c 112 art 2 s 42]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 2009 c 78 art 4 s 51]

268.0865 CONTINUED REQUEST FOR UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.

Subdivision 1. Continued request for unemployment benefits defined.

A continued request for unemployment benefits is a certification by an applicant, done on a weekly basis, that the applicant is unemployed and meets the ongoing eligibility requirements for unemployment benefits under section 268.085. A continued request must include information on possible issues of ineligibility in accordance with section 268.101, subdivision 1, paragraph (c).

Subdivision 2. Filing continued requests for unemployment benefits.

(a) The commissioner must designate to each applicant one of the following methods for filing a continued request:

(1) by electronic transmission under subdivision 3; or

(2) by mail under subdivision 4.

(b) The method designated by the commissioner is the only method allowed for filing a continued request by that applicant. An applicant may ask that the other allowed method be designated and the commissioner must consider inconvenience to the applicant as well as administrative capacity in determining whether to allow an applicant to change the designated method for filing a continued request for unemployment benefits.

Subdivision 3. Continued request for unemployment benefits by electronic transmission.

(a) A continued request for unemployment benefits by electronic transmission must be filed to that electronic mail address, telephone number, or Internet address prescribed by the commissioner for that applicant. In order to constitute a continued request, all information asked for, including information authenticating that the applicant is sending the transmission, must be provided in the format required. If all of the information asked for is not provided, the communication does not constitute a continued request for unemployment benefits.

(b) The electronic transmission communication must be filed on the date and during the time of day designated for the applicant for filing a continued request by electronic transmission.

(c) If the electronic transmission continued request is not filed on the date and during the time of day designated, a continued request by electronic transmission must be accepted if the applicant files the continued request by electronic transmission within two calendar weeks following the week in which the date designated occurred. If the continued request by electronic transmission is not filed within two calendar weeks following the week in which the date designated occurred, the electronic continued request will not be accepted and the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits for the period covered by the continued request, unless the applicant shows good cause for failing to file the continued request by electronic transmission within the time period required.

Subdivision 4. Continued request for unemployment benefits by mail.

(a) A continued request for unemployment benefits by mail must be on a form prescribed by the commissioner. The form, in order to constitute a continued request, must be totally completed and signed by the applicant. The form must be filed on the date required for the applicant for filing a continued request by mail, in an envelope with postage prepaid, and sent to the address designated.

(b) If the mail continued request for unemployment benefits is not filed on the date designated, a continued request must be accepted if the form is filed by mail within two calendar weeks following the week in which the date designated occurred. If the form is not filed within two calendar weeks following the week in which the date designated occurred, the form will not be accepted and the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits for the period covered by the continued request for unemployment benefits, unless the applicant shows good cause for failing to file the form by mail within the time period required.

(c) If the applicant has been designated to file a continued request for unemployment benefits by mail, an applicant may submit the form by facsimile transmission on the day otherwise required for mailing, or within two calendar weeks following the week in which the date designated occurred. A form submitted by facsimile transmission must be sent only to the telephone number assigned for that purpose.

(d) An applicant who has been designated to file a continued request by mail may personally deliver a continued request form only to the location to which the form was otherwise designated to be mailed.

Subdivision 5. Good cause defined.

(a) "Good cause" for purposes of this section is a compelling substantial reason that would have prevented a reasonable person acting with due diligence from filing a continued request for unemployment benefits within the time periods required.

(b) "Good cause" does not include forgetfulness, loss of the continued request form if filing by mail, having returned to work, having an appeal pending, or inability to file a continued request for unemployment benefits by the method designated if the applicant was aware of the inability and did not make diligent effort to have the method of filing a continued request changed by the commissioner. "Good cause" does not include having previously made an attempt to file a continued request for unemployment benefits but where the communication was not considered a continued request because the applicant failed to submit all required information.

History: 2009 c 78 art 4 s 28

268.087 UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS DUE DECEASED PERSONS.

If unemployment benefits are due and payable at the time of an applicant's death, those benefits must, upon application, be paid to the personal representative of the estate of the deceased. In the event that no personal representative is appointed, the unemployment benefits must, upon application be paid in the following order: (1) the surviving spouse, (2) the surviving child or children, or (3) the surviving parent or parents.

An individual seeking payment must complete an application prescribed by the commissioner and the payment of unemployment benefits discharges the obligations to the applicant and no other individual may claim or assert any right to those unemployment benefits.

History: (4337-26) Ex1936 c 2 s 6; 1937 c 43 s 2; 1937 c 306 s 4; 1939 c 443 s 5; 1941 c 554 s 5; 1943 c 650 s 4; 1945 c 376 s 5; 1949 c 605 s 9; 1953 c 97 s 9; 1953 c 699 s 10; 1965 c 741 s 14-16; 1969 c 6 s 34; 1971 c 942 s 9,10; 1973 c 599 s 6-8; 1975 c 104 s 2; 1975 c 336 s 13-15; 1975 c 359 s 23; 1976 c 163 s 59; 1976 c 271 s 78; 1977 c 4 s 7; 1977 c 297 s 15-18; 1978 c 612 s 1; 1979 c 24 s 1; 1979 c 181 s 9,10,19; 1980 c 508 s 8; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 23-25; 1983 c 290 s 168; 1983 c 372 s 20-24; 1985 c 248 s 44; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 18; 1987 c 384 art 1 s 55; 1987 c 385 s 20-22; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1989 c 282 art 2 s 169; 1990 c 516 s 4; 1991 c 265 art 11 s 22; 1992 c 484 s 10; 1993 c 67 s 3,4; 1994 c 488 s 2,3,8; 1995 c 54 s 8,9; 1995 c 231 art 1 s 32; 1996 c 417 s 18,31; 1997 c 66 s 36-42; 1998 c 265 s 24,45; 1999 c 107 s 66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 68

268.088 BENEFITS PAID DURING CERTAIN VOLUNTARY UNEMPLOYMENT.

(a) An applicant who elects to become temporarily unemployed in order to avoid the layoff of another employee with the applicant's employer due to lack of work is not ineligible for benefits under the leave of absence provisions of section 268.085, subdivision 13a, nor ineligible under the quit provisions of section 268.095, if:

(1) the election is authorized under a collective bargaining agreement or written employer policy;

(2) the employer has accepted the applicant's election;

(3) the employer provides a written certification that is provided to the department that the applicant's election prevented another employee with the employer from being laid off due to lack of work; and

(4) both the applicant and the employer, at the time of the election, expect the applicant's unemployment from the employer to be temporary.

(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a), for unemployment benefits to be payable, an applicant must meet all the other benefit eligibility requirements under this chapter, including being available for suitable employment with a different employer.

History: 2009 c 78 art 3 s 10

268.09

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 268.095, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 2a. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered subd 18]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 3]

Subdivision 10. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 4]

Subdivision 11. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 5]

Subdivision 12. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 6]

Subdivision 13. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 7]

Subdivision 14. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 8]

Subdivision 15. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 9]

Subdivision 16. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 10]

Subdivision 17. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 11]

Subdivision 18. [Renumbered 268.095, subd 12]

268.095 INELIGIBILITY BECAUSE OF QUIT OR DISCHARGE.

Subdivision 1. Quit.

An applicant who quit employment is ineligible for all unemployment benefits according to subdivision 10 except when:

(1) the applicant quit the employment because of a good reason caused by the employer as defined in subdivision 3;

(2) the applicant quit the employment to accept other covered employment that provided substantially better terms and conditions of employment, but the applicant did not work long enough at the second employment to have sufficient subsequent earnings to satisfy the period of ineligibility that would otherwise be imposed under subdivision 10 for quitting the first employment;

(3) the applicant quit the employment within 30 calendar days of beginning the employment because the employment was unsuitable for the applicant;

(4) the employment was unsuitable for the applicant and the applicant quit to enter reemployment assistance training;

(5) the employment was part time and the applicant also had full-time employment in the base period, from which full-time employment the applicant separated because of reasons for which the applicant was held not to be ineligible, and the wage credits from the full-time employment are sufficient to meet the minimum requirements to establish a benefit account under section 268.07;

(6) the applicant quit because the employer notified the applicant that the applicant was going to be laid off because of lack of work within 30 calendar days. An applicant who quit employment within 30 calendar days of a notified date of layoff because of lack of work is ineligible for unemployment benefits through the end of the week that includes the scheduled date of layoff;

(7) the applicant quit the employment (i) because the applicant's serious illness or injury made it medically necessary that the applicant quit; or (ii) in order to provide necessary care because of the illness, injury, or disability of an immediate family member of the applicant. This exception only applies if the applicant informs the employer of the medical problem and requests accommodation and no reasonable accommodation is made available.

If the applicant's serious illness is chemical dependency, this exception does not apply if the applicant was previously diagnosed as chemically dependent or had treatment for chemical dependency, and since that diagnosis or treatment has failed to make consistent efforts to control the chemical dependency.

This exception raises an issue of the applicant's being available for suitable employment under section 268.085, subdivision 1, that the commissioner must determine;

(8) the applicant's loss of child care for the applicant's minor child caused the applicant to quit the employment, provided the applicant made reasonable effort to obtain other child care and requested time off or other accommodation from the employer and no reasonable accommodation is available.

This exception raises an issue of the applicant's being available for suitable employment under section 268.085, subdivision 1, that the commissioner must determine;

(9) domestic abuse of the applicant or an immediate family member of the applicant, necessitated the applicant's quitting the employment. Domestic abuse must be shown by one or more of the following:

(i) a district court order for protection or other documentation of equitable relief issued by a court;

(ii) a police record documenting the domestic abuse;

(iii) documentation that the perpetrator of the domestic abuse has been convicted of the offense of domestic abuse;

(iv) medical documentation of domestic abuse; or

(v) written statement that the applicant or an immediate family member of the applicant is a victim of domestic abuse, provided by a social worker, member of the clergy, shelter worker, attorney at law, or other professional who has assisted the applicant in dealing with the domestic abuse.

Domestic abuse for purposes of this clause is defined under section 518B.01; or

(10) the applicant quit in order to relocate to accompany a spouse whose job location changed making it impractical for the applicant to commute.

Subdivision 2. Quit defined.

(a) A quit from employment occurs when the decision to end the employment was, at the time the employment ended, the employee's.

(b) An employee who has been notified that the employee will be discharged in the future, who chooses to end the employment while employment in any capacity is still available, is considered to have quit the employment.

(c) An employee who seeks to withdraw a previously submitted notice of quitting is considered to have quit the employment if the employer does not agree that the notice may be withdrawn.

(d) An applicant who, within five calendar days after completion of a suitable job assignment from a staffing service (1) fails without good cause to affirmatively request an additional suitable job assignment, (2) refuses without good cause an additional suitable job assignment offered, or (3) accepts employment with the client of the staffing service, is considered to have quit employment with the staffing service. Accepting employment with the client of the staffing service meets the requirements of the exception to ineligibility under subdivision 1, clause (2).

This paragraph applies only if, at the time of beginning of employment with the staffing service, the applicant signed and was provided a copy of a separate document written in clear and concise language that informed the applicant of this paragraph and that unemployment benefits may be affected.

For purposes of this paragraph, "good cause" is a reason that is significant and would compel an average, reasonable worker, who would otherwise want an additional suitable job assignment with the staffing service (1) to fail to contact the staffing service, or (2) to refuse an offered assignment.

Subdivision 3. Good reason caused by the employer defined.

(a) A good reason caused by the employer for quitting is a reason:

(1) that is directly related to the employment and for which the employer is responsible;

(2) that is adverse to the worker; and

(3) that would compel an average, reasonable worker to quit and become unemployed rather than remaining in the employment.

(b) The analysis required in paragraph (a) must be applied to the specific facts of each case.

(c) If an applicant was subjected to adverse working conditions by the employer, the applicant must complain to the employer and give the employer a reasonable opportunity to correct the adverse working conditions before that may be considered a good reason caused by the employer for quitting.

(d) A reason for quitting employment is not considered a good reason caused by the employer for quitting if the reason for quitting occurred because of the applicant's employment misconduct.

(e) Notification of discharge in the future, including a layoff because of lack of work, is not considered a good reason caused by the employer for quitting.

(f) An applicant has a good reason caused by the employer for quitting if it results from sexual harassment of which the employer was aware, or should have been aware, and the employer failed to take timely and appropriate action. Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical contact or other conduct or communication of a sexual nature when:

(1) the applicant's submission to the conduct or communication is made a term or condition of the employment;

(2) the applicant's submission to or rejection of the conduct or communication is the basis for decisions affecting employment; or

(3) the conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an applicant's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment.

(g) The definition of a good reason caused by the employer for quitting employment provided by this subdivision is exclusive and no other definition applies.

Subdivision 4. Discharge.

An applicant who was discharged from employment by an employer is ineligible for all unemployment benefits according to subdivision 10 only if:

(1) the applicant was discharged because of employment misconduct as defined in subdivision 6; or

(2) the applicant was discharged because of aggravated employment misconduct as defined in subdivision 6a.

Subdivision 4a. [Renumbered subd 6a]

Subdivision 5. Discharge defined.

(a) A discharge from employment occurs when any words or actions by an employer would lead a reasonable employee to believe that the employer will no longer allow the employee to work for the employer in any capacity. A layoff because of lack of work is considered a discharge. A suspension from employment without pay of more than 30 calendar days is considered a discharge.

(b) An employee who gives notice of intention to quit the employment and is not allowed by the employer to work the entire notice period is considered discharged from the employment as of the date the employer will no longer allow the employee to work. If the discharge occurs within 30 calendar days before the intended date of quitting, then, as of the intended date of quitting, the separation from employment is considered a quit from employment subject to subdivision 1.

(c) The end of a job assignment with the client of a staffing service is considered a discharge from employment with the staffing service unless section 268.095, subdivision 2, paragraph (d), applies.

Subdivision 6. Employment misconduct defined.

(a) Employment misconduct means any intentional, negligent, or indifferent conduct, on the job or off the job that displays clearly:

(1) a serious violation of the standards of behavior the employer has the right to reasonably expect of the employee; or

(2) a substantial lack of concern for the employment.

(b) Regardless of paragraph (a), the following is not employment misconduct:

(1) conduct that was a consequence of the applicant's mental illness or impairment;

(2) conduct that was a consequence of the applicant's inefficiency or inadvertence;

(3) simple unsatisfactory conduct;

(4) conduct an average reasonable employee would have engaged in under the circumstances;

(5) conduct that was a consequence of the applicant's inability or incapacity;

(6) good faith errors in judgment if judgment was required;

(7) absence because of illness or injury of the applicant, with proper notice to the employer;

(8) absence, with proper notice to the employer, in order to provide necessary care because of the illness, injury, or disability of an immediate family member of the applicant;

(9) conduct that was a consequence of the applicant's chemical dependency, unless the applicant was previously diagnosed chemically dependent or had treatment for chemical dependency, and since that diagnosis or treatment has failed to make consistent efforts to control the chemical dependency; or

(10) conduct that was a consequence of the applicant, or an immediate family member of the applicant, being a victim of domestic abuse as defined under section 518B.01. Domestic abuse must be shown as provided for in subdivision 1, clause (9).

(c) Regardless of paragraph (b), clause (9), conduct in violation of sections 169A.20, 169A.31, or 169A.50 to 169A.53 that interferes with or adversely affects the employment is employment misconduct.

(d) If the conduct for which the applicant was discharged involved only a single incident, that is an important fact that must be considered in deciding whether the conduct rises to the level of employment misconduct under paragraph (a).

(e) The definition of employment misconduct provided by this subdivision is exclusive and no other definition applies.

Subdivision 6a. Aggravated employment misconduct defined.

(a) For the purpose of this section, "aggravated employment misconduct" means:

(1) the commission of any act, on the job or off the job, that would amount to a gross misdemeanor or felony if the act substantially interfered with the employment or had a significant adverse effect on the employment; or

(2) for an employee of a facility as defined in section 626.5572, aggravated employment misconduct includes an act of patient or resident abuse, financial exploitation, or recurring or serious neglect, as defined in section 626.5572 and applicable rules.

(b) If an applicant is convicted of a gross misdemeanor or felony for the same act for which the applicant was discharged, it is aggravated employment misconduct if the act substantially interfered with the employment or had a significant adverse effect on the employment.

(c) The definition of aggravated employment misconduct provided by this subdivision is exclusive and no other definition applies.

Subdivision 7. Act or omissions after separation.

An applicant may not be held ineligible for unemployment benefits under this section for any acts or omissions occurring after the applicant's separation from employment with the employer. A layoff because of lack of work is considered a separation from employment.

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 13c]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 268.035, subd 23a]

Subdivision 10. Ineligibility duration.

(a) Ineligibility from the payment of all unemployment benefits under subdivisions 1 and 4 is for the duration of the applicant's unemployment and until the end of the calendar week that the applicant had total wages paid in subsequent covered employment sufficient to meet one-half of the requirements of section 268.07, subdivision 2, paragraph (a).

(b) Ineligibility imposed under subdivisions 1 and 4 begins on the Sunday of the week that the applicant became separated from employment.

(c) In addition to paragraph (a), if the applicant was discharged from employment because of aggravated employment misconduct, wage credits from that employment are canceled and cannot be used for purposes of a benefit account under section 268.07, subdivision 2.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 11. Application.

(a) This section and section 268.085, subdivision 13c, apply to all covered employment, full time or part time, temporary or of limited duration, permanent or of indefinite duration, that occurred in Minnesota during the base period, the period between the end of the base period and the effective date of the benefit account, or the benefit year.

(b) Paragraph (a) also applies to employment covered under an unemployment insurance program of any other state or established by an act of Congress.

Subdivision 12. [Renumbered 268.085, subd 13b]

History: (4337-27) Ex1936 c 2 s 7; 1937 c 401 s 1; 1939 c 443 s 6; 1941 c 554 s 6; 1943 c 650 s 5; 1945 c 376 s 6; 1947 c 432 s 7; 1965 c 741 s 17; 1967 c 342 s 1; 1967 c 573 s 5; 1969 c 42 s 1; 1971 c 942 s 11; 1973 c 23 s 1; 1973 c 599 s 9; 1974 c 477 s 1; 1975 c 336 s 16; 1977 c 4 s 8; 1977 c 242 s 1; 1977 c 297 s 19; 1978 c 618 s 1; 1979 c 181 s 11-13; 1980 c 508 s 9; 1982 c 619 s 1; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 26-28; 1983 c 372 s 26,27; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 19,20; 1987 c 385 s 23,24; 1989 c 65 s 8; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1992 c 484 s 11,12; 1993 c 67 s 5-7; 1994 c 488 s 4,8; 1995 c 229 art 3 s 15; 1996 c 417 s 19,20,31; 1997 c 66 s 43-54,79; 1998 c 265 s 25-29,44,45; 1999 c 107 s 44,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2000 c 478 art 2 s 7; 2001 c 175 s 38-41,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 11-14,20; 2004 c 183 s 62-65,86; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 24-29; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 16,17; art 5 s 4-6,9; art 6 s 69-73; 2009 c 15 s 8,9; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 11,12; art 4 s 29,30; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 15-17; 2011 c 84 art 1 s 9

NOTE: The amendment to subdivision 10 by Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 9, is effective October 28, 2012, and applies to all requalifications after that date. Laws 2011, chapter 84, article 1, section 9, the effective date.

268.10 [Repealed, 1996 c 417 s 32]

268.101 DETERMINATIONS ON ISSUES OF INELIGIBILITY.

Subdivision 1. Notification.

(a) In an application for unemployment benefits, each applicant must report the name and the reason for no longer working for the applicant's most recent employer, as well as the names of all employers and the reasons for no longer working for all employers during the six calendar months before the date of the application. If the reason reported for no longer working for any of those employers is other than a layoff because of lack of work, that raises an issue of ineligibility that the department must determine. An applicant must report any offers of employment refused during the eight calendar weeks before the date of the application for unemployment benefits and the name of the employer that made the offer. An applicant's failure to report the name of an employer, or giving an incorrect reason for no longer working for an employer, or failing to disclose an offer of employment that was refused, is a violation of section 268.182, subdivision 2.

In an application, the applicant must also provide all information necessary to determine the applicant's eligibility for unemployment benefits under this chapter. If the applicant fails or refuses to provide information necessary to determine the applicant's eligibility for unemployment benefits, the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.085, subdivision 2, until the applicant provides this required information.

(b) Upon establishment of a benefit account under section 268.07, subdivision 2, the commissioner must notify, by mail or electronic transmission, all employers the applicant was required to report on the application and all base period employers and determined successors to those employers under section 268.051, subdivision 4, in order to provide the employer an opportunity to raise, in a manner and format prescribed by the commissioner, any issue of ineligibility. An employer must be informed of the effect that failure to raise an issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or discharge of the applicant, as provided for under subdivision 2, paragraph (b), may have on the employer under section 268.047.

(c) Each applicant must report any employment, and loss of employment, and offers of employment refused, during those weeks the applicant filed continued requests for unemployment benefits under section 268.0865. Each applicant who stops filing continued requests during the benefit year and later begins filing continued requests during that same benefit year must report the name of any employer the applicant worked for during the period between the filing of continued requests and the reason the applicant stopped working for the employer. The applicant must report any offers of employment refused during the period between the filing of continued requests for unemployment benefits. Those employers from which the applicant has reported a loss of employment under this paragraph must be notified by mail or electronic transmission and provided an opportunity to raise, in a manner prescribed by the commissioner, any issue of ineligibility. An employer must be informed of the effect that failure to raise an issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or a discharge of the applicant may have on the employer under section 268.047.

(d) The purpose for requiring the applicant to report the name of employers and the reason for no longer working for those employers, or offers of employment refused, under paragraphs (a) and (c) is for the commissioner to obtain information from an applicant raising all issues that may result in the applicant being ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.095, because of a quit or discharge, or the applicant being ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.085, subdivision 13c. If the reason given by the applicant for no longer working for an employer is other than a layoff because of lack of work, that raises an issue of ineligibility and the applicant is required, as part of the determination process under subdivision 2, paragraph (a), to state all the facts about the cause for no longer working for the employer, if known. If the applicant fails or refuses to provide any required information, the applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits under section 268.085, subdivision 2, until the applicant provides this required information.

Subdivision 2. Determination.

(a) The commissioner must determine any issue of ineligibility raised by information required from an applicant under subdivision 1, paragraph (a) or (c), and send to the applicant and any involved employer, by mail or electronic transmission, a document titled a determination of eligibility or a determination of ineligibility, as is appropriate. The determination on an issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or a discharge of the applicant must state the effect on the employer under section 268.047. A determination must be made in accordance with this paragraph even if a notified employer has not raised the issue of ineligibility.

(b) The commissioner must determine any issue of ineligibility raised by an employer and send to the applicant and that employer, by mail or electronic transmission, a document titled a determination of eligibility or a determination of ineligibility as is appropriate. The determination on an issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or discharge of the applicant must state the effect on the employer under section 268.047.

If a base period employer:

(1) was not the applicant's most recent employer before the application for unemployment benefits;

(2) did not employ the applicant during the six calendar months before the application for unemployment benefits; and

(3) did not raise an issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or discharge of the applicant within ten calendar days of notification under subdivision 1, paragraph (b);

then any exception under section 268.047, subdivisions 2 and 3, begins the Sunday two weeks following the week that the issue of ineligibility as a result of a quit or discharge of the applicant was raised by the employer.

A communication from an employer must specifically set out why the applicant should be determined ineligible for unemployment benefits for that communication to be considered to have raised an issue of ineligibility for purposes of this section. A statement of "protest" or a similar term without more information does not constitute raising an issue of ineligibility for purposes of this section.

(c) Subject to section 268.031, an issue of ineligibility is determined based upon that information required of an applicant, any information that may be obtained from an applicant or employer, and information from any other source.

(d) Regardless of the requirements of this subdivision, the commissioner is not required to send to an applicant a copy of the determination where the applicant has satisfied a period of ineligibility because of a quit or a discharge under section 268.095, subdivision 10.

(e) The commissioner may issue a determination on an issue of ineligibility at any time within 24 months from the establishment of a benefit account based upon information from any source, even if the issue of ineligibility was not raised by the applicant or an employer. This paragraph does not prevent the imposition of a penalty on an applicant under section 268.18, subdivision 2, or 268.182.

(f) A determination of eligibility or determination of ineligibility is final unless an appeal is filed by the applicant or notified employer within 20 calendar days after sending. The determination must contain a prominent statement indicating the consequences of not appealing. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

(g) An issue of ineligibility required to be determined under this section includes any question regarding the denial or allowing of unemployment benefits under this chapter except for issues under section 268.07. An issue of ineligibility for purposes of this section includes any question of effect on an employer under section 268.047.

(h) Except for issues of ineligibility as a result of a quit or discharge of the applicant, the employer will be (1) sent a copy of the determination of eligibility or a determination of ineligibility, or (2) considered an involved employer for purposes of an appeal under section 268.105, only if the employer raised the issue of ineligibility.

Subdivision 2a. Telephone number.

Every determination issued under subdivision 2 must include a prominently displayed telephone number that an applicant or involved employer can call to speak with an unemployment insurance specialist and obtain further explanation about the determination and have any questions answered. The specialist must, when appropriate, issue an amended determination as provided for in subdivision 4. The listed telephone number must be unique to a specialized call group trained to handle calls involving determinations.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed by amendment, 2007 c 128 art 5 s 7]

Subdivision 3a. Direct hearing.

Regardless of any provision of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law, the commissioner or an unemployment law judge may, before a determination being made under this chapter, refer any issue of ineligibility, or any other issue under this chapter, directly for hearing in accordance with section 268.105, subdivision 1. The status of the issue is the same as if a determination had been made and an appeal filed.

Subdivision 4. Amended determination.

Unless an appeal has been filed, the commissioner, on the commissioner's own motion, may reconsider a determination of eligibility or determination of ineligibility that has not become final and issue an amended determination. Any amended determination must be sent to the applicant and any involved employer by mail or electronic transmission. Any amended determination is final unless an appeal is filed by the applicant or notified employer within 20 calendar days after sending. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 5. Unemployment benefit payment.

If a determination or amended determination allows unemployment benefits to an applicant, the unemployment benefits must be paid regardless of any appeal period or any appeal having been filed.

Subdivision 6. Overpayment.

A determination or amended determination that holds an applicant ineligible for unemployment benefits for periods an applicant has been paid benefits is considered an overpayment of those unemployment benefits. A determination or amended determination issued under this section that results in an overpayment of unemployment benefits must set out the amount of the overpayment and the requirement under section 268.18, subdivision 1, that the overpaid unemployment benefits must be repaid.

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 268.19, subd 2]

History: 1996 c 417 s 21; 1997 c 66 s 55-58,79; 1998 c 265 s 30; 1999 c 107 s 45,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 42,43,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 66-69; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 30-32,41; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 8; art 5 s 7; 2008 c 277 art 1 s 54; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 31,32,50; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 18

NOTE: Subdivision 2a, as added by Laws 2010, chapter 347, article 2, section 18, expires September 30, 2012. Laws 2010, chapter 347, article 2, section 18, the effective date.

268.103 APPEALS BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Subdivision 1. In commissioner's discretion.

(a) The commissioner may allow an appeal to be filed by electronic transmission. If the commissioner allows an appeal to be filed by electronic transmission, that must be clearly set out on the determination or decision subject to appeal.

(b) The commissioner may restrict the manner and format under which an appeal by electronic transmission may be filed. Restrictions to a specific telephone number or electronic address must be clearly set out on the determination or decision subject to appeal.

(c) All information requested by the commissioner when an appeal is filed by electronic transmission must be supplied or the communication does not constitute an appeal.

(d) Subject to subdivision 2, this section applies to requests for reconsideration under section 268.105, subdivision 2.

Subdivision 2. Applicant's appeal by mail.

(a) The commissioner must allow an applicant to file an appeal by mail even if an appeal by electronic transmission is allowed.

(b) A written statement delivered or mailed to the department that could reasonably be interpreted to mean that an involved applicant is in disagreement with a specific determination or decision is considered an appeal. No specific words need be used for the written statement to be considered an appeal.

Subdivision 2a. Employer-agent appeals filed online.

(a) If an agent files an appeal on behalf of an employer, the appeal must be filed online. The appeal must be filed through the electronic address provided on the determination being appealed. Use of another method of filing does not constitute an appeal. This paragraph does not apply to an employee filing an appeal on behalf of an employer.

(b) All information requested when the appeal is filed must be supplied or the communication does not constitute an appeal.

Subdivision 3. [Repealed by amendment, Laws 2004 c 183 s 70]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 2007 c 128 art 1 s 23]

History: 1997 c 66 s 59; 1999 c 107 s 46; 2004 c 183 s 70; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 33; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 74,75; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 13,17; art 4 s 33

268.105 APPEALS.

Subdivision 1. Evidentiary hearing by unemployment law judge.

(a) Upon a timely appeal having been filed, the department must send, by mail or electronic transmission, a notice of appeal to all involved parties that an appeal has been filed, and that a de novo due process evidentiary hearing will be scheduled. The notice must set out the parties' rights and responsibilities regarding the hearing. The notice must explain that the facts will be determined by the unemployment law judge based upon a preponderance of the evidence. The notice must explain in clear and simple language the meaning of the term "preponderance of the evidence." The department must set a time and place for a de novo due process evidentiary hearing and send notice to any involved applicant and any involved employer, by mail or electronic transmission, not less than ten calendar days before the date of the hearing.

(b) The evidentiary hearing is conducted by an unemployment law judge as an evidence gathering inquiry. At the beginning of the hearing the unemployment law judge must fully explain how the hearing will be conducted, that the applicant has the right to request that the hearing be rescheduled so that documents or witnesses can be subpoenaed, that the facts will be determined based on a preponderance of the evidence, and, in clear and simple language, the meaning of the term "preponderance of the evidence." The unemployment law judge must ensure that all relevant facts are clearly and fully developed. The department may adopt rules on evidentiary hearings. The rules need not conform to common law or statutory rules of evidence and other technical rules of procedure. The department has discretion regarding the method by which the evidentiary hearing is conducted. A report of any employee of the department, except a determination, made in the regular course of the employee's duties, is competent evidence of the facts contained in it. An affidavit or written statement based on personal knowledge and signed under penalty of perjury is competent evidence of the facts contained in it; however, the veracity of statements contained within the document or the credibility of the witness making the statement may be disputed with other documents or testimony and production of such documents or testimony may be compelled by subpoena.

(c) After the conclusion of the hearing, upon the evidence obtained, the unemployment law judge must make findings of fact and decision and send those, by mail or electronic transmission, to all involved parties. When the credibility of an involved party or witness testifying in an evidentiary hearing has a significant effect on the outcome of a decision, the unemployment law judge must set out the reason for crediting or discrediting that testimony. The unemployment law judge's decision is final unless a request for reconsideration is filed under subdivision 2.

(d) Regardless of paragraph (c), if the appealing party fails to participate in the evidentiary hearing, the unemployment law judge has the discretion to dismiss the appeal by summary order. By failing to participate, the appealing party is considered to have failed to exhaust available administrative remedies unless the appealing party files a request for reconsideration under subdivision 2 and establishes good cause for failing to participate in the evidentiary hearing under subdivision 2, paragraph (d). Submission of a written statement does not constitute participation. The applicant must participate personally and appearance solely by a representative does not constitute participation.

(e) Only employees of the department who are attorneys licensed to practice law in Minnesota may serve as the chief unemployment law judge, senior unemployment law judges who are supervisors, or unemployment law judges. The commissioner must designate a chief unemployment law judge. The chief unemployment law judge may transfer to another unemployment law judge any proceedings pending before an unemployment law judge.

(f) A full-time unemployment law judge must be paid a salary within a range directly tied to the salary set under section 15A.083, subdivision 7, for a workers' compensation judge. The salary paid within that range to any single unemployment law judge is based on experience and performance.

Subdivision 2. Request for reconsideration.

(a) Any involved applicant, involved employer, or the commissioner may, within 20 calendar days of the sending of the unemployment law judge's decision under subdivision 1, file a request for reconsideration asking the unemployment law judge to reconsider that decision. Section 268.103 applies to a request for reconsideration. If a request for reconsideration is timely filed, the unemployment law judge must issue an order:

(1) modifying the findings of fact and decision issued under subdivision 1;

(2) setting aside the decision issued under subdivision 1 and directing that an additional evidentiary hearing be conducted under subdivision 1; or

(3) affirming the findings of fact and decision issued under subdivision 1.

(b) Upon a timely request for reconsideration having been filed, the department must send a notice, by mail or electronic transmission, to all involved parties that a request for reconsideration has been filed. The notice must inform the involved parties:

(1) of the opportunity to provide comment on the request for reconsideration, and the right under subdivision 5 to obtain a copy of any recorded testimony and exhibits offered or received into evidence at the evidentiary hearing;

(2) that providing specific comments as to a perceived factual or legal error in the decision, or a perceived error in procedure during the evidentiary hearing, will assist the unemployment law judge in deciding the request for reconsideration;

(3) of the right to obtain any comments and submissions provided by the other involved party regarding the request for reconsideration; and

(4) of the provisions of paragraph (c) regarding additional evidence.

This paragraph does not apply if paragraph (d) is applicable.

(c) In deciding a request for reconsideration, the unemployment law judge must not, except for purposes of determining whether to order an additional evidentiary hearing, consider any evidence that was not submitted at the evidentiary hearing conducted under subdivision 1.

The unemployment law judge must order an additional evidentiary hearing if an involved party shows that evidence which was not submitted at the evidentiary hearing: (1) would likely change the outcome of the decision and there was good cause for not having previously submitted that evidence; or (2) would show that the evidence that was submitted at the evidentiary hearing was likely false and that the likely false evidence had an effect on the outcome of the decision.

(d) If the involved applicant or involved employer who filed the request for reconsideration failed to participate in the evidentiary hearing conducted under subdivision 1, an order setting aside the decision and directing that an additional evidentiary hearing be conducted must be issued if the party who failed to participate had good cause for failing to do so. In the notice that a request for reconsideration has been filed, the party who failed to participate must be informed of the requirement, and provided the opportunity, to show good cause for failing to participate. If the unemployment law judge determines that good cause for failure to participate has not been shown, the unemployment law judge must state that in the order issued under paragraph (a).

Submission of a written statement at the evidentiary hearing under subdivision 1 does not constitute participation for purposes of this paragraph.

All involved parties must be informed of this paragraph with the notice of appeal and notice of hearing provided for in subdivision 1.

"Good cause" for purposes of this paragraph is a reason that would have prevented a reasonable person acting with due diligence from participating at the evidentiary hearing.

(e) A request for reconsideration must be decided by the unemployment law judge who issued the decision under subdivision 1 unless that unemployment law judge: (1) is no longer employed by the department; (2) is on an extended or indefinite leave; (3) has been disqualified from the proceedings on the judge's own motion; or (4) has been removed from the proceedings by the chief unemployment law judge.

(f) The unemployment law judge must send to any involved applicant or involved employer, by mail or electronic transmission, the order issued under this subdivision. An order modifying the previously issued findings of fact and decision or an order affirming the previously issued findings of fact and decision is the final department decision on the matter and is final and binding on the involved applicant and involved employer unless judicial review is sought under subdivision 7.

Subdivision 2a. [Repealed by amendment, 2005 c 112 art 2 s 34]

Subdivision 3. Withdrawal of appeal.

(a) Any appeal that is pending before an unemployment law judge may be withdrawn by the appealing person, or an authorized representative of that person, upon filing of a notice of withdrawal.

(b) The appeal must, by order, be dismissed if a notice of withdrawal is filed, unless an unemployment law judge directs that further adjudication is required for a proper result.

(c) A notice of withdrawal may be filed by mail or by electronic transmission.

Subdivision 3a. Decisions.

(a) If an unemployment law judge's decision or order allows unemployment benefits to an applicant, the unemployment benefits must be paid regardless of any request for reconsideration or any appeal to the Minnesota Court of Appeals having been filed.

(b) If an unemployment law judge's decision or order modifies or reverses a determination, or prior decision of the unemployment law judge, allowing unemployment benefits to an applicant, any benefits paid in accordance with the determination, or prior decision of the unemployment law judge, is considered an overpayment of those unemployment benefits. A decision or order issued under this section that results in an overpayment of unemployment benefits must set out the amount of the overpayment and the requirement under section 268.18, subdivision 1, that the overpaid unemployment benefits must be repaid.

(c) If an unemployment law judge's order under subdivision 2 allows unemployment benefits to an applicant under section 268.095 because of a quit or discharge and the unemployment law judge's decision is reversed by the Minnesota Court of Appeals or the Supreme Court of Minnesota, the applicant cannot be held ineligible for any of the unemployment benefits paid the applicant and it is not considered an overpayment of those unemployment benefits under section 268.18, subdivision 1. The effect of the court's reversal is the application of section 268.047, subdivision 3, in computing the future tax rate of the employer.

(d) If an unemployment law judge, under subdivision 2, orders the taking of additional evidence, the unemployment law judge's prior decision must continue to be enforced until new findings of fact and decision are made by the unemployment law judge.

Subdivision 4. Oaths; subpoenas.

An unemployment law judge has authority to administer oaths and affirmations, take depositions, and issue subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of documents and other personal property considered necessary as evidence in connection with the subject matter of an evidentiary hearing.

The unemployment law judge must give full consideration to a request for a subpoena and must not unreasonably deny a request for a subpoena. If a subpoena request is initially denied, the unemployment law judge must, on the unemployment law judge's own motion, reconsider that request during the evidentiary hearing and rule on whether the request was properly denied. If the request was not properly denied, the evidentiary hearing must be continued for issuance of the subpoena. The subpoenas are enforceable through the district court in Ramsey County. Witnesses subpoenaed, other than an involved applicant or involved employer or officers and employees of an involved employer, must be paid by the department the same witness fees as in a civil action in district court.

Subdivision 5. Use of evidence; data privacy.

(a) All testimony at any evidentiary hearing conducted under subdivision 1 must be recorded. A copy of any recorded testimony and exhibits offered or received into evidence at the hearing must, upon request, be furnished to a party at no cost during the time period for filing a request for reconsideration or while a request for reconsideration is pending.

(b) Regardless of any provision of law to the contrary, if recorded testimony and exhibits received into evidence at the evidentiary hearing are not requested during the time period for filing a request for reconsideration, while a request for reconsideration is pending, during the time for filing any appeal under subdivision 7, or during the pendency thereof, that testimony and other evidence may later be made available only under a district court order. A subpoena is not considered a district court order.

(c) Testimony obtained under subdivision 1, may not be used or considered for any purpose, including impeachment, in any civil, administrative, or contractual proceeding, except by a local, state, or federal human rights agency with enforcement powers, unless the proceeding is initiated by the department.

Subdivision 5a. No collateral estoppel.

No findings of fact or decision or order issued by an unemployment law judge may be held conclusive or binding or used as evidence in any separate or subsequent action in any other forum, be it contractual, administrative, or judicial, except proceedings provided for under this chapter, regardless of whether the action involves the same or related parties or involves the same facts.

Subdivision 6. Representation; fees.

(a) In any proceeding under subdivision 1 or 2, an applicant or involved employer may be represented by any agent.

(b) Except for services provided by an attorney-at-law, an applicant may not be charged fees, costs, or disbursements of any kind in a proceeding before an unemployment law judge, the Minnesota Court of Appeals, or the Supreme Court of Minnesota.

Subdivision 7. Judicial review.

(a) The Minnesota Court of Appeals must, by writ of certiorari to the department, review the unemployment law judge's decision, provided a petition for the writ is filed with the court and a copy is served upon the unemployment law judge or the commissioner and any other involved party within 30 calendar days of the sending of the unemployment law judge's order under subdivision 2.

(b) Any employer petitioning for a writ of certiorari must pay to the court the required filing fee and upon the service of the writ must furnish a cost bond to the department in accordance with the Rules of Civil Appellate Procedure. If the employer requests a written transcript of the testimony received at the evidentiary hearing conducted under subdivision 1, the employer must pay to the department the cost of preparing the transcript. That money is credited to the administration account.

(c) Upon issuance by the Minnesota Court of Appeals of a writ of certiorari as a result of an applicant's petition, the department must furnish to the applicant at no cost a written transcript of any testimony received at the evidentiary hearing conducted under subdivision 1, and, if requested, a copy of all exhibits entered into evidence. No filing fee or cost bond is required of an applicant petitioning the Minnesota Court of Appeals for a writ of certiorari.

(d) The Minnesota Court of Appeals may affirm the decision of the unemployment law judge or remand the case for further proceedings; or it may reverse or modify the decision if the substantial rights of the petitioner may have been prejudiced because the findings, inferences, conclusion, or decision are:

(1) in violation of constitutional provisions;

(2) in excess of the statutory authority or jurisdiction of the department;

(3) made upon unlawful procedure;

(4) affected by other error of law;

(5) unsupported by substantial evidence in view of the entire record as submitted; or

(6) arbitrary or capricious.

(e) The department is considered the primary responding party to any judicial action involving an unemployment law judge's decision. The department may be represented by an attorney licensed to practice law in Minnesota who is an employee of the department.

History: 1995 c 54 s 11; 1996 c 417 s 22,31; 1997 c 66 s 60; 1998 c 265 s 31,44; 1999 c 107 s 47,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 44; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 15; 2004 c 183 s 71; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 34; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 18; art 2 s 9,10; art 3 s 18,24; art 6 s 76-79; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 34-38,50; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 19

268.11 [Renumbered 268.042]

268.115 MS 1974 [Expired]

268.115 EXTENDED UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.

Subdivision 1. Definitions.

The terms used in this section have the following meaning:

(1) "Extended unemployment benefit period" means a period that lasts for a minimum of 13 weeks and that:

(i) Begins with the third week after there is a state "on" indicator; and

(ii) Ends with the third week after there is a state "off" indicator.

No extended unemployment benefit period may begin before the 14th week following the end of a prior extended unemployment benefit period.

(2) There is a "state 'on' indicator" for a week if:

(i) for that week and the prior 12 weeks, the rate of insured unemployment:

(a) equaled or exceeded 120 percent of the average of the rates for the corresponding 13-week period ending in each of the prior two calendar years, and was five percent or more; or

(b) equaled or exceeded six percent; or

(ii) The United States Secretary of Labor determines that the average rate of seasonally adjusted total unemployment in Minnesota for the most recent three months for which data is published equals or exceeds 6.5 percent and this rate equals or exceeds 110 percent of the rate of the corresponding three-month period in either of the prior two calendar years.

(3) There is a "state 'off' indicator" for a week if:

(i) under clause (2)(i), for that week and the prior 12 weeks, the requirements for a "state 'on' indicator" are not satisfied; or

(ii) under clause (2)(ii) the requirements for a "state 'on' indicator" are not satisfied.

(4) "Rate of insured unemployment," means the percentage derived by dividing the average weekly number of applicants filing continued requests for regular unemployment benefits in the most recent 13-week period by the average monthly covered employment for the first four of the most recent six completed calendar quarters before the end of that 13-week period.

(5) "Regular unemployment benefits" means unemployment benefits available to an applicant other than extended unemployment benefits and additional unemployment benefits.

(6) "Eligibility period" for an applicant means the period consisting of the weeks remaining in the applicant's benefit year within the extended unemployment benefit period and, if the benefit year ends within the extended unemployment benefit period, any weeks in the extended unemployment benefit period.

(7) "Exhaustee" means an applicant who, in the eligibility period:

(i) the benefit year having not expired has received the maximum amount of regular unemployment benefits that were available under section 268.07; or

(ii) the benefit year having expired, has insufficient wage credits to establish a new benefit account; and

has no right to any type of unemployment benefits under any other state or federal laws and is not receiving unemployment benefits under the law of Canada.

[See Note.]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed by amendment, 1999 c 107 s 48]

Subdivision 3. Requirements for extended unemployment benefits.

If an extended unemployment benefit period is in effect, an applicant is paid extended unemployment benefits from the trust fund for any week in the applicant's eligibility period if the applicant:

(1) is an "exhaustee";

(2) has satisfied the same requirements as those for regular unemployment benefits under section 268.069;

(3) has wage credits of not less than 40 times the weekly unemployment benefit amount; and

(4) is not subject to a denial of extended unemployment benefits under subdivision 9.

Subdivision 4. Weekly extended unemployment benefit amount.

The weekly extended unemployment benefit amount is the same as the weekly unemployment benefit amount of regular unemployment benefits.

Subdivision 5. Maximum amount of extended unemployment benefits.

The maximum amount of extended unemployment benefits available to an applicant is 50 percent of the maximum amount of regular unemployment benefits available in the benefit year. If the total rate of unemployment computed under subdivision 1, clause (2)(ii), equaled or exceeded eight percent, the maximum amount of extended unemployment benefits available is 80 percent of the maximum amount of regular unemployment benefits available in the benefit year.

Subdivision 6. Public announcement.

Whenever an extended unemployment benefit period is to begin as a result of a state "on" indicator, or an extended unemployment benefit period is to end as a result of a state "off" indicator the commissioner must make an appropriate public announcement.

Subdivision 7. Federal law.

This section is enacted to conform to the requirements of United States Code, title 26, section 3304, the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 as amended and the applicable federal regulations.

Subdivision 8. Interstate applicants.

An applicant residing in a state other than Minnesota is eligible for only the first two weeks of extended unemployment benefits if the applicant's benefit account was established under the interstate benefit payment plan and no extended unemployment benefit period is in effect for the week in that state.

Subdivision 9. Denial provisions.

(a) An applicant is denied extended unemployment benefits for any week in the applicant's eligibility period if during that week the applicant failed to accept any offer of suitable employment, failed to apply for any suitable employment that the applicant was referred to by the commissioner, or failed to actively seek suitable employment.

The denial continues until the applicant has been employed in covered employment in each of four subsequent weeks, whether or not consecutive, and had earnings from that covered employment of not less than four times the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount.

(b) For the purpose of this subdivision "suitable employment" means any employment that is within the applicant's capabilities and that has a gross average weekly wage that exceeds the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount. The employment must pay wages not less than the higher of the federal minimum wage without regard to any exemption, or the applicable state minimum wage.

(c) No applicant may be denied extended unemployment benefits for failure to accept an offer of or apply for any suitable employment if:

(1) the position was not offered to the applicant in writing;

(2) the position was not listed with the job service; or

(3) the applicant furnishes satisfactory evidence that prospects for obtaining employment in the applicant's customary occupation within a reasonably short period are good. If the evidence is satisfactory, the determination of whether any employment is suitable is made in accordance with the definition of suitable employment in section 268.035, subdivision 23a.

(d) For the purpose of this subdivision an applicant is "actively seeking suitable employment" only if the applicant has engaged in a systematic and sustained effort to obtain employment, and the applicant furnishes tangible evidence of that effort.

Subdivision 10. Job service referral.

The job service must refer any applicant who is filing continued requests for extended unemployment benefits to any employment that is suitable under subdivision 9.

History: 1971 c 61 s 1; 1974 c 355 s 58; 1975 c 1 s 1; 1975 c 336 s 12; 1977 c 297 s 13,14; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 16-21; 1983 c 372 s 19; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 16; 1992 c 484 s 9; 1993 c 13 art 1 s 33; 1997 c 66 s 33-35,79,80; 1998 c 265 s 44,45; 1999 c 107 s 48,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 72; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 24; art 6 s 80; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 39,50; 2011 c 84 art 2 s 7

NOTE: See Laws 2011, chapter 6, section 2.

268.12

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

Subdivision 1a. [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1983 c 268 s 2]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 1989 c 343 s 7]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 268.186]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 1995 c 54 s 29]

Subdivision 9a. [Renumbered 268.188]

Subdivision 10. [Repealed, 1995 c 54 s 29]

Subdivision 11. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 12. [Renumbered 268.19]

Subdivision 13. [Repealed, 1995 c 54 s 29]

Subdivision 14. [Repealed, 1949 c 605 s 15]

268.121 [Renumbered 268.044]

268.125 ADDITIONAL UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.

Subdivision 1. Additional unemployment benefits; when available.

Additional unemployment benefits are available if:

(1) a county had a total unemployment rate for the prior 12-calendar month period of at least 1.8 times the state average unemployment rate for the prior 12-calendar month period and the state average unemployment rate for the same 12-calendar month period was at least 4.6 percent. The commissioner must calculate the applicable unemployment rates within 30 calendar days following the end of the month. Once it has been calculated that the total unemployment rate in a county equals or exceeds 1.8 times the state average unemployment rate for the prior 12-calendar month period, the additional benefits are available beginning the Sunday following the date of calculation and continuing for a minimum of 13 calendar weeks. This clause expires June 30, 2009; or

(2)(i) at a facility that had 100 or more employees, the employer reduced operations, resulting within a one-month period in the layoff of 50 percent or more of the facility's work force, including reductions caused as a result of a major natural disaster declared by the president;

(ii) the employer has no expressed plan to resume operations that would lead to the reemployment of those employees in the immediate future; and

(iii) the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate in the county that the facility is located was ten percent or more during the month of the reduction or any of the three months before or after the month of the reduction.

Subdivision 2. Payment from trust fund; effect on employer.

Additional unemployment benefits are payable from the trust fund. Additional unemployment benefits paid will not be used in computing the experience rating of a taxpaying employer nor charged to the reimbursing account of a nonprofit or government employer. This subdivision expires June 30, 2009.

Subdivision 3. Eligibility conditions.

An applicant is eligible to receive additional unemployment benefits for any week during the applicant's benefit year if:

(1) for any week during which benefits are available under subdivision 1, clause (1):

(i) the applicant resides in a county that meets the requirements of subdivision 1, clause (1), and resided in that county each week that regular unemployment benefits were paid;

(ii) the applicant was not paid unemployment benefits for any week in the 12 months before the effective date of the applicant's benefit account;

(iii) the applicant meets the same eligibility requirements that are required for regular unemployment benefits under section 268.069; and

(iv) the applicant has exhausted regular unemployment benefits under section 268.07, is not entitled to receive extended unemployment benefits under section 268.115, and is not entitled to receive unemployment benefits under any other state or federal law for that week. This clause expires June 30, 2009; or

(2) the applicant was laid off from employment as a result of a reduction under subdivision 1, clause (2), or was laid off because of lack of work from that employer during the three-month period before, or the three-month period after, the month of the reduction under subdivision 1, clause (2);

(3) the applicant meets the same eligibility requirements that are required for regular unemployment benefits under section 268.069;

(4) the applicant has exhausted regular unemployment benefits under section 268.07, is not entitled to receive extended unemployment benefits under section 268.115, and is not entitled to receive unemployment benefits under any other state or federal law for that week; and

(5) a majority of the applicant's wage credits were from the employer that had a reduction in operations under subdivision 1, clause (2).

Subdivision 4. Weekly unemployment benefit amount.

An applicant's weekly additional unemployment benefit amount is the same as the applicant's weekly unemployment benefit amount during the current benefit year under section 268.07.

Subdivision 5. Maximum amount of unemployment benefits.

The maximum amount of additional unemployment benefits available in the applicant's benefit year is one-half of the applicant's maximum amount of regular unemployment benefits available under section 268.07, subdivision 2. Extended unemployment benefits paid and unemployment benefits paid under any federal law other than regular unemployment benefits must be deducted from the maximum amount of additional unemployment benefits available.

Subdivision 6. Notice.

The commissioner must notify applicants of the availability of additional unemployment benefits by contacting applicants by mail or electronic transmission, by posting a notice on the department's official Web site, and by appropriate announcement. This subdivision expires June 30, 2009.

History: 1987 c 362 s 17; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1994 c 503 s 1-3; 1996 c 417 s 13-15; 1997 c 66 s 79; 2Sp1997 c 2 s 18,19; 1998 c 265 s 32; 1999 c 107 s 49-51,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 73; 2007 c 128 art 5 s 8; art 6 s 81,82; 2008 c 300 s 15-18; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 40

268.13

Subdivision 1.

(a) [Renumbered 268.042, subd 4]

(b) [Renumbered 268.131, subdivision 1, para (a)]

(c) [Renumbered 268.131, subdivision 1, para (b)]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.194, subd 3a]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 268.131, subd 2]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

268.131 RECIPROCAL UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFIT ARRANGEMENTS.

Subdivision 1. Cooperation with other states on combining wages.

(a) In accordance with the requirements of United States Code, title 26, section 3304(a)(9)(B), the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, the commissioner must participate in reciprocal arrangements with other states for the payment of unemployment benefits on the basis of combining an applicant's wages from multiple states for the purposes of collecting unemployment benefits from a single state. The reciprocal agreement must include provisions for applying the base period of a single state law to a benefit account involving the combining of an applicant's wages and employment and avoiding the duplicate use of wages by reason of such combining. The commissioner may not enter into any reciprocal arrangement unless it contains provisions for reimbursements to the trust fund, by the other state, for unemployment benefits paid from the trust fund to applicants based upon wages and employment covered under the laws of the other state.

(b) The commissioner is authorized to pay unemployment benefits based upon an applicant's wages paid in covered employment in another state only if the applicant is combining Minnesota wage credits with the wages paid in covered employment from another state or states.

(c) Section 268.23 does not apply to this subdivision.

(d) On any reciprocal arrangement, the wages paid an applicant from employment covered under an unemployment insurance program of another state are considered wages from covered employment for the purpose of determining the applicant's rights to unemployment benefits under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law.

Subdivision 2. Cooperation with foreign governments.

The commissioner is authorized to enter into or cooperate in arrangements whereby facilities and services provided under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law and facilities and services provided under the unemployment insurance program of any foreign government, may be used for the taking of applications for unemployment benefits and continued requests and the payment of unemployment benefits under this law or under a similar law of a foreign government.

History: (4337-31) Ex1936 c 2 s 11; 1937 c 306 s 8; 1939 c 443 s 9; 1941 c 554 s 10; 1943 c 650 s 8; 1945 c 376 s 10; 1947 c 432 s 8-10; 1965 c 45 s 45; 1969 c 9 s 64; 1971 c 942 s 13; 1979 c 181 s 16; 1986 c 444; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 33-35,45; 1999 c 107 s 66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 45,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 11; art 3 s 24; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.135 [Repealed, 2009 c 27 s 2]

268.136 SHARED WORK.

Subdivision 1. Shared work agreement requirements.

(a) An employer may submit a proposed shared work plan for an employee group to the commissioner for approval in a manner and format set by the commissioner. The proposed agreement must include:

(1) a certified statement that the normal weekly hours of work of all of the proposed participating employees were full time but are now reduced, or will be reduced, with a corresponding reduction in pay, in order to prevent layoffs;

(2) the name and Social Security number of each participating employee;

(3) a certified statement of when each participating employee was first hired by the employer, which must be at least one year before the proposed agreement is submitted;

(4) the hours of work each participating employee will work each week for the duration of the agreement, which must be at least 20 hours and no more than 32 hours per week, except that the agreement may provide for a uniform vacation shutdown of up to two weeks;

(5) the proposed duration of the agreement, which must be at least two months and not more than one year, although an agreement may be extended for up to an additional year upon approval of the commissioner;

(6) a starting date beginning on a Sunday at least 15 calendar days after the date the proposed agreement is submitted; and

(7) a signature of an owner or officer of the employer who is listed as an owner or officer on the employer's account under section 268.045.

(b) An agreement may not be approved for an employer that:

(1) has any unemployment tax or reimbursements, including any interest, fees, or penalties, due but unpaid; or

(2) has the maximum experience rating provided for under section 268.051, subdivision 3.

Subdivision 2. Agreement by commissioner.

(a) The commissioner must promptly review a proposed agreement and notify the employer, by mail or electronic transmission, within 15 days of receipt, whether the proposal satisfies the requirements of this section. If the proposal does not comply with this section, the commissioner must specifically state why the proposal is not in compliance. If a proposed agreement complies with this section, it must be implemented according to its terms.

(b) The commissioner may reject an agreement if the commissioner has cause to believe the proposal is not submitted for the purpose of preventing layoffs due to lack of work.

Subdivision 3. Applicant requirements.

(a) An applicant, in order to be paid unemployment benefits under this section, must meet all of the requirements under section 268.069, subdivision 1. The following do not apply to an applicant under this section:

(1) the deductible earnings provision of section 268.085, subdivision 5;

(2) the restriction under section 268.085, subdivision 6, if the applicant works exactly 32 hours in a week;

(3) the requirement of being available for suitable employment; and

(4) the requirement of actively seeking suitable employment.

(b) An applicant is ineligible for unemployment benefits under this section for any week, if:

(1) the applicant works more than 32 hours in a week in employment with one or more employer; or

(2) the applicant works more hours in a week for the shared work employer than the reduced weekly hours provided for in the agreement.

Subdivision 4. Amount of unemployment benefits available.

The weekly benefit amount and maximum amount of unemployment benefits available are computed according to section 268.07, except that an applicant is paid a reduced amount in direct proportion to the reduction in hours from the normal weekly hours.

Subdivision 5. Cancellation.

(a) An employer may cancel an agreement at any time upon seven calendar days' notice to the commissioner in a manner and format prescribed by the commissioner. The cancellation must be signed by an owner or officer of the employer.

(b) An employer that cancels an agreement must provide written notice to each participating employee in the group of the cancellation at the time notice is sent to the commissioner.

(c) If an employer cancels an agreement before the expiration date provided for in subdivision 1, a new agreement may not be entered into with that employer under this section for at least 60 calendar days.

(d) The commissioner may immediately cancel any agreement if the commissioner determines the agreement was based upon false information or the employer is in breach of the contract. The commissioner must immediately send written notice of cancellation to the employer. An employer that receives notice of cancellation by the commissioner must provide written notice to each participating employer in the group of the cancellation.

History: 2009 c 27 s 1; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 20

268.14

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.198, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.198, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 268.198, subd 3]

Subdivision 6. [Expired]

268.145 INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.

Subdivision 1. Notification.

(a) Upon filing an application for unemployment benefits, the applicant must be informed that:

(1) unemployment benefits are subject to federal and state income tax;

(2) there are requirements for filing estimated tax payments;

(3) the applicant may elect to have federal income tax withheld from unemployment benefits;

(4) if the applicant elects to have federal income tax withheld, the applicant may, in addition, elect to have Minnesota state income tax withheld; and

(5) at any time during the benefit year the applicant may change a prior election.

(b) If an applicant elects to have federal income tax withheld, the commissioner must deduct ten percent for federal income tax. If an applicant also elects to have Minnesota state income tax withheld, the commissioner must make an additional five percent deduction for state income tax. Any amounts deducted or offset under sections 268.155, 268.18, and 268.184 have priority over any amounts deducted under this section. Federal income tax withholding has priority over state income tax withholding.

(c) An election to have income tax withheld may not be retroactive and only applies to unemployment benefits paid after the election.

Subdivision 2. Transfer of funds.

The amount of any unemployment benefits deducted under this section remains in the trust fund until transferred to the federal Internal Revenue Service, or the Department of Revenue, as an income tax payment on behalf of the applicant.

Subdivision 3. Correction of errors.

Any error that resulted in underwithholding or overwithholding under this section will not be corrected retroactively.

Subdivision 4. Federal requirement.

The commissioner must follow all federal requirements for the deduction and withholding of income tax from unemployment benefits.

Subdivision 5. Effect of payments.

Any amount deducted under this section is considered as unemployment benefits paid to the applicant.

History: 1996 c 417 s 17; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 254 art 1 s 73; 1999 c 107 s 53,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 23; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 183 s 77; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 35; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 84-86; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 42,50

268.15

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.196, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.196, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 268.196, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 2Sp1981 c 1 s 8]

268.155 CHILD SUPPORT DEDUCTED FROM UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.

Subdivision 1. Definitions.

As used in this section:

(1) "Child support obligations" means obligations that are being enforced by a child support agency in accordance with a plan described in United States Code, title 42, section 454, of the Social Security Act that has been approved by the secretary of health and human services under part D of title IV of the Social Security Act. This does not include any type of spousal maintenance or foster care payments; and

(2) "Child support agency" means the public agency responsible for child support enforcement.

Subdivision 2. Notice upon application.

In an application for unemployment benefits, the applicant must disclose if child support obligations are owed and, if so, in what state and county. If child support obligations are owed, the commissioner must, if the applicant establishes a benefit account, notify the child support agency.

Subdivision 3. Withholding of unemployment benefits.

The commissioner must deduct and withhold from any unemployment benefits payable to an applicant who owes child support obligations:

(1) the amount required under a proper order of a court or administrative agency; or

(2) if clause (1) is not applicable, the amount determined under an agreement under United States Code, title 42, section 454 (20) (B) (i), of the Social Security Act; or

(3) if clause (1) or (2) is not applicable, the amount specified by the applicant.

Subdivision 4. Payment.

Any amount deducted and withheld must be paid to the child support agency, but will for all purposes be treated as if it were paid to the applicant as unemployment benefits and paid by the applicant to the child support agency in satisfaction of the applicant's child support obligations.

Subdivision 5. Payment of costs.

The child support agency must pay the costs incurred by the commissioner in the implementation and administration of this section and sections 518A.50 and 518A.53.

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered subd 5]

History: 1Sp1982 c 1 s 22; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 384 art 2 s 67; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 10-12; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1997 c 203 art 6 s 92; 1999 c 107 s 54,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2005 c 164 s 29; 1Sp2005 c 7 s 28; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 87; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50

268.16

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 5]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 6]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.057, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1Sp1982 c 1 s 43]

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 4]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 268.067]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 10]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 7]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 8]

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 9]

268.161

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 268.058, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 268.058, subd 2]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 268.058, subd 6]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 268.058, subd 5]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 268.058, subd 4]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 2]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 268.057, subd 3]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 268.058, subd 3]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 268.063]

268.162 [Renumbered 268.064]

268.163 [Renumbered 268.065]

268.164 [Renumbered 268.0625]

268.165 [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

268.166 [Renumbered 268.066]

268.167 [Renumbered 268.059]

268.17 [Renumbered 268.192]

268.18 UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFIT OVERPAYMENTS.

Subdivision 1. Nonfraud overpayment.

(a) Any applicant who (1) because of a determination or amended determination issued under section 268.07 or 268.101, or any other section of this chapter, or (2) because of an appeal decision or order under section 268.105, has received any unemployment benefits that the applicant was held not entitled to, must promptly repay the unemployment benefits to the trust fund.

(b) If the applicant fails to repay the unemployment benefits overpaid, the commissioner may offset from any future unemployment benefits otherwise payable the amount of the overpayment. Except when the overpayment resulted because the applicant failed to report deductible earnings or deductible or benefit delaying payments, no single offset may exceed 50 percent of the amount of the payment from which the offset is made. The overpayment may also be collected by the methods allowed under state and federal law.

(c) If an applicant has been overpaid unemployment benefits under the law of another state, because of a reason other than fraud, and that state certifies that the applicant is liable under its law to repay the unemployment benefits and requests the commissioner to recover the overpayment, the commissioner may offset from future unemployment benefits otherwise payable the amount of overpayment, except that no single offset may exceed 50 percent of the amount of the payment from which the offset is made.

Subdivision 2. Overpayment because of fraud.

(a) Any applicant who receives unemployment benefits by knowingly misrepresenting, misstating, or failing to disclose any material fact, or who makes a false statement or representation without a good faith belief as to the correctness of the statement or representation, has committed fraud. After the discovery of facts indicating fraud, the commissioner must make a determination that the applicant obtained unemployment benefits by fraud and that the applicant must promptly repay the unemployment benefits to the trust fund. In addition, the commissioner must assess a penalty equal to 40 percent of the amount fraudulently obtained. This penalty is in addition to penalties under section 268.182.

(b) Unless the applicant files an appeal within 20 calendar days after the sending of the determination of overpayment by fraud to the applicant by mail or electronic transmission, the determination is final. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

(c) If the applicant fails to repay the unemployment benefits, penalty, and interest assessed, the total due may be collected by the methods allowed under state and federal law. A determination of overpayment by fraud must state the methods of collection the commissioner may use to recover the overpayment. Money received in repayment of fraudulently obtained unemployment benefits, penalties, and interest is first applied to the unemployment benefits overpaid, then to the penalty amount due, then to any interest due. 62.5 percent of the payments made toward the penalty are credited to the contingent account and 37.5 percent credited to the administration account.

(d) If an applicant has been overpaid unemployment benefits under the law of another state because of fraud and that state certifies that the applicant is liable to repay the unemployment benefits and requests the commissioner to recover the overpayment, the commissioner may offset from future unemployment benefits otherwise payable the amount of overpayment.

(e) Unemployment benefits paid for weeks more than four years before the date of a determination of overpayment by fraud issued under this subdivision are not considered overpaid unemployment benefits.

Subdivision 2a. [Renumbered subd 3a]

Subdivision 2b.Interest.

(a) On any unemployment benefits fraudulently obtained, and any penalty amounts assessed under subdivision 2, the commissioner must assess interest at the rate of 1-1/2 percent per month on any amount that remains unpaid beginning 30 calendar days after the date of the determination of overpayment by fraud. A determination of overpayment by fraud must state that interest will be assessed.

(b) If the determination did not state that interest will be assessed, interest is assessed beginning 30 calendar days after notification, by mail or electronic transmission, to the applicant that interest is now assessed.

(c) Interest payments under this section are credited to the administration account.

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 268.182]

Subdivision 3a.Offset of federal unemployment benefits.

The commissioner is authorized to enter into reciprocal agreements with the United States Secretary of Labor, whereby, overpayments of unemployment benefits as determined under federal law, may be recovered by offset from unemployment benefits otherwise payable and unemployment benefit overpayments under subdivisions 1 and 2 may be recovered by offset from unemployment benefits otherwise payable under a federal program.

Subdivision 4.Cancellation of overpayments.

(a) If unemployment benefits overpaid under subdivision 1 are not repaid or offset from subsequent unemployment benefits as provided for in subdivision 1 within six years after the date of the determination or decision holding the applicant overpaid, the commissioner must cancel the overpayment balance, and no administrative or legal proceedings may be used to enforce collection of those amounts.

(b) If unemployment benefits determined overpaid under subdivision 2 including penalties and interest are not repaid within 15 years after the date of the determination of overpayment by fraud, the commissioner must cancel the overpayment balance and any penalties and interest due, and no administrative or legal proceeding may be used to enforce collection of those amounts.

(c) The commissioner may cancel at any time any overpayment, including penalties and interest, that the commissioner determines is uncollectible because of death or bankruptcy.

Subdivision 4a.Court fees; collection fees.

(a) If the commissioner is required to pay any court fees in an attempt to enforce collection of overpaid unemployment benefits, penalties, or interest, the commissioner may add the amount of the court fees to the total amount due.

(b) If an applicant who has been determined overpaid unemployment benefits because of fraud seeks to have any portion of the debt discharged under the federal bankruptcy code, and the commissioner files an objection in bankruptcy court to the discharge, the commissioner may add the commissioner's cost of any court fees to the debt if the bankruptcy court does not discharge the debt.

(c) If the Internal Revenue Service assesses the commissioner a fee for offsetting from a federal tax refund the amount of any fraud overpayment, including penalties and interest, the amount of the fee may be added to the total amount due. The offset amount must be put in the trust fund and that amount credited to the total amount due from the applicant.

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1997 c 66 s 81]

Subdivision 5. Remedies.

(a) Any method undertaken to recover an overpayment of unemployment benefits, including any penalties and interest, is not considered an election of a method of recovery.

(b) Intervention or lack thereof, in whole or in part, in a workers' compensation matter under section 176.361 is not considered an election of a remedy and does not prevent the commissioner from determining any unemployment benefits overpaid under subdivision 1 or 2 or taking action under section 268.182.

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 268.184]

Subdivision 6. Collection of overpayments.

(a) The commissioner may not compromise the amount that has been determined overpaid under this section including penalties and interest.

(b) The commissioner has discretion regarding the recovery of any overpayment under subdivision 1. Regardless of any law to the contrary, the commissioner is not required to refer any amount determined overpaid under subdivision 1 to a public or private collection agency, including agencies of this state.

(c) Amounts determined overpaid under subdivision 1 are not considered a "debt" to the state of Minnesota for purposes of any reporting requirements to the commissioner of management and budget.

(d) A pending appeal under section 268.105 does not suspend the assessment of interest, penalties, or collection of an overpayment under this section.

(e) Section 16A.626 applies to the repayment by an applicant of any overpayment, penalty, or interest under this section.

History: (4337-36) Ex1936 c 2 s 16; 1941 c 554 s 15; 1951 c 442 s 11; 1953 c 97 s 18; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1975 c 336 s 24; 1977 c 4 s 10; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1979 c 181 s 17,18; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 37-40; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 42,87; 1983 c 372 s 45,46; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 385 s 40-45; 1988 c 712 s 3; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 566 s 8; 1992 c 484 s 15; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1995 c 54 s 21-24; 1996 c 417 s 29,31; 1997 c 66 s 71-73,79; 1998 c 265 s 36,45; 1999 c 107 s 55,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 46; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 16,17,20; 2004 c 183 s 78-81; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 36-38; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 19; art 2 s 12-14; art 6 s 88,89; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 14; art 4 s 43,44,50; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109

268.182 APPLICANT'S FALSE REPRESENTATIONS; CONCEALMENT OF FACTS; PENALTY.

Subdivision 1. Criminal penalties.

Whoever obtains, or attempts to obtain, or aids or abets any individual to obtain by means of an intentional false statement or representation, by intentional concealment of a material fact, or by impersonation or other fraudulent means, unemployment benefits that the individual is not entitled or unemployment benefits greater than the individual is entitled under this chapter, or under the law of any state or of the federal government, either personally or for any other individual, is guilty of theft and must be sentenced under section 609.52.

Subdivision 2. Administrative penalties.

Any applicant who knowingly makes a false statement or representation, who knowingly fails to disclose a material fact, or who makes a false statement or representation without a good faith belief as to the correctness of the statement or representation, in order to obtain or in an attempt to obtain unemployment benefits may be assessed, in addition to any other penalties, an administrative penalty of being ineligible for unemployment benefits for 13 to 104 weeks. A determination of ineligibility setting out the weeks the applicant is ineligible must be sent to the applicant by mail or electronic transmission. Unless an appeal is filed within 20 calendar days of sending, the determination is final. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 16; 1941 c 554 s 15; 1951 c 442 s 11; 1953 c 97 s 18; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1975 c 336 s 24; 1977 c 4 s 10; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1979 c 181 s 17,18; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 37-40; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 42,87; 1983 c 372 s 45,46; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 385 s 40-45; 1988 c 712 s 3; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 566 s 8; 1992 c 484 s 15; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1995 c 54 s 21-24; 1996 c 417 s 29,31; 1997 c 66 s 74,79; 1998 c 265 s 37; 1999 c 107 s 56,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2004 c 183 s 82; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 39; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 15; art 6 s 90

268.184 EMPLOYER MISCONDUCT; PENALTY.

Subdivision 1. Administrative penalties.

(a) The commissioner must penalize an employer if that employer or any employee, officer, or agent of that employer, is in collusion with any applicant for the purpose of assisting the applicant to receive unemployment benefits fraudulently. The penalty is $500 or the amount of unemployment benefits determined to be overpaid, whichever is greater.

(b) The commissioner must penalize an employer if that employer or any employee, officer, or agent of that employer (1) made a false statement or representation knowing it to be false, (2) made a false statement or representation without a good faith belief as to correctness of the statement or representation, (3) knowingly failed to disclose a material fact, or (4) made an offer of employment to an applicant when, in fact, the employer had no employment available, but only if the employer's action:

(i) was taken to prevent or reduce the payment of unemployment benefits to any applicant;

(ii) was taken to reduce or avoid any payment required from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20; or

(iii) caused an overpayment of unemployment benefits to an applicant.

The penalty is $500, or 50 percent of the overpaid or reduced unemployment benefits or payment required, whichever is greater.

(c) The commissioner must penalize an employer if that employer failed or refused to honor a subpoena issued under section 268.105, subdivision 4, or section 268.188. The penalty is $500 and any costs of enforcing the subpoena, including attorney fees.

(d) Penalties under this subdivision are in addition to any other penalties and subject to the same collection procedures that apply to past due taxes. Penalties must be paid within 30 calendar days of assessment and credited to the contingent account.

(e) The determination of the penalty is final unless the employer files an appeal within 20 calendar days after the sending of the determination of the penalty to the employer by mail or electronic transmission. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 1a. Notification and misreporting penalties.

(a) If the commissioner finds that any employer or agent of an employer failed to meet the notification requirements of section 268.051, subdivision 4, the employer must be assessed a penalty of $5,000 or two percent of the first full quarterly payroll acquired, whichever is higher. Payroll is wages paid as defined in section 268.035, subdivision 30. The penalty under this paragraph must be canceled if the commissioner determines that the failure occurred because of ignorance or inadvertence.

(b) If the commissioner finds that any individual advised an employer to violate the employer's notification requirements under section 268.051, subdivision 4, the individual, and that individual's employer, must each be assessed the penalty in paragraph (a).

(c) If the commissioner finds that any person or agent of a person violated the reporting requirements of section 268.0435 or 268.046, the person must be assessed a penalty of $5,000 or two percent of the quarterly payroll reported in violation of section 268.0435 or 268.046, whichever is higher. Payroll is wages paid as defined in section 268.035, subdivision 30.

(d) Penalties under this subdivision are in addition to any other penalties and subject to the same collection procedures that apply to past due amounts from an employer. Penalties must be paid within 30 calendar days after sending of the determination of penalty.

(e) The determination of a penalty is final unless the person assessed files an appeal within 20 calendar days after sending of the determination of the penalty by mail or electronic transmission. Proceedings on the appeal are conducted in accordance with section 268.105.

Subdivision 2. Criminal penalties.

Any employer or any officer or agent of an employer or any other individual who:

(1) makes a false statement or representation knowing it to be false;

(2) knowingly fails to disclose a material fact, including notification required under section 268.051, subdivision 4; or

(3) knowingly advises or assists an employer in violating clause (1) or (2), to avoid or reduce any payment required from an employer under this chapter or section 116L.20, or to prevent or reduce the payment of unemployment benefits to any applicant, is guilty of a gross misdemeanor unless the underpayment exceeds $500, in that case the individual is guilty of a felony.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 16; 1941 c 554 s 15; 1951 c 442 s 11; 1953 c 97 s 18; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1975 c 336 s 24; 1977 c 4 s 10; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1979 c 181 s 17,18; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 37-40; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 42,87; 1983 c 372 s 45,46; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 385 s 40-45; 1988 c 712 s 3; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 566 s 8; 1992 c 484 s 15; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1995 c 54 s 21-24; 1996 c 417 s 29,31; 1997 c 66 s 76,79; 1998 c 265 s 38; 1999 c 107 s 56,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 47; 2004 c 183 s 83; 2005 c 112 art 1 s 11-13; 2007 c 128 art 2 s 16,17; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50; 2010 c 347 art 2 s 21; 2011 c 84 art 2 s 8,9

268.186 RECORDS; AUDITS.

(a) Each employer must keep true and accurate records for the periods of time and containing the information the commissioner may require by rule. For the purpose of administering this chapter, the commissioner has the power to audit, examine, or cause to be supplied or copied, any books, correspondence, papers, records, or memoranda that are relevant, whether the books, correspondence, papers, records, or memoranda are the property of or in the possession of the employer or any other person at any reasonable time and as often as may be necessary.

(b) Any employer that refuses to allow an audit of its records by the department, or that fails to make all necessary records available for audit in Minnesota upon request of the commissioner, may be assessed an administrative penalty of $500. An employer that fails to provide a weekly breakdown of money earned by an applicant upon request of the commissioner, information necessary for the detection of applicant fraud under section 268.18, subdivision 2, may be assessed an administrative penalty of $100. Any notice requesting a weekly breakdown must clearly state that a $100 penalty may be assessed for failure to provide the information. The penalty collected is credited to the trust fund.

(c) The commissioner may make summaries, compilations, photographs, duplications, or reproductions of any records, or reports that the commissioner considers advisable for the preservation of the information contained therein. Any summaries, compilations, photographs, duplications, or reproductions is admissible in any proceeding under this chapter. The commissioner may duplicate records, reports, summaries, compilations, instructions, determinations, or any other written or recorded matter pertaining to the administration of this chapter.

(d) Regardless of any law to the contrary, the commissioner may provide for the destruction of any records, reports, or reproductions, or other papers that are no longer necessary for the administration of this chapter, including any required audit. In addition, the commissioner may provide for the destruction or disposition of any record, report, or other paper from which the information has been electronically captured and stored, or that has been photographed, duplicated, or reproduced.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 10; 1937 c 306 s 7; 1939 c 441 s 42; 1939 c 443 s 8,10; 1941 c 554 s 9; 1943 c 650 s 7; 1945 c 376 s 9; 1947 c 600 s 3-6; 1949 c 605 s 15; 1949 c 739 s 8; 1951 c 442 s 6-10; 1951 c 713 s 29; 1953 c 97 s 15; 1953 c 603 s 1; 1953 c 612 s 1; 1955 c 847 s 22; 1957 c 883 s 7; 1965 c 45 s 42-44; 1965 c 741 s 18; 1967 c 770 s 1; 1969 c 9 s 63; 1969 c 310 s 2; 1969 c 567 s 1,3; 1969 c 854 s 11,12; 1969 c 1129 art 8 s 7; 1971 c 942 s 12; 1973 c 254 s 1,3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1974 c 241 s 1; 1975 c 315 s 19; 1975 c 336 s 20,21; 1977 c 172 s 2; 1977 c 237 s 1; 1977 c 297 s 20; 1977 c 305 s 31; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 15; 1980 c 615 s 37; 1981 c 311 s 39; 1982 c 424 s 130; 1982 c 545 s 23,24; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 31,32; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 114; 1983 c 260 s 58; 1983 c 312 art 8 s 2; 1983 c 372 s 37,38; 1984 c 544 s 89; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 165 s 1; 1987 c 312 art 1 s 26 subd 2; 1987 c 362 s 23; 1987 c 385 s 25; 1989 c 65 s 11; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 516 s 6,7; 1991 c 202 s 16; 1993 c 67 s 10; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 12; 1996 c 417 s 23,31; 1996 c 440 art 1 s 47; 1997 c 66 s 62,79; 1998 c 265 s 44; 1999 c 107 s 57,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 1 art 2 s 77; 2004 c 183 s 84; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 91; 2009 c 78 art 3 s 15

268.188 SUBPOENAS; OATHS.

(a) The commissioner has authority to administer oaths and affirmations, take depositions, certify to official acts, and issue subpoenas to compel the attendance of individuals and the production of documents and other personal property necessary in connection with the administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program.

(b) Individuals subpoenaed, other than applicants or officers and employees of an employer that is the subject of the inquiry, are paid witness fees the same as witness fees in civil actions in district court. The fees need not be paid in advance.

(c) The subpoena is enforceable through the district court in Ramsey County.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 10; 1937 c 306 s 7; 1939 c 441 s 42; 1939 c 443 s 8,10; 1941 c 554 s 9; 1943 c 650 s 7; 1945 c 376 s 9; 1947 c 600 s 3-6; 1949 c 605 s 15; 1949 c 739 s 8; 1951 c 442 s 6-10; 1951 c 713 s 29; 1953 c 97 s 15; 1953 c 603 s 1; 1953 c 612 s 1; 1955 c 847 s 22; 1957 c 883 s 7; 1965 c 45 s 42-44; 1965 c 741 s 18; 1967 c 770 s 1; 1969 c 9 s 63; 1969 c 310 s 2; 1969 c 567 s 1,3; 1969 c 854 s 11,12; 1969 c 1129 art 8 s 7; 1971 c 942 s 12; 1973 c 254 s 1,3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1974 c 241 s 1; 1975 c 315 s 19; 1975 c 336 s 20,21; 1977 c 172 s 2; 1977 c 237 s 1; 1977 c 297 s 20; 1977 c 305 s 31; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 15; 1980 c 615 s 37; 1981 c 311 s 39; 1982 c 424 s 130; 1982 c 545 s 23,24; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 31,32; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 114; 1983 c 260 s 58; 1983 c 312 art 8 s 2; 1983 c 372 s 37,38; 1984 c 544 s 89; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 165 s 1; 1987 c 312 art 1 s 26 subd 2; 1987 c 362 s 23; 1987 c 385 s 25; 1989 c 65 s 11; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 516 s 6,7; 1991 c 202 s 16; 1993 c 67 s 10; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 12; 1996 c 417 s 23,31; 1996 c 440 art 1 s 47; 1997 c 66 s 63,79; 1998 c 265 s 44; 1999 c 107 s 58,66; 2001 c 175 s 52; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 19

268.19 DATA PRIVACY.

Subdivision 1. Use of data.

(a) Except as provided by this section, data gathered from any person under the administration of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law are private data on individuals or nonpublic data not on individuals as defined in section 13.02, subdivisions 9 and 12, and may not be disclosed except according to a district court order or section 13.05. A subpoena is not considered a district court order. These data may be disseminated to and used by the following agencies without the consent of the subject of the data:

(1) state and federal agencies specifically authorized access to the data by state or federal law;

(2) any agency of any other state or any federal agency charged with the administration of an unemployment insurance program;

(3) any agency responsible for the maintenance of a system of public employment offices for the purpose of assisting individuals in obtaining employment;

(4) the public authority responsible for child support in Minnesota or any other state in accordance with section 256.978;

(5) human rights agencies within Minnesota that have enforcement powers;

(6) the Department of Revenue to the extent necessary for its duties under Minnesota laws;

(7) public and private agencies responsible for administering publicly financed assistance programs for the purpose of monitoring the eligibility of the program's recipients;

(8) the Department of Labor and Industry and the Division of Insurance Fraud Prevention in the Department of Commerce for uses consistent with the administration of their duties under Minnesota law;

(9) local and state welfare agencies for monitoring the eligibility of the data subject for assistance programs, or for any employment or training program administered by those agencies, whether alone, in combination with another welfare agency, or in conjunction with the department or to monitor and evaluate the statewide Minnesota family investment program by providing data on recipients and former recipients of food stamps or food support, cash assistance under chapter 256, 256D, 256J, or 256K, child care assistance under chapter 119B, or medical programs under chapter 256B, 256D, or 256L;

(10) local and state welfare agencies for the purpose of identifying employment, wages, and other information to assist in the collection of an overpayment debt in an assistance program;

(11) local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies for the purpose of ascertaining the last known address and employment location of an individual who is the subject of a criminal investigation;

(12) the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services has access to data on specific individuals and specific employers provided the specific individual or specific employer is the subject of an investigation by that agency;

(13) the Department of Health for the purposes of epidemiologic investigations;

(14) the Department of Corrections for the purpose of preconfinement and postconfinement employment tracking of committed offenders for the purpose of case planning; and

(15) the state auditor to the extent necessary to conduct audits of job opportunity building zones as required under section 469.3201.

(b) Data on individuals and employers that are collected, maintained, or used by the department in an investigation under section 268.182 are confidential as to data on individuals and protected nonpublic data not on individuals as defined in section 13.02, subdivisions 3 and 13, and must not be disclosed except under statute or district court order or to a party named in a criminal proceeding, administrative or judicial, for preparation of a defense.

(c) Data gathered by the department in the administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program must not be made the subject or the basis for any suit in any civil proceedings, administrative or judicial, unless the action is initiated by the department.

Subdivision 1a. Wage detail data.

(a) Wage and employment data gathered under section 268.044 may be disseminated to and used, without the consent of the subject of the data, by an agency of another state that is designated as the performance accountability and consumer information agency for that state under Code of Federal Regulations, volume 20, part 663.510(c), in order to carry out the requirements of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, United States Code, title 29, sections 2842 and 2871.

(b) The commissioner may enter into a data exchange agreement with an employment and training service provider under section 116L.17, or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, United States Code, title 29, section 2864, under which the commissioner, with the consent of the subject of the data, may furnish data on the quarterly wages paid and number of hours worked on those individuals who have received employment and training services from the provider. With the initial consent of the subject of the data, this data may be shared for up to three years after termination of the employment and training services provided to the individual without execution of an additional consent. This data is furnished solely for the purpose of evaluating the employment and training services provided. The data subject's ability to receive service is not affected by a refusal to give consent under this paragraph. The consent form must state this fact.

Subdivision 2. Employer information; absolute privilege.

(a) Regardless of any provision of law to the contrary, an employer may provide the commissioner with information on an applicant so that the commissioner can determine an applicant's entitlement to unemployment benefits under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law.

(b) The commissioner may disseminate an employer's name and address and the name and address of any employer's unemployment insurance processing agent in order to administer the Minnesota unemployment insurance program.

(c) Information obtained under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law, in order to determine an applicant's entitlement to unemployment benefits, are absolutely privileged and may not be made the subject matter or the basis for any civil proceeding, administrative, or judicial.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 10; 1937 c 306 s 7; 1939 c 441 s 42; 1939 c 443 s 8,10; 1941 c 554 s 9; 1943 c 650 s 7; 1945 c 376 s 9; 1947 c 600 s 3-6; 1949 c 605 s 15; 1949 c 739 s 8; 1951 c 442 s 6-10; 1951 c 713 s 29; 1953 c 97 s 15; 1953 c 603 s 1; 1953 c 612 s 1; 1955 c 847 s 22; 1957 c 883 s 7; 1965 c 45 s 42-44; 1965 c 741 s 18; 1967 c 770 s 1; 1969 c 9 s 63; 1969 c 310 s 2; 1969 c 567 s 1,3; 1969 c 854 s 11,12; 1969 c 1129 art 8 s 7; 1971 c 942 s 12; 1973 c 254 s 1,3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1974 c 241 s 1; 1975 c 315 s 19; 1975 c 336 s 20,21; 1977 c 172 s 2; 1977 c 237 s 1; 1977 c 297 s 20; 1977 c 305 s 31; 1977 c 430 s 25 subd 1; 1978 c 674 s 60; 1979 c 181 s 15; 1980 c 615 s 37; 1981 c 311 s 39; 1982 c 424 s 130; 1982 c 545 s 23,24; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 31,32; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 247 s 114; 1983 c 260 s 58; 1983 c 312 art 8 s 2; 1983 c 372 s 37,38; 1984 c 544 s 89; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 75; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 165 s 1; 1987 c 312 art 1 s 26 subd 2; 1987 c 362 s 23; 1987 c 385 s 25; 1989 c 65 s 11; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1990 c 516 s 6,7; 1991 c 202 s 16; 1993 c 67 s 10; 1994 c 483 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1995 c 54 s 12; 1996 c 417 s 21,23,31; 1996 c 440 art 1 s 47; 1997 c 66 s 55-58,79; 1998 c 265 s 30; 1998 c 273 s 13; 1998 c 371 s 11; 1999 c 107 s 45,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2000 c 468 s 25; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 1Sp2003 c 4 s 1; 1Sp2003 c 8 art 2 s 16; 1Sp2003 c 14 art 1 s 106; 2004 c 183 s 85; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2004 c 269 art 1 s 10; 2004 c 290 s 31,32; 2005 c 112 art 2 s 41; 1Sp2005 c 1 art 4 s 74; 2007 c 13 art 1 s 25; 2007 c 54 art 6 s 13; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 20; art 6 s 92,93; 2007 c 129 s 50; 2008 c 315 s 16; 2008 c 366 art 5 s 6

268.192 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS.

Subdivision 1. Waiver of rights void.

Any agreement by an individual to waive, release, or commute rights to unemployment benefits or any other rights under the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law is void. Any agreement by an employee to pay all or any portion of an employer's taxes, is void. No employer may directly or indirectly make or require or accept any deduction from wages to pay the employer's taxes, require or accept any waiver of any right or in any manner obstruct or impede an application or continued request for unemployment benefits. Any employer or officer or agent of any employer who violates any portion of this subdivision is, for each offense, guilty of a misdemeanor.

Subdivision 2. No assignment of unemployment benefits; exemptions.

Any assignment, pledge, or encumbrance of unemployment benefits is void. Unemployment benefits are exempt from levy, execution, attachment, or any other remedy provided for the collection of debt. Any waiver of this subdivision is void.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 15; 1941 c 554 s 14; 1986 c 444; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 66 s 79; 1998 c 265 s 39; 1999 c 107 s 59; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 48,52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 3 s 24; art 6 s 94

268.194 UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE TRUST FUND.

Subdivision 1. Establishment.

There is established as a special state trust fund, separate and apart from all other public money or funds of this state, an unemployment insurance trust fund, that is administered by the commissioner exclusively for the payment of unemployment benefits. This trust fund consists of:

(1) all taxes collected;

(2) interest earned upon any money in the trust fund;

(3) reimbursements paid by nonprofit organizations and the state and political subdivisions;

(4) tax rate buydown payments under section 268.051, subdivision 7;

(5) any money received as a loan from the federal unemployment trust fund in accordance with United States Code, title 42, section 1321, of the Social Security Act;

(6) any other money received under a reciprocal unemployment benefit arrangement with the federal government or any other state;

(7) money recovered on overpaid unemployment benefits except, if allowed by federal law, five percent of any recovered amount is credited to the administration account;

(8) all money recovered on losses sustained by the trust fund;

(9) all money received from the contingent account under section 268.199;

(10) all money credited to the account of Minnesota in the federal unemployment trust fund under United States Code, title 42, section 1103, of the Social Security Act, also known as the Reed Act; and

(11) all money received for the trust fund from any other source.

Subdivision 2. Commissioner of management and budget to be custodian; separate accounts.

(a) The commissioner of management and budget is the treasurer and custodian of the trust fund, and must administer the trust fund in accordance with the directions of the commissioner. The commissioner of management and budget must maintain within the trust fund three separate accounts:

(1) a clearing account;

(2) an unemployment trust fund account; and

(3) an unemployment benefit payment account.

All money payable to the trust fund, upon receipt by the commissioner, must be forwarded to the commissioner of management and budget who must immediately deposit the money in the clearing account. All money in the clearing account, after clearance, must be deposited to the credit of Minnesota's account in the federal unemployment trust fund. Tax refunds payable under section 268.057 may be paid from the clearing account or the unemployment benefit payment account.

(b) The unemployment benefit payment account consists of all money requisitioned from Minnesota's account in the federal unemployment trust fund for the payment of unemployment benefits. Money in the clearing and unemployment benefit payment accounts may be deposited by the commissioner of management and budget, under the direction of the commissioner, in any depository bank that general funds of Minnesota may be deposited, but no public deposit insurance charge or premium may be paid out of the trust fund. Money in the clearing and unemployment benefit payment accounts must be maintained in separate accounts on the books of the depository bank. This money must be secured by the depository bank to the same extent and in the same manner as required by the general depository law of Minnesota.

Subdivision 3. Exclusive use.

(a) Money requisitioned from Minnesota's account in the federal unemployment trust fund must be used exclusively for the payment of unemployment benefits and for tax refunds under section 268.057, except that money credited to Minnesota's account under United States Code, title 42, section 1103 of the Social Security Act, also known as the Reed Act, may be used for the payment of expenses of administration. The commissioner may requisition from the federal unemployment trust fund the amounts necessary for the payment of unemployment benefits and tax refunds for a reasonable future period. Upon receipt the commissioner of management and budget must deposit the money in the unemployment benefit payment account.

(b) Expenditures of money in the unemployment benefit payment account and tax refunds from the clearing account are not subject to any provisions of law requiring specific appropriations or other formal release by state officers.

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered subd 4]

Subdivision 4. Reimbursements.

The commissioner is authorized to make to other state or federal agencies and to receive from other state or federal agencies, reimbursements from or to the trust fund, in accordance with reciprocal arrangements entered into under section 268.131.

Money received under a reciprocal agreement must be placed directly in the unemployment benefit payment account of the trust fund.

Subdivision 5. Reed Act money.

(a) Money credited to the account of Minnesota in the federal unemployment trust fund under United States Code, title 42, section 1103, of the Social Security Act, also known as the Reed Act, may be requisitioned and used for (1) the payment of unemployment benefits, or (2) expenses incurred for the administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program according to a specific appropriation by the legislature. Any money used for the payment of unemployment benefits may be restored for appropriation and use for administrative expenses upon request of the governor to the United States Secretary of Labor.

(b) Reed Act money may be used for expenses in the administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program provided that the expenses are incurred and the money is requisitioned after the enactment of an appropriation law that:

(1) specifies the amounts and the purposes for which the money is appropriated;

(2) limits the period within which the money may be obligated to a period ending not more than two years after the date of the enactment of the appropriation law; and

(3) limits the amount that may be obligated to an amount that does not exceed the amount by which the aggregate of the amounts transferred to the account of Minnesota under the Reed Act exceeds the aggregate of the amounts used under this subdivision and charged against the amounts transferred to the account of Minnesota. For the purposes of this subdivision, amounts used for administration are chargeable against the transferred amounts at the time of the obligation.

(c) Reed Act money requisitioned for the payment of expenses of administration remain a part of the trust fund. The commissioner must account for the use of this money in accordance with the standards established by the United States Secretary of Labor. If any money is not spent for the purpose for which it was appropriated, or, if it remains unspent at the end of the period specified by the law appropriating the money, it must be returned for credit to Minnesota's account in the federal unemployment trust fund.

Subdivision 6. Borrowing federal funds.

(a) The governor is authorized, if necessary, to borrow funds from the federal unemployment trust fund in accordance with United States Code, title 42, section 1321 of the Social Security Act in order to pay unemployment benefits.

(b) Any amount transferred to the trust fund under the terms of any loan must be repayable as provided in United States Code, title 42, sections 1101(d)(1), 1103(b)(2), and 1322 of the Social Security Act.

(c) Interest payable on any loan is paid in accordance with section 268.051, subdivision 8, paragraph (b).

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 3,11; 1937 c 306 s 8; 1937 c 452 s 1; 1939 c 443 s 2,9; 1941 c 554 s 2,10; 1943 c 650 s 8; 1945 c 376 s 2,10; 1947 c 432 s 8-10; 1949 c 605 s 2; 1953 c 97 s 3,4; 1957 c 883 s 2-5; 1961 c 517 s 1; 1965 c 45 s 45; 1969 c 9 s 64; 1969 c 310 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1971 c 942 s 13; 1975 c 302 s 1; 1979 c 181 s 16; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 4; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1983 c 372 s 8; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1Sp1985 c 13 s 300; 1986 c 444; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 33-35,40-42,45; 1999 c 107 s 60,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 20; art 3 s 21,22; art 6 s 95-97; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 50; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109

268.196 ADMINISTRATION ACCOUNT.

Subdivision 1. Administration account.

(a) There is created in the state treasury a special account to be known as the administration account. All money that is deposited into this account is continuously available to the commissioner for expenditure to administer the Minnesota unemployment insurance program, and does not lapse at any time. The administration account consists of:

(1) all money received from the federal government to administer the Minnesota unemployment insurance program, any federal unemployment insurance program, or assistance provided to any other state to administer that state's unemployment insurance program;

(2) five percent of any money recovered on overpaid unemployment benefits as provided for in section 268.194, subdivision 1, clause (7), which must be used for deterring, detecting, and collecting overpaid unemployment benefits;

(3) any money received as compensation for services or facilities supplied to the federal government or any other state;

(4) any money credited to this account under this chapter;

(5) any amounts received for losses sustained by this account or by reason of damage to equipment or supplies; and

(6) any proceeds from the sale or disposition of any equipment or supplies that may no longer be necessary for the proper administration of those sections.

(b) All money in this account must be deposited, administered, and disbursed in the same manner and under the same conditions and requirements as are provided by law for the other special accounts in the state treasury. The commissioner of management and budget, as treasurer and custodian of this account, is liable for the faithful performance of duties in connection with this account.

(c) All money in this account must be spent for the purposes and in the amounts found necessary by the United States Secretary of Labor for the proper and efficient administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program.

Subdivision 2. State to replace money wrongfully used.

If any money received under United States Code, title 42, section 501 of the Social Security Act is found by the United States Secretary of Labor to have been spent for purposes other than for the proper administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program, the commissioner must, at the earliest opportunity, submit to the legislature a request for the appropriation of that amount.

Subdivision 3. MS 2006 [Renumbered 268.199]

Subdivision 4. MS 2006 [Renumbered 268.211]

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 13; 1941 c 554 s 12; 1945 c 376 s 12; 1953 c 97 s 16; 1957 c 883 s 8-10; 1963 c 721 s 1; 1965 c 45 s 46; 1969 c 399 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1973 c 720 s 73 subd 1; 1974 c 497 s 1; 1975 c 302 s 2; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 33; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 25; 1987 c 385 s 27; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 106; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 43; 1999 c 107 s 61,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 21; art 3 s 23; 2007 c 135 art 2 s 26; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 45,46; 2009 c 101 art 2 s 109

268.198 [Renumbered 268.26]

268.199 CONTINGENT ACCOUNT.

(a) There is created in the state treasury a special account, to be known as the contingent account, that does not lapse nor revert to any other fund or account. This account consists of all money collected under this chapter that is required to be placed in this account and any interest earned on the account. All money in this account is appropriated and available for administration of the Minnesota unemployment insurance program unless otherwise appropriated by session law.

(b) All money in this account must be deposited, administered, and disbursed in the same manner and under the same conditions and requirements as is provided by law for the other special accounts in the state treasury.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 13; 1941 c 554 s 12; 1945 c 376 s 12; 1953 c 97 s 16; 1957 c 883 s 8-10; 1963 c 721 s 1; 1965 c 45 s 46; 1969 c 399 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1973 c 720 s 73 subd 1; 1974 c 497 s 1; 1975 c 302 s 2; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 33; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 25; 1987 c 385 s 27; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 106; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 43; 1999 c 107 s 61,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 21; art 3 s 23; 2007 c 135 art 2 s 26; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 47

268.20 REPRESENTATION IN COURT.

In any civil action to enforce the provisions of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law, the commissioner may be represented by the attorney general.

History: (4337-37) Ex1936 c 2 s 17; 1941 c 554 s 16; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 31; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 98

268.21 NONLIABILITY OF STATE.

(a) Unemployment benefits are payable only to the extent provided in this chapter and to the extent that money is available in the trust fund and neither the state nor the commissioner is liable for any amount in excess of the money available in the trust fund.

(b) No person may make any demand, bring any suit, or other proceeding to recover from the state or the commissioner any sum alleged to be due on a benefit account after the expiration of two years from the effective date of the benefit account.

History: (4337-38) Ex1936 c 2 s 18; 1941 c 554 s 17; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 66 s 77; 1998 c 265 s 44; 1999 c 107 s 63; 2000 c 343 s 4; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 99

268.211 UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE BENEFITS TELEPHONE SYSTEM.

The commissioner must ensure that any automated telephone system used for unemployment insurance benefits provides an option for any caller to speak to an unemployment insurance specialist. An individual who calls any of the publicized telephone numbers seeking information about applying for unemployment benefits or on the status of a benefit account must have the option to speak on the telephone to a specialist who can provide direct assistance or can direct the caller to the individual or office that is able to respond to the caller's needs.

History: Ex1936 c 2 s 13; 1941 c 554 s 12; 1945 c 376 s 12; 1953 c 97 s 16; 1957 c 883 s 8-10; 1963 c 721 s 1; 1965 c 45 s 46; 1969 c 399 s 1; 1969 c 567 s 3; 1973 c 254 s 3; 1973 c 492 s 14; 1973 c 720 s 73 subd 1; 1974 c 497 s 1; 1975 c 302 s 2; 1Sp1982 c 1 s 33; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 87; 1986 c 444; 1987 c 362 s 25; 1987 c 385 s 27; 1989 c 209 art 2 s 1; 1994 c 488 s 8; 1996 c 417 s 31; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 106; 1997 c 66 s 79,80; 1998 c 265 s 43; 1999 c 107 s 61,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2004 c 206 s 52; 2007 c 128 art 1 s 21; art 3 s 23; 2007 c 135 art 2 s 26; 2008 c 300 s 51; 2009 c 78 art 4 s 48

268.215 DAY OF THE WEEK AND DATE REQUIREMENT.

(a) Every determination issued under this chapter that is subject to an appeal to an unemployment law judge must indicate the day of the week and the date, for example, Tuesday, August 1, 2006, that the determination is final and no longer subject to an appeal.

(b) Every decision issued by an unemployment law judge under section 268.105, subdivision 1, must indicate the day of the week and the date, for example, Tuesday, August 1, 2006, that the decision is final and no longer subject to reconsideration.

History: 2007 c 128 art 2 s 18

268.22 SAVING CLAUSE.

The legislature reserves the right to amend or repeal all or any part of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law at any time; and there is no vested private right of any kind against amendment or repeal. All the rights, privileges, immunities conferred, or acts done exist subject to the power of the legislature to amend or repeal these sections at any time.

History: (4337-39) Ex1936 c 2 s 19; 1941 c 554 s 18; 1991 c 199 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 31; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 100

268.23 SEVERABLE.

In the event that the United States Department of Labor determines that any provision of the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Law, or any other provision of Minnesota Statutes relating to the unemployment insurance program, is not in conformity with the requirements of federal law, the provision has no force or effect; but if only a portion of the provision, or the application to any person or circumstances, is held not in conformity, the remainder of the provision and the application of the provision to other persons or circumstances are not affected.

History: (4337-40) Ex1936 c 2 s 20; 1941 c 554 s 19; 1949 c 605 s 14; 1965 c 45 s 47; 1991 c 199 art 2 s 1; 1996 c 417 s 30,31; 1999 c 107 s 64,66; 2000 c 343 s 4; 2001 c 175 s 52; 1Sp2003 c 3 art 2 s 20; 2007 c 128 art 6 s 101

268.231 [Repealed, 1996 c 417 s 32]

268.24 [Repealed, 1987 c 385 s 50]

268.25 [Repealed, 1998 c 265 s 46]

268.26 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.29 [Renumbered 299A.72]

268.30 [Renumbered 116L.30]

268.31 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.315 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.32 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.33 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.34 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.35 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.36 [Repealed, 1994 c 632 art 4 s 84]

268.361

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.361, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 3]

Subdivision 4a. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 5]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 6]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 116L.361, subd 7]

268.362 [Renumbered 116L.362]

268.3625 [Renumbered 116L.3625]

268.363 [Renumbered 116L.363]

268.364

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.364, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.364, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.364, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.364, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed by amendment, 1989 c 328 art 7 s 4]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.364, subd 5]

268.365

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1993 c 369 s 146]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.365, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.365, subd 2]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.365, subd 3]

268.366 [Renumbered 116L.366]

268.3661 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.367 [Repealed, 1996 c 339 s 10]

268.37 [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

268.371 [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

268.38

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 6. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 10. [Deleted, 1995 c 233 art 2 s 56]

Subdivision 11. [Repealed, 1996 c 339 s 10]

Subdivision 12. [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

Subdivision 13. [Renumbered 119A.43, subd 11]

268.39 [Repealed, 1997 c 200 art 4 s 23]

268.40 [Expired]

268.41 [Expired]

268.42 [Expired]

268.43 [Expired]

268.52 [Renumbered 119A.374]

268.53

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 119A.375, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 2]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 3]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 4]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 5]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 6]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 7]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 119A.375, subd 8]

268.54 [Renumbered 119A.376]

268.55 [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

268.551 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.552 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.56

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.56, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.56, subd 2]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.56, subd 3]

268.561

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.561, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 5]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 6]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 7]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 8]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 116L.561, subd 9]

Subdivision 10. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.60 [Renumbered 116L.60]

268.61

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.61, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.61, subd 2]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.61, subd 3]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116L.61, subd 4]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.61, subd 5]

268.62 [Renumbered 116L.62]

268.63 [Renumbered 116L.63]

268.64 [Renumbered 116L.64]

268.65 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.66 [Renumbered 116L.66]

268.665

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.665, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 3]

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 4]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 5]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 6]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.665, subd 7]

268.666

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.666, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.666, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.666, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 116L.666, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.671 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.6715 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.672 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.673 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.674 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.675 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.6751 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.676 [Repealed, 1997 c 200 art 3 s 19]

268.677 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.678 [Repealed, 1997 c 200 art 3 s 19]

268.679

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1997 c 200 art 3 s 19]

268.68 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.681 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.6811 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.682 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.683 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.684 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.685 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.686 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 9 art 2 s 104; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 2]

268.80 [Repealed, 1983 c 312 art 8 s 18; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.81 [Repealed, 1983 c 312 art 8 s 18; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.82 [Repealed, 1983 c 312 art 8 s 18; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.83 [Repealed, 1983 c 312 art 8 s 18; 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.84 [Repealed, 1Sp1985 c 14 art 9 s 78 subd 1]

268.85 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.86

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 1987 c 403 art 3 s 98]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.86, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1987 c 403 art 3 s 98]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 1987 c 403 art 3 s 98]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1987 c 403 art 3 s 98]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 116L.86, subd 2]

Subdivision 7. [Repealed, 1989 c 282 art 5 s 133]

Subdivision 8. [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

Subdivision 9. [Repealed, 1990 c 568 art 4 s 85]

Subdivision 10. [Renumbered 116L.86, subd 3]

268.871

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.871, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 1a. [Renumbered 116L.871, subd 2]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.871, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1999 c 159 s 154]

268.872

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 116L.872, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.872, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Repealed, 1990 c 568 art 4 s 85]

268.88 [Renumbered 116L.88]

268.881 [Renumbered 116L.881]

268.89 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.90 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.91

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 256H.01]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 256H.02]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 256H.03]

Subdivision 3a. [Renumbered 256H.04]

Subdivision 3b. [Renumbered 256H.05]

Subdivision 3c. [Renumbered 256H.06]

Subdivision 3d. [Renumbered 256H.07]

Subdivision 3e. [Renumbered 256H.08]

Subdivision 3f. [Renumbered 256H.09]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 256H.10]

Subdivision 5. [Renumbered 256H.11]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 256H.12]

Subdivision 6a. [Renumbered 256H.13]

Subdivision 7. [Renumbered 256H.14]

Subdivision 8. [Renumbered 256H.15]

Subdivision 9. [Renumbered 256H.16]

Subdivision 10. [Renumbered 256H.17]

Subdivision 11. [Renumbered 256H.18]

Subdivision 12. [Renumbered 256H.19]

268.911 [Renumbered 256H.20]

268.912 [Renumbered 119A.50]

268.913

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 119A.51, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 119A.51, subd 2]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 119A.51, subd 3]

Subdivision 4. [Renumbered 119A.51, subd 4]

Subdivision 5. [Repealed, 1997 c 162 art 1 s 19]

Subdivision 6. [Renumbered 119A.51, subd 5]

268.914

Subdivision 1. [Renumbered 119A.52]

Subdivision 2. [Repealed, 1993 c 369 s 146]

268.915 [Renumbered 119A.53]

268.916 [Renumbered 119A.54]

268.9165 [Renumbered 119A.545]

268.917 [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

268.918 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.92 [Repealed, 1998 c 273 s 15]

268.95 [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

268.96 [Renumbered 116L.96]

268.971 [Repealed, 2001 c 79 s 8]

268.975 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.9755 [Repealed, 1995 c 131 s 3]

268.976

Subdivision 1. [Repealed, 2004 c 206 s 53]

Subdivision 2. [Renumbered 116L.976, subdivision 1]

Subdivision 3. [Renumbered 116L.976, subd 2]

268.977 [Repealed, 1993 c 369 s 146]

268.9771 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.978 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.9781 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.9782 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.9783 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.979 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

268.98 [Repealed, 1Sp2001 c 4 art 2 s 41]

Suspended Players May Sue NFL Under State Drug Testing Laws

Federal labor law does not preempt claims by two Minnesota Vikings players that their four-game suspension under the terms of a union-negotiated drug testing policy violated Minnesota drug testing and lawful products use laws, the 8th Circuit U.

Chapter 5229. Workers' Compensation; Miscellaneous

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

PART 5229.0010. DEFINITIONS.

Subpart 1. Collective bargaining agreement.

For the purposes of parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, "collective bargaining agreement" means a written agreement between one or more employers and the certified and exclusive representative of its employees as to the terms or conditions of employment. The agreement must be for a specified project or period of time and contains procedures for amending the terms and conditions of the agreement.

Subpart 2. Certified and exclusive representative.

For the purposes of parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, "certified and exclusive representative" means a labor organization that:

A. has entered into a collective bargaining agreement with an employer or group of employers;

B. is the exclusive bargaining representative for the employer's bargaining unit employees covered by the agreement; and

C. meets the criteria of a labor organization as defined by United States Code, title 29, chapter 11, subchapter I, section 402, subsection (i), Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act, as amended through October 31, 1996.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0020. FILING OF AGREEMENT AND RELATED DOCUMENTS.

Subpart 1. Request for recognition.

Every employer or employer group and labor representative proposing to establish any program permitted by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, shall jointly file with the commissioner a request to recognize an agreement under parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060. Recognition includes a determination by the commissioner of the eligibility of the parties to enter into the agreement and whether the agreement is in compliance with parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, and the benefit provisions of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 2. Required documents to be filed.

At the time of filing the original request for recognition, and annually thereafter if required in part 5229.0040, subpart 3, the employer or group of employers and the labor representative shall submit the following documents to the commissioner.

A. A copy of the fully signed underlying or master collective bargaining agreement and the approximate number of employees who will be covered by the agreement. The collective bargaining agreement shall be complete, including side letters and all appendices and other documents referred to in the agreement that relate to the program permitted by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812. This shall include but not be limited to the following if included in the agreement: trust documents; a description of how the alternative dispute resolution system will operate from the point a dispute arises through review or reconsideration by the court selected; a description of the manner in which the limited lists of health care providers, independent medical examiners, rehabilitation consultants, and retraining programs were compiled and the actual lists including names and addresses of the individuals and programs; and a description of the method of informing covered employees of the procedures applicable to them under the collectively bargained workers' compensation program. The documents submitted shall include a copy of the written materials used to inform the covered employees of the procedures in the program.

B. Evidence that the employer or each member of a group of employers meets all the criteria of parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812.

C. Evidence that the employer or the group of employers shall, on behalf of its individual members, provide the data required by parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, subdivision 2.

D. If the request for recognition is on behalf of a group of employers, the group shall maintain records of its membership which include the approximate number of employees for each individual member of the group who is bound by the collective bargaining agreement. Copies of membership records shall be delivered to the commissioner on request. The request for recognition shall clearly identify each member in the group and shall state whether all the members of the group are bound by the agreement, or whether each member must individually agree to be bound.

Subpart 3. Additional information to be filed.

The following additional information shall be filed with the commissioner upon filing the original request for recognition, and annually thereafter as required in part 5229.0040, subpart 3:

A. name, address, and telephone number of the contact person for the employer or group of employers, and the resolution or other instrument conferring authority to that person to act on behalf of the employer or group of employers;

B. name, address, and telephone number of the contact person for the labor representative, and the resolution or other instrument conferring authority to that person to act on behalf of the labor representative;

C. a copy of the most recent Labor Organization Annual Report filing with the United States Department of Labor, along with a statement signed by the labor representative under penalty of perjury that the document is a true and correct copy;

D. if the employer or group of employers is insured under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, a copy of the certificate of insurance verifying coverage and a specific endorsement for coverage for a workers' compensation program authorized under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812 that was filed with the Department of Commerce; and

E. if the employer or group of employers is self insured under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 79A, a copy of the certificate to self insure of the employer or group of employers from the department of commerce.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0030. REVIEW AND NOTIFICATION BY COMMISSIONER.

Subpart 1. Commissioner's review of a request for recognition.

Within 21 days after receiving a request for recognition of a collective bargaining agreement, the commissioner shall either:

A. determine that all required information has been provided and so notify the parties; or

B. determine that additional information is necessary to complete the request for recognition and so notify the parties.

If additional information is necessary, the commissioner's review of the request for recognition shall be suspended until the additional information is received.

Subpart 2. Commissioner's decision on a request for recognition.

Within 21 days after the date that the commissioner has determined that a request for recognition is complete, the commissioner shall either:

A. issue a letter of recognition; or

B. issue a letter of the commissioner's decision refusing recognition.

If recognition is refused, the commissioner shall inform the parties of the reasons for the refusal. For good cause and upon written notice to the parties, the commissioner may extend the period for issuing letters of recognition or refusing recognition. The agreement is null and void from its purported effective date if the commissioner refuses recognition.

Subpart 3. Commissioner's letter of recognition.

The letter of recognition issued by the commissioner, based upon the review of all documents and materials submitted as required by the commissioner and parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, means the following:

A. the employer or group of employers and the labor representative meet the eligibility requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812; and

B. the collectively bargained agreement for workers' compensation is in compliance with parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060 and the benefit provisions of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 4. Effective dates of collectively bargained agreements.

A fully signed agreement is in effect on the date specified in the agreement as the effective date, however, no agreement shall be effective sooner than 15 days before the date that the commissioner received the request for recognition of the collectively bargained agreement. The commissioner's letter of recognition shall state the effective date.

Subpart 5. Agreements with effective dates prior to recognition.

In the case of agreements having effective dates prior to a request for recognition or prior to the issuance of a commissioner's decision on recognition, the parties to the agreement must provide all information requested by the commissioner within 14 days of the commissioner's request in order for the agreement to remain in effect. Failure to provide the information will result in a letter from the commissioner refusing recognition.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0040. ANNUAL DATA REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS.

Subpart 1. Annual data reports.

On or before June 30 of each year, every employer or group of employers participating in a collectively bargained agreement to deliver workers' compensation benefits pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, shall file a report with the commissioner. The report shall be on a form provided by the commissioner. The report must contain information concerning those employees covered by the collectively bargained workers' compensation program. Groups of employers shall report the aggregate information for all employers in the group.

Subpart 2. Data elements of reports.

The reports to be filed shall contain the following data elements for the preceding calendar year:

A. the dates during which the collectively bargained agreement was in effect;

B. the total number of person hours covered by the agreement;

C. payroll of covered employees, separated by insurance class code if the employer is not self-insured;

D. the number of claims filed during the year separated into denied claims, medical only claims, and indemnity claims;

E. the total paid and reserved losses or estimated incurred costs as of the end of the calendar year, separated into indemnity and medical benefits and other loss adjustment costs, for all claims receiving benefits during the reporting year. Separate totals shall be reported for new claims and for claims incurred during previous years which received benefits during the reporting year. The relevant number of claims for each benefit total shall also be reported;

F. the number of contested claims submitted to mediation, arbitration, the Workers' Compensation Court of Appeals, the Office of Administrative Hearings, the District Court, the Minnesota Court of Appeals, or the Minnesota Supreme Court;

G. the number of contested claims resolved prior to mediation, arbitration, the Workers' Compensation Court of Appeals, the Office of Administrative Hearings, the District Court, the Minnesota Court of Appeals, or the Minnesota Supreme Court;

H. the number of employees in vocational rehabilitation plans during the year; and

I. the number of employees in light duty programs during the year.

Subpart 3. Annual documents.

On or before June 30 of each year, every employer or group of employers and the labor representatives shall submit updated copies of the documents and other evidence required by parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, and Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812. However, for documents and other evidence that are completely unchanged since the previous submission, the parties may instead submit a statement under penalty of perjury that there has been no change since the previous submission in the documents or evidence not being submitted. The commissioner may nonetheless require any party to submit the actual documents or evidence.

Subpart 4. Failure to file reports or documents.

If the parties have not submitted the annual data report or annual documents required by parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, the commissioner may after notice to the parties and after an opportunity for the parties to respond, initiate a contested case proceeding under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 14, to terminate recognition of a collective bargaining agreement for a workers' compensation program, or take such other steps deemed necessary to secure the parties' compliance with all reporting requirements.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0050. TERMINATION OF RECOGNITION.

Subpart 1. Complaints; investigation.

Complaints pertaining to violations of parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060, or Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, by the operator or administrator of a collective bargaining agreement for a workers' compensation program shall be directed in writing to the commissioner. As a result of a written complaint or the department's monitoring of the workers' compensation program operations, the department shall investigate the alleged violation. The investigation may be referred to the fraud investigation unit pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 175.16, subdivision 2. The investigation may include, but shall not be limited to, request for and review of pertinent collectively bargained agreement plan records. If the investigation reveals reasonable cause to believe there has been a violation, the commissioner may notify the administrator of the alleged violation and allow them 15 days to correct the violation, or initiate a contested case proceeding under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 14, to terminate the recognition. In the event the commissioner elects to utilize the 15-day notice procedure and the violation is not resolved, then the contested case procedure for termination will be initiated.

Subpart 2. Criteria.

Under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, subdivisions 2 and 4, the recognition of a collective bargaining agreement for a workers' compensation program issued by the commissioner shall be terminated if:

A. the program diminishes an employee's entitlement to benefits under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176;

B. the program did not result from a collective bargaining agreement as defined in part 5229.0010, subpart 1;

C. the collective bargaining agreement is not between a qualified employer or qualified group of employers and the certified and exclusive representative of the employees; or

D. the employer is not engaged in construction, construction maintenance, and related activities.

Subpart 3. Effects.

The effective date for termination of recognition of the program under parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060 or Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, is the date of the final order for termination. The sponsors of the collectively bargained agreement for a workers' compensation program may reapply for recognition after correcting the violations prompting the termination.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0060. PILOT PROGRAM RULES.

Subpart 1. Pilot program rules.

The collective bargaining rules in parts 5229.0010 to 5229.0060 apply to every employer and labor representative participating in a collective bargaining agreement to deliver workers' compensation benefits under the pilot program established in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, subdivision 6.

Subpart 2. Eligibility criteria for pilot program.

The pilot program is not limited to employers engaged in construction, construction maintenance, and related activities. In selecting parties requesting recognition under the pilot program, the commissioner shall consider the limitations in items A to C.

A. A group of employers may not participate in the pilot program.

B. The pilot program is limited to the first ten private employers and the first ten public employers that obtain a letter of recognition from the commissioner.

C. The dollar insurance premium limitations contained in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.1812, subdivision 1, do not apply to parties requesting recognition under the pilot program.

Subpart 3. Termination of pilot program.

The authorization for the pilot program ends on December 31, 2001, and therefore, unless extended by law, the collective bargaining agreements recognized as part of the pilot program shall also terminate on December 31, 2001.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.1812

History: 21 SR 1246

Posted: June 11, 2008

EQUITABLE APPORTIONMENT ARBITRATION

PART 5229.0100. DEFINITIONS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

For the purpose of parts 5229.0100 to 5229.0700, the following terms have the meanings given them.

Subpart 2. Administrator.

"Administrator" means the administrator of the apportionment arbitration process.

Subpart 3. Arbitrator.

"Arbitrator" means that person who makes the final determination in an arbitration under this chapter.

Subpart 4. Arbitration advisor.

"Arbitration advisor" means that person selected by a party to an arbitration under this chapter to offer advice and counsel to the arbitrator during the course of an arbitration.

Subpart 5. Employer/insurer.

"Employer/insurer" means an employer within the meaning of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, and that employer's insurer for workers' compensation liability and includes the special compensation fund when it is representing an uninsured employer. The term does not include a self-insured employer.

Subpart 6. Neutral physician.

"Neutral physician" means the physician who in the parties' or arbitrator's opinion will render an independent assessment on apportionment.

Subpart 7. Panel.

"Panel" means the arbitrator and the arbitration advisors, if any.

Subpart 8. Roster.

"Roster" means the list of those nominated to act as apportionment arbitrators under this chapter who meet the requirements and are nominated.

Subpart 9. Self-insured employer.

"Self-insured employer" means an employer within the meaning of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, that has been permitted to self-insure for workers' compensation liability pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181, subdivision 2.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0200. PURPOSE.

This chapter is intended to set forth the procedure for the arbitration of issues of equitable apportionment of liability for workers' compensation benefits, as defined by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivisions 1a and 5; to provide a process for selecting arbitrators; and to provide a general rule of presumptive apportionment.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0300. SCOPE.

Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 1a, provides that equitable apportionment of liability for an injury is no longer allowed except:

A. in a settlement agreement filed pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 176.521; and

B. when an employer or insurer requests arbitration of equitable apportionment under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5.

This chapter applies where equitable apportionment is sought but the parties have not been able to reach the agreement described in item A. This chapter applies solely to arbitration of claims by self-insured employers or employer/insurers under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivisions 1a and 5, including when the sole issue is a claim for partial or total contribution towards, or reimbursement of workers' compensation benefits against, one or more self-insured employers or employer/insurers. As set forth in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 1a, the arbitration proceeding is for the limited purpose of apportioning liability for workers' compensation benefits payable, when liability for workers' compensation has been admitted by or adjudicated against the claiming self-insured employer or employer/insurer. Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 1a, provides that it is not to be interpreted to repeal or in any way affect the law with respect to the special compensation fund statutory liability or benefits. When disputed, fund liability under Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.131 and 176.132, is to be determined by workers' compensation judges and fund issues will be decided in proceedings over which they preside. These arbitration proceedings cannot bind the fund to more liability than that which was found by a judge. A self-insured employer or employer/insurer cannot request reimbursement from the special compensation fund that would exceed what has been ordered by the compensation judge at the Office of Administrative Hearings.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0350. PRESUMPTIVE RULE OF EQUITABLE APPORTIONMENT.

The presumptive rule of equitable apportionment under this chapter is that the parties and the arbitrator, in making the decision, must be guided by parts 5229.0100 to 5229.0700; Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivisions 1a and 5; and workers' compensation case law on the issue.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0400. NOMINATION AND QUALIFICATIONS OF ARBITRATORS.

Subpart 1. Nomination.

Workers' compensation insurers, self-insured employers who administer their own claims, and third-party administrators for self-insured employers may annually nominate individuals to the roster. Self-nomination is not allowed. Additional nominations will be closed on April 17, 1996, and will be reopened every year from March 18 to April 17.

Subpart 2. Qualifications.

Members of the roster must have a minimum of five years of technical claims handling in Minnesota workers' compensation or five years of legal experience in Minnesota workers' compensation. The administrator must verify that all persons nominated meet the qualifications.

Subpart 3. Membership on roster.

Each qualified nominee who is willing to participate must be included in membership on the roster.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0410. ADMINISTRATOR.

Subpart 1. Selection.

The commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry, in consultation with representatives of three workers' compensation insurers and one self-insured employer, must select an entity to act as administrator of the apportionment arbitration process. As set forth in parts 5229.0100 to 5229.0700, the administrator must facilitate the selection of arbitrators and the expeditious resolution of the equitable apportionment issues.

Subpart 2. Record keeping.

The administrator must keep a record of all arbitration proceedings, including copies of the documents submitted by the parties, the names of the arbitration panel, and a copy of the final arbitration order.

Subpart 3. Term.

The term of the contract for the administrator must not exceed three years.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0420. SELECTION AND COMPOSITION OF ARBITRATION PANEL.

Subpart 1. Composition.

An arbitration under this chapter must be heard by a panel consisting of the arbitrator and, if the parties agree they are needed, one arbitration advisor for each party to the dispute.

Subpart 2. Selection of arbitrator.

The arbitrator must be selected by the following process:

A. Within ten days of receiving a request for arbitration of apportionment, the administrator must, by lot and excluding anyone on the roster who is an employee of any party to the dispute, select the names of persons to hear the arbitration from the roster and submit those names to the parties to the dispute.

B. The number of names submitted to the parties must be equal to the number of parties to the arbitration, plus one.

C. Beginning with the party on the list for the earliest date of injury, each party must, within ten days, submit the name of a person whom that party wishes to strike from the list. The party with the next earliest date must then submit the name it wishes to strike, and so forth, until one name remains on the list.

D. The individual remaining on the list is the arbitrator until the dispute is resolved.

E. If the arbitrator is unable to complete the arbitration, the administrator must choose another arbitrator as provided in this subpart.

Subpart 3. Selection of arbitration advisors.

If the parties have agreed that they are needed, each party to the arbitration may select an individual to act as an arbitration advisor for the period of the dispute.

Subpart 4. Notification of parties.

When the arbitrator has been determined and, when the parties have agreed that they are needed, when each of the arbitration advisors has been named, the administrator must notify all parties to the arbitration of the names included on the panel.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0500. PROCEDURE FOR INITIATION OF ARBITRATION.

Subpart 1. Request for arbitration.

The arbitration process must be initiated by the filing of a request for arbitration of an apportionment issue with the administrator by an aggrieved self-insured employer or employer/insurer, but shall be permitted only when the requesting party has met the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5.

A. A request must be made on a form approved by the administrator, which must include the names of the self-insured employers or employer/insurers among which equitable apportionment is sought or from which contribution or reimbursement is sought, the name and social security number of the employee, and the dates of the relevant injury or injuries.

B. The request for arbitration must be accompanied by:

(1) a statement of the facts;

(2) documentation that the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5, have been met;

(3) medical evidence in support of the requested equitable apportionment;

(4) a brief or written argument in support of the requesting party's position, including legal support;

(5) the name of the party's desired arbitration advisor, if any;

(6) any request for oral argument or special handling of the case; and

(7) a nonrefundable arbitration administration fee payable to the administrator in an amount to be determined in the agreement referred to in part 5229.0410, subpart 3, that is with the administrator.

C. The requesting party must provide the administrator with copies of the request and supporting documents for the arbitrator, for each arbitration advisor, and for the administrator's records.

D. The requesting party must, at the same time as filing the request, serve copies of the request and all attached documents on each self-insured employer or employer/insurer from which equitable apportionment is sought, as well as the employee and the employee's attorney, if any.

Subpart 2. Determining arbitration panel.

Upon receipt of the request for arbitration and after ascertaining that the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5, have been met, the administrator must start the process under part 5229.0420 for determining the panel to hear the arbitration. When the panel is determined, the administrator must notify the arbitrator and forward copies of the request and documents to the members of the panel.

Subpart 3. Responses to arbitration request.

Within 90 days of the administrator's receipt of a copy of the arbitration request and supporting documents, each party among which equitable apportionment is sought or from which contribution or reimbursement is sought must submit to the administrator its response to the arbitration request.

A. Responses must include:

(1) a written brief or explanation of the party's position;

(2) any relevant medical evidence in support of its position;

(3) any other evidence or documentation pertinent to the case;

(4) that party's request for oral argument or special handling, if any; and

(5) the name of the party's desired arbitration advisor, if any.

B. The responding party must provide the administrator with copies of the response and supporting documents for the arbitrator, for each arbitration advisor, and for the administrator's records. The administrator shall forward a copy of the response and supporting documents to each party.

C. When the 90-day period following the arbitration request has passed, or when the panel is determined, whichever is later, the administrator must forward the responsive documents to the members of the panel.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0600. ARBITRATOR.

Subpart 1. Powers of arbitrator.

The arbitrator for a particular case has sole authority to determine whether the matter will be heard upon oral argument, whether extensions of time are warranted, or whether further information is required on the files and from the parties. The arbitrator also has sole authority to determine the appropriate resolution of the matter, within the scope of parts 5229.0100 to 5229.0700, and to order payment according to the apportionment decision. The arbitrator has the power of subpoena of the commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry and of an arbitrator under Minnesota Statutes, section 572.14, paragraph (a), to obtain information necessary to a determination of this equitable apportionment dispute.

Subpart 2. Arbitration advisor's role.

The role of an arbitration advisor is solely to explain and clarify the positions of the parties and advise the arbitrator as to the relevant facts and, if the arbitration advisor is a licensed attorney, also as to the applicable law. An arbitration advisor has no power to make the final determination and, if the arbitration advisor is not a licensed attorney, shall not advise the arbitrator in any manner constituting the unauthorized practice of law.

Subpart 3. Binding effect.

The determination of the arbitrator is final and binding on the parties in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5, and may be vacated only in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, chapter 572, the Uniform Arbitration Act.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5229.0700. ARBITRATION PROCEDURE.

Subpart 1. Nature of hearing.

Upon consideration of the requests of the parties and the facts and evidence presented, the arbitrator shall determine if the matter will be heard orally or be considered by the panel solely on the written evidence.

A. The determination as to whether the matter will be heard orally or solely upon the written submissions must be made within 30 days of the date of submission of the last timely response.

B. The arbitrator shall determine the time and place for oral argument or the meeting of the arbitration panel, upon consultation with the parties and panel members.

C. Unless extraordinary circumstances require otherwise, the first oral argument or first meeting of the panel must take place within 60 days of the date for final submission of the response.

Subpart 2. Submission of additional materials.

If, upon review of the materials submitted by the parties, the arbitrator determines that further evidentiary materials are required, the arbitrator may order the parties to submit these materials and may set a date by which these materials must be submitted. In no case may the deadline for submission of additional evidence be greater than 90 days from the arbitrator's order to submit materials.

Subpart 3. Determination on written evidence.

If the arbitrator concludes that the matter should be determined solely on the written evidence submitted, the arbitrator must notify the arbitration advisors, if any, of the date, time, and place of the first meeting, and the panel shall meet as needed.

Subpart 4. Oral hearings.

If the arbitrator determines that an oral hearing is required, the arbitrator shall notify the parties, the panel, and the employee and the employee's attorney, if any, of the date, time, and place of the hearing.

A. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, the panel must consider all relevant evidence and is not bound by the formal rules of evidence.

B. The arbitrator must determine if more than one day of hearing is required.

C. If more than one day of hearing is required, the panel may meet one or more times following the completion of the hearing to discuss the evidence presented.

D. At the cost of the party requesting the recording, oral proceedings may be recorded by a court reporter. Nothing said by an employee may be used in any other proceeding under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 5. Neutral physician.

Following the conclusion of oral argument, if any, or the final meeting of the panel, the arbitrator may promptly render a decision in accordance with subpart 6, or may first render a determination on the facts of the case and submit those facts to a neutral physician for an apportionment opinion. The arbitrator will notify the neutral physician of the number of days within which the opinion must be received in order to be used and, therefore, payable. The last oral argument or meeting of the panel, or review of the neutral physician's opinion by the panel if that opinion was sought, must occur within 60 days of the first oral argument or meeting of the panel unless extraordinary circumstances require otherwise.

A. The costs of obtaining the apportionment opinion of the neutral physician must be borne on a pro rata basis by the parties in accordance with the apportionment decision and subpart 6.

B. The neutral physician must be determined:

(1) if the parties agree, by agreement of the parties; or

(2) if the parties do not agree, by the arbitrator after the arbitrator has considered the objections for cause made by any of the parties.

C. Following the rendering of the opinion of the neutral physician, the arbitration panel must review the opinion. If additional oral testimony is required, the arbitrator may order further oral argument.

Subpart 6. Decision.

The arbitrator must issue a written decision on the equitable apportionment arbitration within 30 days of the final oral argument or final meeting of the panel, or if the opinion of a neutral physician was sought, within 30 days of review of that opinion by the panel. In any event, a final decision must be issued within 240 days of the request for arbitration. The arbitrator is not bound by the opinion of the neutral physician. In the event of a default by any party, the arbitrator shall make a decision based on the evidence submitted. Disputed issues of fact are determined by a preponderance of the evidence. The written decision must include:

A. a statement of the facts as determined by the arbitrator;

B. the apportionment decision;

C. the application of the apportionment decision;

D. a brief explanation of the basis for the decision;

E. an order requiring the parties to make pro rata payment of arbitration costs and fees in accordance with the apportionment decision, including reimbursement by the parties of their apportioned share of the arbitration administration fee or any other costs or fees, to any party that initially paid the costs or fees. As provided in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 5, expenses of witnesses, including the employee, are a cost of the arbitration. Each party shall pay its own attorney fees for the arbitration, except any employee attorney fee under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.191, subdivision 8, which is a cost or fee of the arbitration; and

F. any other information as the case merits.

Subpart 7. Enforcement.

Enforcement of the arbitrator's decision under this chapter must be as set forth for an arbitrator's decision under the Uniform Arbitration Act in Minnesota Statutes, chapter 572.

Statutory Authority: MS s 175.17; 175.171; 176.191; 176.83

History: 20 SR 2286

Posted: June 11, 2008

Chapter 5228. Workers' Compensation; Fraud Unit

PART 5228.0100. DEFINITIONS.

Subpart 1. Scope.

For purposes of parts 5228.0100 to 5228.0130, the following terms have the meanings given them.

Subpart 2. Attorney.

"Attorney" means a person licensed to practice law in Minnesota who represents a party for a fee on matters over which the commissioner has jurisdiction.

Subpart 3. Commissioner.

"Commissioner" means the commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry or the commissioner's designee.

Subpart 4. Compensation or workers' compensation benefits.

"Compensation" or "workers' compensation benefits" has the meaning given compensation in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 8.

Subpart 5. Employee.

"Employee" has the meaning given it in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivisions 9 and 9a.

Subpart 6. Employer.

"Employer" has the meaning given it in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 10.

Subpart 7. Fraud unit.

"Fraud unit" means the workers' compensation investigative unit established at the Department of Labor and Industry under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.86.

Subpart 8. Health care provider.

"Health care provider" has the meaning given it in Minnesota Statutes, section 176.011, subdivision 24, and includes managed care organizations certified by the commissioner.

Subpart 9. Illegal activity.

"Illegal activity" for purposes of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.86, means acts, omissions, or material misrepresentations which are in violation of statutes or rules relating to workers' compensation, including Minnesota Statutes, section 176.178 or 609.52. The acts and omissions include, but are not limited to, the following:

A. making a knowingly false statement or misrepresentation to obtain or deny workers' compensation benefits;

B. presenting a knowingly false material written or oral statement in support of, or in opposition to, a claim for workers' compensation benefits, including a notice, proof of injury, bill and payment for services, test result, and medical or legal expense;

C. knowingly assisting persons or parties who engage in illegal activity; or

D. making a knowingly false material statement or material representation regarding entitlement to benefits with the intent to discourage an injured worker from pursuing a claim or with the intent to encourage an employee to pursue a claim.

Subpart 10. Insurer.

"Insurer" has the meaning given it in Minnesota Statutes, section 79.01, subdivision 2, and includes self-insurers.

Subpart 11. Material fact.

"Material fact," for purposes of Minnesota Statutes, section 176.178, means a fact which if untruly asserted or wrongfully suppressed, if it had been known to the person paying workers' compensation benefits, would have influenced the decision to pay. Material facts include, but are not limited to:

A. representations or omissions regarding employment status, income, or job offers by any party which result in an underpayment or overpayment or payment of benefits;

B. representations or omissions regarding symptoms or ability to perform physical activities, including but not limited to standing, sitting, driving, walking, climbing, crawling, or any other aspect relating to a work or non-work-related medical condition or functional capacity which affects the payment or nonpayment of workers' compensation benefits;

C. representations or omissions regarding past or present medical conditions, illnesses, diseases, or injuries, whether related to employment or not, which influence the decision to pay or not pay workers' compensation benefits and which result in underpayment, overpayment, payment, or nonpayment of workers' compensation benefits;

D. representations or omissions concerning medical treatment or supplies or rehabilitation services submitted in connection with claims by health care providers under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.135, or rehabilitation providers under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.102, for reimbursement which result in an overpayment or nonpayment;

E. representations or omissions regarding compensable hours and costs or disputed amounts on attorney fee petitions which result in overpayment of attorney fees;

F. representations or omissions to the commissioner concerning the payment or receipt of workers' compensation benefits by employers, employees, insurers, third-party administrators, or attorneys;

G. representations or omissions to the commissioner concerning the filing of requested or required reports under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, by employers, employees, insurers, third-party administrators, or attorneys;

H. representations or omissions by a person regarding a notice of injury under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.141; and

I. representations or omissions by a party or person regarding the occurrence, nature, or extent of a claimed work injury under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176.

Subpart 12. Person.

"Person" means a party, individual, partnership, association, corporation, or other legal entity including, but not limited to, employers, employees, insurers, third-party administrators, attorneys, health care providers, vendors, and rehabilitation providers.

Subpart 13. Probable cause.

"Probable cause" means evidence which leads fraud unit investigators to reasonably believe that illegal activity has been or is being committed.

Subpart 14. Prosecuting authority.

"Prosecuting authority" means the attorney general, county attorney, or other appropriate law enforcement agency or agency designee having jurisdiction and authority to prosecute criminal, civil, or administrative violations of Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.178, 176.179, and 609.52.

Subpart 15. Rehabilitation provider.

"Rehabilitation provider" has the meaning given it in part 5220.0100, subpart 28.

Subpart 16. Request for action.

"Request for action" means the fraud unit standard for referral to the prosecuting authority based on probable cause that illegal activity has been or is being committed.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.87

History: 17 SR 3380

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5228.0110. IDENTIFICATION OF SUSPECTED FRAUD OR PAYMENTS NOT RECEIVED IN GOOD FAITH.

The fraud unit shall be responsible for the investigation and identification of workers' compensation fraud under Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.178 and 609.52, subdivision 2, clauses (d) and (e), and other illegal practices related to workers' compensation. Evidence of overpayments not received in good faith as defined by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.179, may be referred to the appropriate paying party to commence proceedings to seek reimbursement.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.87

History: 17 SR 3380

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5228.0120. INVESTIGATIVE POWERS.

Subpart 1. Authority.

Fraud unit investigators shall have full investigating powers under Minnesota Statutes, section 175.20 and chapter 176, for the purpose of undertaking investigations.

Subpart 2. Disclosure of information.

Fraud unit investigators may require the disclosure of personal or privileged information without written authorization under Minnesota Statutes, section 72A.502.

Subpart 3. Violations.

Potential violations of Minnesota Statutes, sections 176.178, 176.179, and 609.52, include, but are not limited to:

A. employee representations or omissions;

B. employer representations or omissions;

C. insurer representations or omissions;

D. health care provider representations or omissions;

E. rehabilitation provider representations or omissions;

F. attorney representations or omissions; and

G. other persons whose representations or omissions constitute material facts inducing the wrongful payment or receipt of workers' compensation benefits.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.87

History: 17 SR 3380

Posted: June 11, 2008

PART 5228.0130. DETERMINATIONS BY FRAUD UNIT.

Subpart 1. Investigation; scope.

The fraud unit shall determine:

A. whether violations of statutes or rules relating to workers' compensation, including Minnesota Statutes, section 176.178, 176.179, or 609.52, exist and can be documented by evidence sufficient to warrant a request for action or to support proceeding with civil, criminal, or administrative legal action;

B. whether there is probable cause for a request for action to the appropriate prosecuting authority; and

C. whether other referrals should be made for civil, criminal, or administrative action.

Subpart 2. Post-investigative action.

Following the completion of an investigation, the fraud unit shall take one or more of the following actions:

A. determine that no further action is necessary;

B. refer to the paying party entitled to seek an order for reimbursement of overpayment of benefits not received in good faith under Minnesota Statutes, section 176.179;

C. refer by request for action to the appropriate prosecuting authority for criminal review and legal action;

D. refer for civil legal action or review;

E. refer to the appropriate state licensing authorities having disciplinary jurisdiction over licensees or registrants including, but not limited to, the commissioners of commerce, health, and labor and industry;

F. refer to the Lawyers Professional Responsibility Board for review or investigation of attorneys;

G. refer to the Department of Commerce for review or action concerning insurers, third-party administrators, or other business entities;

H. refer to the commissioner for review of whether administrative sanctions for licensees, registrants, or rehabilitation and health care providers under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 176, are appropriate;

I. refer to the boards, commissions, or departments having regulatory oversight of rehabilitation or health care providers including, but not limited to, the health-related licensing boards enumerated and defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 214.01, subdivision 2, the medical services review board, and the rehabilitation review panel;

J. refer to the Department of Human Rights, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the United States Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Office of the Americans with Disabilities Act, for review and action concerning disability discrimination; or

K. refer to the commissioner for further investigation, review, or action regarding safety or labor standards violations.

Statutory Authority: MS s 176.87

History: 17 SR 3380

Posted: June 11, 2008

Syndicate content